HomeMy WebLinkAbout2005-07-01 Civil Specifications. ABLE OF CONTENTS -- CIVIL SITE SPECIFICATIONS of Contents Generated by � IONS
y MASTERWORKS April 1, 2003
DIVISION
01256
DIVISION
02220
02230
02300
02318
02340
02370
02375
02510
02535
02536
02555
02630
02715
02740
02751
02765
02770
02812
02830
02890
02900
DIVISION 16
16525
PROJECT:
1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Request For Information (civil Engineering)
2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
Site Demolition
Site Clearing
Earthwork
Rock Excavation
Soil Stabilization
Erosion And Sedimentation Control (Including SWPPP)
Stone Protection (Rip-Rap) g
Water Distribution
Sanitary Sewage Systems
Sewer Manholes, Frames, And Covers
Natural And Propane Gas Distribution
Storm Drainage
Base Course
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Pavement Markings
Curbs And Sidewalks
Lawn Sprinkler System
Segmental Retaining Wall Systems
Traffic Signs And Signals
Planting
-- ELECTRICAL
Site Lighting — 400 W
Wal-Mart Expansion, Store # 1861 -04
wa1 -Mart Stores, Inc.
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
PROJECT ENGINEER: McCombs Frank Roos Associates, oc�ates, Inc.
14800 28th Avenue North
Plymouth, Minnesota 55447 -4710
I hereby certify that this specification was
prepared . .
Engineer under the laws aft P P by me or under my direct superv�s�on and that I am
he State of Minnesota. a duly Registered
July 1, 2005.. Rodney B Gordon
esota Registration No. 13786
(Engineer'. Seal & Signature)
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 01256 -- REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
PART 1 - GENERAL
101303
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Request for Information (RFI }.
2. RFI form.
1.2 DEFINITION
q
A.
Request for Information: Formal process used during construction phase to facilitate communication between the
Contractor, the Wal -Mart Construction Manager, and the Civil Engineering Consultant with regard to requests for
additional information and clarification of intent of Contract Documents (Drawings and Specifications).
1.3 PROCEDURE
A. Submit RFI for conditions requiring clarification of the Contract Documents.
B. Submit in accordance with procedure as follows: (See Process Flow Chart at the end of this Section)
1. Subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers shall submit request for additional information and clarifica-
tion to Contractor.
2. Contractor shall contact the Wal -Mart Construction Manager with request for additional information or
clarification. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager will not accept request for information or clarification
submitted directly from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers.
3. The Wal -Mart Construction Manager will provide response to Contractor or he will direct the Contractor to
submit RFI to the Civil Engineering Consultant with a copy to the Wal -Mart Engineering Manager.
a. Generate RFI by one source per project and number accordingly.
b. Submit one request for information or clarification per form.
4. Civil Engineering Consultant will review RFI from Contractor with reasonable promptness and Contractor
will be notified in writing of decisions made.
a. Civil Engineering Consultant's written response to RFI shall not be considered as a Pricing Order or
Pricing Directive, nor does it authorize changes in Contract Sum or Contract Schedule.
log C.
Contractor shall maintain a to of RFIs sent to and responses from Civil Engineering Consultant. RFI log shall be
sent, by FAX every Friday to Civil Engineering Consultant.
D. regarding scheduling, r
RFIs re din cost or coordination for Owner provided equipment shall be submitted directly to the
g
Wal -Mart Construction Manager.
1.4 RFI FORM
A. Submit RFIs on attached form or duplicate format on letterhead. Civil Engineering Consultant will not respond
unless on proper form or equivalent format is utilized.
B.
If submittal form or format does not provide space needed for complete information, additional sheets may be at-
tached.
C. Do not use RFI form during bidding. Direct questions during bidding phase as indicated in Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used,
01256 -1
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
01256 -2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
WAL-MART
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
STORES, SUPERCENTER, SAM'S CLUB, NEIGHBORHOOD MARKET
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
Requested By:
(General Contractor)
(Project Superintendent)
(Job Site Phone Number)
(Job Site Fax Number)
RFI NO:
PROJECT:
Store #
(City, State)
SPECIFICATION SECTION:
DRAWING /DETAIL
LATEST MODIFICATION DATE:
This request has been reviewed by the Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
Construction Manager. Fa YES NO
INFORMATION REQUESTED:
Answered By:
REPLY:
Engineer's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive, nor does it authorize changes in the
Contract Sum or Contract Time.
Date:
01256 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
07/20/05
z
0 P
(I) S z
Z
0 a
0
U
W
U
01256 -4
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
PROCESS FLOW CHART
WAL -MART
07/20/05
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications
.SECTION 02220 - SITE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Demolition of structures, paving, and utilities.
2. Filling voids created as a result of removals or demolition.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02230 - Site Clearing: Clearing of trees and other plant vegetation
2. Section 02300 — Earthwork: Placement of fill material
1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable State and local codes for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control,
and runoff control.
B. Obtain required permits and licenses from appropriate authorities. Pay associated fees including disposal charges.
C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.
D. Do not close or obstruct public or private roadways, sidewalks, or fire hydrants without appropriate permits or
written authorization.
E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered.
F. Test soils around buried tanks for contamination.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and subsurface obstructions that
will remain after demolition. Submit record as part of closeout submittals.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Structures to be demolished will be discontinued in use and vacated prior to start of work.
B. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of structures to be demolished.
090204
C. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner as reasonably practi-
cal. Variations within structures may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of demolition
work.
D. Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Documents or specified by the Owner, items of salvageable value to Con-
tractor shall be removed from site and structures. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted
and shall not interfere with other work specified.
E. Explosives shall not be brought to site or used without written consent of authorities having jurisdiction. Such
written consent will not relieve Contractor of total responsibility for injury to persons or for damage to property
due to blasting operations. Performance of required blasting shall comply with governing regulations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
02220 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
A. Fill material shall be aggregate fill materials as specified in Section 02300.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Provide, erect, and maintain erosion control devices, temporary barriers, and security devices at locations indicated
on Construction Drawings.
B. Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances, and stuctures, which are not to be demolished. Repair
damage to existing items to remain caused by demolition operations.
C. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary.
D. Mark location of utilities. Protect and maintain in safe and operable condition utilities that are to remain. Prevent
interruption of existing utility service to occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authori-
ties having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to gov-
erning authorities and Owner.
E. Notify adjacent property owners of work that may affect their property, potential noise, utility outages, or other
disruptions. Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition equipment will traverse,
infringe upon, or limit access to their property. Coordinate notice with Owner.
3.2 GENERAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures or pavements to remain.
B. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify authority having jurisdiction.
Do not resume operations until directed by authority.
C. Conduct operations with minimum of interference to public or private access. Maintain ingress and egress at all
times.
D. Sprinkle work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for this purpose.
E. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
F. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return ad-
jacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work.
3.3 DEMOLITION
A. Demolish site improvements designated to be removed as shown on the drawings. Site improvements shall in-
clude but not be limited to structures, retaining walls, foundations, pavements, curbs and gutters, drainage struc-
tures, utilities, signage or landscaping.
B. Disconnect and cap or remove utilities to be abandoned as shown on the drawings.
C. Fill or remove underground tanks, piping, and appurtenances as shown.
D. Demolish buildings completely and remove from site using methods as required to complete work within limita-
tions of governing regulations. Small structures may be removed intact when acceptable to Owner and authorities
having jurisdiction.
02220 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
E. Locate demolition equipment and remove materials to prevent excessive loading to supporting walls, floors, or
framing.
F. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Break up concrete slabs -on -grade that are 2 -feet or more below
proposed subgrade to permit moisture drainage. Remove slabs --on- -grade and below grade construction within 2-
feet of proposed subgrade.
3.4 FILLING BASEMENTS AND VOIDS
A. Completely fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition or removal of structures, underground fuel
storage tanks, wells, cisterns, etc., using aggregate fill materials consisting of stone, gravel, or sand free from de-
bris, trash, frozen materials, roots, and other organic matter.
B. Areas to be filled shall be free of standing water, frost, frozen or unsuitable material, trash, and debris prior to fill
placement.
C. Place fill materials in accordance with Section 02300 unless subsequent excavation for new work is required.
D. Grade surface to match adjacent grades and to provide flow of surface drainage after fill placement and compac-
tion.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Remove from site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. Leave areas of work
in clean condition.
B. No burning of any material, debris, or trash on -site or off -site will be allowed except when allowed by appropriate
governing authority and Owner. If allowed as stated above, burning shall be performed in manner prescribed by
governing authority. Attend burning materials until fires have burned out and have been completely extinguished.
C. Transport materials removed from demolished structures with appropriate vehicles and dispose off -site to areas
that are approved for disposal by governing authorities and appropriate property owners.
END OF SECTION
02220 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Cleaning site of debris, grass, trees, and other plant life in preparation for site or building earthwork.
2. Protection of existing structures, trees, or vegetation indicated on the Construction Drawings to remain.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02220 — Site Demolition: Demolition and removal of structures, paving, utilities and other im-
provements.
2. Section 02300 — Earthwork: Stripping and removal of topsoil.
1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
111004
A. Construct temporary erosion control systems as shown on Construction Drawings or as directed by the "Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan" ( SWPPP) to protect adjacent properties and water resources from erosion and
sedimentation.
13. In event that sitework on this project will disturb 1 or more acres; Contractor shall not begin construction without
"National Pollution Discharge Elimination System" ( NPDES) permit governing discharge of storm water from site
for entire construction period. NPDES permit requires SWPPP to be in place during construction.
C. Contractor shall conduct storm water management practices in accordance with NPDES permit and shall enforce
action taken or imposed by Federal or State agencies, including cost of fines, construction delays, and remedial ac-
tions resulting from Contractor's failure to comply with provisions of NPDES permit.
1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner as reasonably practi-
cal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Identify existing plant life that is to remain and verify clearing limits are clearly tagged, identified, and marked in
such manner as to ensure their protection throughout construction operations.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Locate, identify, and protect existing utilities that are to remain.
B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain as part of final landscaping.
02230 -1
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No: 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
C. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses and facilities. Maintain ingress and
egress at all times and clean or sweep roadways daily as required by SWPPP or governing authority. Dust control
shall be provided with sprinkling systems or equipment provided by Contractor.
D. Protect benchmarks, property comers, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker
needs to be removed it shall be referenced by a licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, in kind.
E. Provide traffic control as required, in accordance with the US Department of Transportation's "Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices" and applicable state highway department requirements.
3.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Material shall be transported to and from the project site using well- maintained and operating vehicles. Transport-
ing vehicles operating on site shall stay on designated haul roads and shall not endanger improvements by rutting,
overloading, or pumping.
3.4 CLEARING
A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of work.
13. Unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings, remove trees, shrubs, grass, other vegetation, improve-
ments, or obstructions interfering with installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and
roots. Depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations shall be filled to subgrade elevation to avoid pond-
ing of water. Satisfactory fill material shall be placed in accordance with Section 02300.
C. Remove grass, trees, plant life, stumps, and other construction debris from site to dump site that is suitable for
handling such material according to state laws and regulations.
D. Cut heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping and topsoil removal and remove cuttings with remainder of
cleared vegetative material.
END OF SECTION
02230 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Excavation, filling, and backfilling for structures, pavement, and out parcels.
2. Trenching and backfilling for utilities.
3. Dewatering.
4. Boring under crossings.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02318 -- Rock Excavation
2. Section 02340 - Soil Stabilization
3. Section 02370 - Erosion Control and Sedimentation. Temporary and permanent erosion control.
4. Section 02375 — Stone Protection. Rip-rap stone for slope protection.
5. Division 3 — Subbase requirements for granular subbase below building slabs.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM D 422 - Standard Test Method For Particle Size Analysis of Soil
2. ASTM D 698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- lbflft (600
kN.mIm ))
3. ASTM D 2922 - Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
4. ASTM D 4318 -- Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO)
1. AASHTO T 88 -- Particle Size Analysis of Soils
C. State Department of Transportation (DOT):
1. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition" and all supplements.
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
E. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. AWWA C200 - Standard For Steel Water Pipe -- 6 In. ( 150 Mm) And Larger
2. AWWA C206 Field Welding Of Steel Water Pipe
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
02300-1
012505
F. City Engineer's Association of Minnesota (CEAM) "Standard Utilities Specification ", May 16, 2000 Edition and
all supplements.
A. An Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL), selected and paid for by the Owner, will be retained to perform
construction testing on site.
1. The ITL shall prepare test reports that indicate test location, elevation data, and test results. Owner, Civil
Engineering Consultant, and Contractor shall be provided with copies of reports within 96 hours of time
that test was performed. In event that test performed fails to meet Specifications, the independent testing
laboratory shall notify Owner and Contractor immediately.
2. Costs related to retesting due to failures shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional expense to
Owner. Contractor shall provide free access to site for testing activities.
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
3. Quality assurance testing will be conducted in accordance with Paragraph "Field Testing" in Part 3
hereinafter.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Satisfactory Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, SC, SM, ML, CL, or a
combination of these group symbols. With the exception of silt (ML), the alluvial soils can be used as structural
fill provided they are within moisture specifications and can be adequately compacted. The alluvial silt (ML) shall
not be used as fill within the building pad or within the top 3 feet of the pavement subgrade. The alluvial silt can
be placed at depths greater than 3 feet in pavement areas or in landscaped areas. The existing fill located within
the existing building and pavement areas is likely suitable for building support but shall be thoroughly surface
compacted prior to placing forms or footings. Subexcavate any silt within 3 feet of finished subgrades of slabs,
footings or pavements. Subgrade materials, placed on the existing fill, in the building interior shall consist of on-
site or imported sands containing less than 20 percent fines by weight passing the number 200 sieve (MnIDOT
Specification 3149.2B.1 Granular Borrow). Silty sands (SM) and clayey sands (SC) and other soils that are
considered frost susceptible under proposed exterior slabs in front of entrances and elsewhere where control of
frost heaving is necessary, shall be removed down to perimeter footing elevations and replaced with sand having
less than 5. percent of its particles by weight passing a 200 sieve. No material containing recycled bituminous shall
be used under interior slabs. The existing f ll beneath the surface vegetation and root zones and glacial soils is
suitable for pavement subgrade. The existing granular fill soils shall be reused as pavement fill if they do not
contain organic materials and can be adequately compacted. Imported materials for pavement subgrade shall meet
the requirements stated earlier in this paragraph.
1. Satisfactory materials shall be free of rock or gravel larger than allowed for fill or backfill material as
specified hereinafter or as shown on the drawings.
2. Satisfactory materials shall contain no debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious
matter.
3. Structural fill placed below the slab shall be free of organic, any debris or bituminous and other deleterious
material and shall consist of on-site or imported mineral soils containing less than 20 percent fines by
weight passing the Number 200 sieve meeting (MnJDOT Specification 3149.2B1, Granular Borrow).
Structural fill placed below the exterior slabs, where frost susceptible soils are removed, shall be sand
having less than 5 percent of its particles by weight passing a number 200 sieve. Excavations extending
below the groundwater level or on top of saturated soils shall be initially backfilled with relatively clean
sand containing less than 5 percent fines by weight passing a # 200 sieve, and less than 50 percent of the
particles by weight passing a # 40 sieve. This material shall be placed to at least 2 feet above the saturated
soils prior to compaction.
B. Unsatisfactory Materials: Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory materials are
unsatisfactory including materials classified in ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, MH, CH, OL, OH,
and PT, or a combination of these groups. Materials classified as ML shall not be used as fill within the building
area or within 3 feet of pavement subgrades.
1. Unsatisfactory materials also include man -made fills; trash; refuse; backfills from previous construction;
and material classified as satisfactory materials which contains root and other organic matter or frozen
material. The ITL shall be notified of any contaminated materials.
2. Unsatisfactory materials also include satisfactory materials not maintained within 3 percent above or 3
percent below of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
C. Rock: Rock shall be as defined in Section 02318.
L5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit 30 -pound sample of each type of off -site fill material that is to be used at the site in airtight containers to
the independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of aggregate material that is to be used at
the site to the independent testing laboratory for review.
B. Submit certification that all material obtained from off -site sources complies with specification requirements.
02300-2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
C. Submit name of each material supplier and specific type and source of each material. Change in source throughout
project requires approval of Owner.
D. If fabrics or geogrids are to be used, design shall be submitted for approval to Owner.
E. Submit Dewatering Plans upon request by Owner.
F. Shop drawings or details pertaining to excavating and filling are not required unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings or if contrary procedures to Construction Documents are proposed.
G. Shop drawings or details pertaining to site utilities are not required unless required by regulatory authorities or
unless uses of materials, methods, equipment, or procedures that are contrary to The Drawings or Specifications
are proposed. Do not per farm work until Owner has accepted required shop drawings.
H. Contact utility companies and determine if additional easements will be required to complete project. Provide
written confirmation of the status of all easements to Owner at time of Preconstruction Conference or no later than
90 days prior to project possession date.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL AND ROCK MATERIALS
A. Fill and Backfill. Satisfactory materials excavated from the site.
B. Imported Fill Material: Satisfactory material provided from offsite borrow areas when sufficient satisfactory
materials are not available from required excavations.
C. Trench Backfill: ASTM D 2321 unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings. Backfill for utilities shall
be selected, placed and compacted in accordance with these specifications depending on location of utilities,
whether in the building pad, pavement, or landscape areas.
D. Building Subbase Material: Subbase for building shall be 6- inches of aggregate base material. The aggregate
base material shall consist of crushed rock or stone meeting the requirements of MnJDOT Specification Section
3138 Class 5. No materials containing recycled bituminous shall be placed beneath the floor slab.
E. Bedding or Encasement Material: Aggregate Type as indicated on the plans or naturally or artificially graded
mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; meeting Mn/DOT Specification
3149.2G "Aggregate Bedding."
F. Drainage Fill or Rock Stabilization: Rock placed shall meet the requirements of MniDOT 3137. The rock
specified shall conform to the gradation CA -1 in Table 3137 -1. Install rock used to stabilize the trench foundation
installed at the discretion of the Owner or Owner's ITL.
G. Filter Foundation Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural
sand; shall meet Mn/DOT Specification 3149.2H "Coarse Filter Aggregate."
H. Topsoil: Topsoil shall consist of stripping material excavated from the site. Topsoil shall consist of organic
surficial soil found in depth of not more than 6- inches. Topsoil shall be as further defined in Section 02900 —
Planting.
2.2 APPURTENANT MATERIALS
A. Stabilization fabrics and geogrids: As specified in Section 02340.
02300 -3
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
07120105
B. Filter and drainage fabrics: As specified in Section 02340.
C. Steel Casing Pipe: Comply with AWWA C200 minimum grade B, size, and wall thickness as indicated on The
Drawings.
D. Trench Utility Locator Tape: Heavy duty 6" wide underground warning tape. Tape shall be made from
polyethylene material, 3.5 mils thick, with a minimum tensile strength of 1,750 psi. Place the tape at one -half the
minimum depth of cover for the utility line or a maximum of 3 feet, which ever is the less, but never above the top
of subgrade. Color of tape shall be determined by as follows:
1. Natural Gas or Propane - Yellow
2. Electric - Red
3 , Telephone — Orange
4. Water Blue
5. Sanitary Sewer — Green
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Transport off-site materials to project using well - maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting
vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or
pumping.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Laboratory testing of materials proposed for use in the project shall be by the Wal -Mart Independent Testing
Laboratory at no cost to Contractor. The Contractor shall provide samples of material obtained off -site.
13. In areas to receive pavement, California Bearing Ratio (CBR) tests shall be performed for each type of material
that is imported from off-site. CBR value shall be equal to or above pavement design subgrade CBR value
indicated on Construction Drawings
C. Following tests shall be performed on each type of on --site or imported soil material used as compacted fill:
1. Moisture and Density Relationship: ASTM D 698.
2. Mechanical Analysis: AASHTO T 88 or ASTM D422.
3. Plasticity Index: ASTM D 4318
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, datum, elevations, and grades necessary for construction as shown on the
drawings.
B. Notify utility companies to remove or relocate public utilities that are in conflict with proposed improvements.
C. Protect plant life, lawns, fences, existing structures, sidewalks, paving, and curbs, unless otherwise noted on the
drawings from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
D. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs
to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same.
E. Remove from site, material encountered in grading operations that, in opinion of Owner or the Owner's
Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL) is unsatisfactory material or undesirable for backfilling, subgrade, or
foundation purposes. Dispose of in manner satisfactory to Owner and local governing agencies. Backfill areas
with layers of satisfactory material and compact as specified herein.
F. Prior to placing fill in low areas, such as previously existing creeks, ponds, or lakes, perform following procedures:
02300-4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07120/05
1. Drain water out by gravity with ditch having flow line lower than lowest elevation in low area. If drainage
cannot be performed by gravity ditch, use adequate pump to obtain the same results.
2. After drainage of low area is complete, remove muck, mud, debris, and other unsatisfactory material by
using acceptable equipment and methods that will keep natural soils underlying low area dry and
undisturbed.
3. All muck, mud, and other materials removed from low areas shall be dried on -site by spreading in thin
layers for observation by the ITL. Material shall be inspected and, if found to be satisfactory for use as f hl
material, shall be incorporated into lowest elevation of site filling operation, but not under building
subgrade or within 10 of perimeter of building subgrade or paving subgrade. If, after observation by the
ITL, material is found to be shall be removed from site.
G. Locate and identify utilities that have previously been installed and protect from damage.
H. Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect from damage.
I. Maintain in operating condition existing utilities, previously installed utilities, and drainage systems encountered in
utility installation. Repair surface or subsurface improvements shown on The Drawings.
J. Verify location, size, elevation, and other pertinent data required making connections to existing utilities and
drainage systems as indicated on The Drawings.
K. Over excavate and properly prepare areas of subgrade that are not capable of supporting proposed systems.
Stabilize these areas by using acceptable geotextile fabrics or aggregate material placed and compacted as
specified in Section 02340.
L. The Contractor shall be responsible for excavating and locating the existing watermain. All excavation near the
existing main shall be made in such a manner as to avoid any damage to the main. The drawings show the
approximate location of the existing watermain but the Owner does not guarantee the precise location.
3.2 DEWATERING
A. General:
1. Provide dewatering systems as required for excavations. Dewatering shall be done in accordance with any
applicable federal, state and municipal requirements and the Contractor shall be responsible for any permits
required.
2. Design and provide dewatering system using accepted and professional methods consistent with current
industry practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under hydrostatic head from the bottom or
sides. Design system to prevent differential hydrostatic head, which would result in floating out soil
particles in a manner, termed as a "quick" or "boiling" condition. System shall not be dependent solely
upon sumps or pumping water from within the excavation where differential head would result in a quick
condition, which would continue to worsen the integrity of the excavation's stability.
3. Provide dewatering system of sufficient size and capacity to prevent ground and surface water flow into the
excavation and to allow Work to be installed in a dry condition.
4. Control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source. Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of
the water.
5. Confine discharge piping or ditches to available easement or to additional easement obtained by Contractor.
Provide necessary permits or easement.
6. Control groundwater in a manner that preserves strength of foundation soils, does not cause instability or
raveling of excavation slopes, and does not result in damage to existing structures. Where necessary, lower
water level in advance of excavation utilizing wells, wellpoints, jet eductors, or similar positive methods.
The water level shall be maintained a minimum of 3 feet below prevailing excavation level.
7. Commence dewatering prior to any appearance of water in excavation and continue until Work is complete
to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other causes.
8. Open pumping with sumps and ditches will be allowed provided it does not result in boils, loss of fines,
softening of the ground, or instability of slopes.
02300 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
9. Install wells or wellpoints, if required, with suitable screens and filters so that continuous pumping of fines
does not occur. Arrange discharge to facilitate collection of samples by the Owner. During normal
pumping and upon development of wells, levels of fine sand or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed 5
ppm. Install sand tester on discharge of each pump during testing to verify that levels are not exceeded.
10. Control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from flowing into excavation areas.
11. No additional payment will be made for any supplemental measures to control seepage, groundwater, or
artesian head.
B. Design:
1. Designate and obtain the services of a qualified dewatering specialist to provide dewatering plan as may be
necessary to complete the Work.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, design data, and operational records
required.
3. Contractor shall be responsible for the design, installation, operation, maintenance, and any failure of any
component of the system.
C. Damages:
1. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair any damage to work in place, other contractor's
equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads, railroads, private and municipal well systems, adjacent
structures, natural resources, habitat, existing wells, and the excavation. Contractor responsibility shall also
include, damage to the bottom due to heave and including but not limited to, removal and pumping out of
the excavated area that may result from Contractor's negligence, inadequate or improper design and
operation of the dewatering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system.
2. Remove subgrade materials rendered unsatisfactory by excessive wetting and replace with approved backfill
material at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Maintaining Excavation in Dewatering Condition:
1. Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. Interruptions due to power outages, or any other reason will not
be permitted.
2. Continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition with positive dewatering methods during preparation
of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction of structures until the critical period of construction or
backfill is completed to prevent damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent
facilities from flotation or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance.
3. Provide standby equipment on site, installed, wired, and available for immediate operation if required to
maintain dewatering on a continuous basis in the event any part of the system becomes inadequate or fails.
If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, perform
such work as may be required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to
Owner.
4. System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24-hour supervision by personnel skilled in the
operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components, and any other work required to maintain
excavation in dewatered condition.
E. System Removal: Upon completion of the work, remove dewatering equipment from the site, including related
temporary electrical service.
F wells shall be removed or cut off a minimum of 3 feet below final ground surface, capped, and abandoned in
accordance with regulations by agencies having jurisdiction.
3.3 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION
A. Cut heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping and remove cuttings with remainder of cleared vegetative
material.
B. Strip topsoil to a depth of not less than 6 inches from areas that are to be filled, excavated, landscaped, or
re- graded to such depth that it prevents intermingling with underlying subsoil or questionable material.
02300 -6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
C. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas shown on The Drawings or where directed by Owner. Construct storage
piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles as required to prevent windblown dust. Dispose of
unsuitable topsoil as specified for waste material, unless otherwise specified by Owner. Remove excess topsoil
from site unless specifically noted otherwise on The Drawings.
3.4 GENERAL EXCAVATION
A. Classification of Excavation: The Contractor shall assure himself by site investigation or other necessary means
that he is familiar with the type, quantity, quality, and character of excavation work to be performed. Excavation
shall be considered unclassified excavation, except as indicated in the Contract Documents.
B. When performing grading operations during periods of wet weather, provide adequate dewatering, drainage and
ground water management to control moisture of soils.
C. Shore, brace, and drain excavations as necessary to maintain excavation as safe, secure, and free of water at all
times.
D. Excavate building areas to line and grade as shown on the Drawings being careful not to over excavate beyond
elevations needed for building subgrades.
E. Place satisfactory excavated material into project fill areas.
F. Unsatisfactory excavated material shall be disposed of in manner and location that is acceptable to Owner and local
governing agencies.
G. Perform excavation using capable, well- maintained equipment and methods acceptable to Owner and local
governing agencies.
3.5 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation is specified in Section 02318.
3.6 TRENCHING EXCAVATION FOR UTILITIES
A. Contact local utility companies before excavation begins. Dig trench at proper width and depth for laying pipe,
conduit, or cable. Cut trench banks vertical, if possible, and remove stones from bottom of trench as necessary to
avoid point-bearing. Over - excavate wet or unstable soil, if encountered, from trench bottom as necessary to
provide suitable base for continuous and uniform bedding. Replace over - excavation with satisfactory bedding and/
or foundation material and dispose of unsatisfactory material.
B. Trench excavation sidewalls shall be sloped, shored, sheeted, braced, or otherwise supported by means of sufficient
strength to protect workmen in accordance with applicable rules and regulations established for construction by the
Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and by local ordinances. Lateral
travel distance to exit ladder or steps shall not be greater than 25 feet in trenches 4 feet or deeper.
C. Perform trench excavation as indicated on the Drawings for specified depths. During excavation, stockpile
materials suitable for backfilling in orderly manner far enough from bank of trench to avoid overloading, slides, or
cave -ins.
D. Remove excavated materials not required or not satisfactory as backfill or embankments and waste off -site or at
on-site locations approved by the Owner and in accordance with governing regulations. Dispose of structures
discovered during excavation as specified in Section 02220. The existing fill and glacial soils encountered on this
site are generally considered suitable for support of utilities. Where very loose silts or soft clays occur at pipe
invert elevations, partial excavations shall be made as directed by the soils engineer and backfilled with foundation
material to provide sufficient pipe support.
02300-7
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
E. Prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations by temporary grading or other methods, as
required. Remove accumulated water in trenches and other excavations as specified.
F. Open cut excavation with trenching machine or backhoe. Where machines other than ladder or wheel-type
trenching machines are used, do not use clods for backfill.
G. Accurately grade trench bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on bedding
material at every point along entire length except where necessary to excavate for bell holes, proper sealing of pipe
joints, or other required connections. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been
graded. Dig nodeeper, longer, or wider than needed to make joint connection properly.
H. Trench width at the top of the excavation may vary depending upon the depth of the trench and the nature of the
material. However, the maximum allowable width of trench shall be in strict accordance with Section 2503.3B
Mn/DOT Specifications. For trench width at the top of the pipe greater than specified above, propose alternate
strength of pipe to depth of cover relationships other than those shown on the plans. Submit proposals to the
Owner for approval in writing and with pertinent pipe strength and soil weight data at least 14 days prior to the
construction date. Allow no extra compensation for increase in material or construction costs created by alternate
plans. Other trench width for pipe, conduit, or cable shall be least practical width that will allow for proper
compaction of trench backfill.
Trench depth requirements measured from finished grade or paved surface shall meet the following requirements
or applicable codes and ordinances, whichever is more stringent:
1. Water Mains: 7.5 feet minimum to top of pipe barrel or 6 inches below frost line, established by local
building official, whichever is deeper.
2. Sanitary Sewer: Elevations and grades as indicated on the drawings and as specified in Section 02535.
3. Storm Sewer: Elevations and grades as indicated on the Drawings.
4. Electrical Conduits: 24 inches minimum to top of conduit or as required by NEC 300-5, NEC 710-36
codes, or local utility company requirements, whichever is deeper.
5. TV Conduits: 18 inches minimum to top of conduit or as required by local utility company, whichever is
deeper.
6. Telephone Conduits: 18 inches minimum to top of conduit, or as required by local utility company,
whichever is deeper.
7. Gas Mains and Service: 30 inches minimum to top of pipe, or as required by local utility company,
whichever is deeper.
3.7 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. Scarification and Compaction: In the proposed building expansion area, existing foundations, slabs, pavements,
below grade structures and any utilities, which are to be abandoned, shall be removed in their entirety. The surface
vegetation, root zone, organic materials and black silty sand shall be removed and replaced with acceptable
materials compacted as specified in these specifications. The existing fill below the surface vegetation shall be
removed and replaced with acceptable fill as specified in this Section of the Specifications. Subexcavate any silt
within 3 feet of finished subgrades of interior slabs and footings. The existing soils shall also be evaluated by the
'LT prior to placing any fill or backfill to determine if suitable for support of proposed fill and structural loads. In
the subgrade area of exterior slabs existing pavements, utilities that are to be abandoned, all vegetation, root zones
and frost susceptible soils shall be removed in their entirety. Within 3-feet of pavement subgrade remove all
surface vegetation, roots, topsoil materials and silt. At depths greater than 3-feet below pavement subgrades low
organic soils (organic content less than 6 percent) may remain in-place but sand fill shall be placed above it.
Areas exposed by excavation or stripping and on which subgrade preparations are to be performed shall be
scarified to minimum depth of 8 inches and compacted as specified hereinafter. Areas that are wet where subgrade
preparations are to be performed shall be dewatered and shall be initially backfilled with relatively clean sand
containing less than 5 percent fines by weight passing a # 200 sieve, and less than 50 percent of the particles by
weight passing a # 40 sieve. This material shall be placed to at least 2 feet above the saturated soils prior to
compaction and prior to using alternate fill material.
02300-8
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
B. Proofrolling: Subgrades shall be proofrolled to detect areas of insufficient compaction. Proof - olling shall be
accomplished by making minimum of 2 complete passes with fully - loaded tandem -axle dump truck with a
maximum weight of 20 tons, or approved equal, in each of 2 perpendicular directions while under the supervision
and direction of the independent testing laboratory. Document and explain proofrolling inspection procedures and
results in the laboratory inspection report. Areas of failure shall be excavated and recompacted as specified herein.
Continual failure areas shall be subcut and replaced with clean sands containing less than 12 percent passing a #
200 sieve (Mn'DOT 3149.2B2 Select Granular Borrow). As an alternative the failed area shall be stabilized in
accordance with Section 02340 at no additional cost to Owner. Subgrade exposed longer than 48 hours or on
which precipitation has occurred shall be re- proofrolled. After attaining final grade elevation, the subgrade areas
shall be maintained until the aggregate base and bituminous pavement are placed.
3.8 FILLING
A. Fill areas to contours and elevations shown on the Drawings with materials deemed satisfactory.
13. Place fills in continuous lifts specified herein.
C. Fill within proposed building subgrade and paving subgrade shall not contain rock or stone greater than 6 inches in
any dimension. No debris -laden fill or bituminous shall be placed in the building pad area.
D. Unless otherwise specified for rock fill, rock or stone less than 6- inches in largest dimension may be used in fill
below structures, paving, and graded areas, up to 24 inches below surface of proposed subgrade or finish grade of
graded areas when mixed with satisfactory material. Rock or stone less than 2 inches in largest dimension may be
used in fill within the upper 24 inches of proposed subgrade or finish grade of graded areas when mixed with
satisfactory material.
E. Fill materials used in preparation of subgrade shall be placed in lifts or layers not to exceed 8 inches loose measure
and compacted as specified hereinafter.
F. Material imported from off -site shall have CBR or LBR value equal to or above pavement design subgrade CBR or
LBR value indicated on The Drawings.
G. Building area subgrade pad shall be that portion of site directly beneath and 10 feet beyond building and
appurtenances, including limits of future building expansion areas as shown on the Drawings.
H. Prepare building area subgrade pad in strict accordance with "Foundation Subsurface Preparation" as shown on the
Drawings. The Foundation Subsurface Preparation provisions shall take precedence over the provisions of this
section whenever duplication or conflict occurs
3.9 ROCK FILL
A. Rock fill shall include on -site excavated material classified as rock excavation as specified in Section 02318. Rock
fill may be utilized in fill up to 48 inches below top of subgrade or finish grade of graded areas unless otherwise
permitted in higher elevations by the ITL. Rock fill shall consist of rock having a maximum dimension not greater
than 12 inches in any dimension. Rock fill shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of loose material having
a thickness of approximately the maximum size of the larger rock in the lift, but not greater than 12 inches. Each
layer of material shall be spread uniformly, completely saturated, and compacted. Shot rock shall not be dumped
into place, but shall be distributed in horizontal lifts by blading and dozing in such a manner as to ensure proper
placement into final position in the embankment. Voids shall be filled with finer material including shot rock fines
and limited soil fines during the spreading operation. Successive layers shall not be placed until all voids of the
current lift are filled and the lift is compacted. Each successive layer of material shall adequately bond to the
material on which it is placed. Compaction shall be accomplished with vibratory compactors, heavy rubber -tired
rollers, or steel -- wheeled rollers. Compaction shall be by uniform passes of compaction equipment in sufficient
number of passes, but not less than two passes, such that no further consolidtion is evident as determined by the
ITL.
02300-9
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
3.10 PIPE BEDDING
A. Excavate trenches for pipe or conduit to 4 inches below bottom of pipe and to the width as specified herein. Place
4 inches of bedding material, compact in bottom of trench, and shape to conform to lower portion of pipe barrel.
B. Place geotextile fabric as specified on the Drawings and in accordance with Section 02340.
311 TRENCH BACKFILLING
A. Materials used for trench backfill shall comply with requirements as specified herein.
B. Backfill and compact in accordance with fill and compaction requirements in accordance with ASTM D 2321
unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
C. Do not backfill trenches until required tests are performed and utility systems comply with and are accepted by
applicable governing authorities.
D. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations shown on the Drawings.
E. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces.
3.12 BORINGS AND CASINGS UNDER ROADS, HIGHWAYS, AND RAILROAD CROSSINGS
A. When indicated by the Drawings, street, road, highway, or railroad crossings for utility mains installed by jacking
and boring method shall be in accordance with area specifications and governing authorities.
B. Excavation of approach pits and trenches within right-of-way of street, road, highway, or railroad shall be of
sufficient distance from paving or railroad tracks to permit traffic to pass without interference. Tamp backfill for
approach pits and trenches within right-of-way in layers not greater than 6- inches thick for entire length and depth
of trench or pit. Compact backfill to 98 percent of maximum density in accordance with ASTM D698, (or 95
percent of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D1557) obtained at optimum moisture as determined by
AASHTO T 180. Mechanical tampers may be used after cover of 6 inches has been obtained over top of barrel of
pipe.
C. Accomplish boring operation using commercial type boring rig. Bore hole to proper alignment and grade. Bore
hole shall be within 2 inches of same diameter as largest outside joint diameter of pipe installed. Install pipe in
hole immediately after bore has been made and in no instance shall hole be left unattended while open.
D. In event subsurface operations result in failure or damage to pavement or railroad tracks within 1 year of
construction, make necessary repairs to pavement or railroad tracks. If paving cracks on either side of pipe line or
is otherwise disturbed or broken due to construction operations, repair or replace disturbed or broken area.
E. Clean, prime, and line interior and exterior of casing pipe with two coats of asphalt coating in accordance with and
governing authorities.
F. Butt weld steel casing. Welds shall be full penetration single butt-welds in accordance with AWWA C206.
G. Install casing and utility pipe with end seals, vent pipe, and other special equipment in accordance with area
specifications and governing authorities.
3.13 COMPACTION
A. Compact as follows:
Percent of Maximum Laboratory Density
Location ASTM D698
02300 -10
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
Subgrade Below Foundation and Interior Slab 98
Subgrade Below Exterior Slabs 95
Within 3 -feet of Pavement Subgrades 100
More than 3 -feet Below Pavement Subgrades 95
Utility Trench Backfill 95
Below Landscaped Surfaces 90
A — When covered by buildings or pavements, use building or pavement compaction requirements.
B. Maintain moisture content of not Tess than 3 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture
content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.
C. Exercise proper caution when compacting immediately over top of pipes or conduits, Water jetting or flooding is
not permitted as method of compaction.
D. Corrective Measures for Non - Complying Compaction: Remove and recompact deficient areas until proper
compaction is obtained. Continual failure areas shall be stabilized in accordance with Section 02340 at no
additional cost to Owner.
3.14 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE
A. Verify finished subgrades to ensure proper elevation and conditions for construction above subgrade.
B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction, including concrete trucks, dump trucks, and
other construction equipment. Areas that become disturbed shall be stabilized at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Remove areas of finished subgrade found to have insufficient compaction density to depth necessary and replace in
manner that will comply with compaction requirements by use of material with CBR or LBR equal to or better than
that specified on the drawings. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be firm, uniform, smooth, stable, and
true to grade and cross-section.
D. Construct temporary ditches and perform such grading as necessary to maintain positive drainage away from
subgrade at all times.
3.15 BORROW AND SPOIL SITES
A. Comply with NPDES and local erosion control permitting requirements for any and all on -site and off-site,
disturbed spoil and borrow areas. Upon completion of spoil or borrow operations, clean up spoil or borrow areas
in a neat and reasonable manner to the satisfaction of Owner or off-site property owner, if applicable.
3.16 FINISH GRADING
A. Check grading of building subgrades by string line from grade stakes (blue tops) set at no more than 50-foot
centers. Allowable tolerance shall be plus or minus 0.10 feet from plan grade. Provide engineering and field
staking as necessary for verification of lines, grades, and elevations,
B. Grade areas where finish grade elevations or contours are indicated on the Drawings, other than paved areas and
buildings, including excavated areas, filled and transition areas, and landscaped areas. Graded areas shall be
uniform and smooth, free from rock, debris, or irregular surface changes. Ground surfaces shall vary uniformly
between indicated elevations. Grade finished ditches to allow for proper drainage without ponding and in manner
that will minimize erosion potential. For topsoil, sodding, and seeding requirements refer to Section 02900.
C. Correct settled and eroded areas within 1 year after date of completion at no additional expense to Owner. Bring
grades to proper elevation.
02300 -11
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
3.17 QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Responsibilities: Unless otherwise specified, quality control tests and inspection specified below will be conducted
by the Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL) at no cost to the Contractor in accordance with Section
01458. The Contractor shall perform additional testing or inspection as considered necessary by the Contractor for
assurance of quality control.
13. Field testing, frequency, and methods may vary as determined by and between the Owner and the ITL.
C. Work shall be preformed by a Special Inspector — Technical I unless specified otherwise. Report of testing and
inspection results shall be made upon the completion of testing.
D. Classification of Materials: Perform test for classification of materials used and encountered during construction in
accordance with ASTM D2488 and ASTM D2487.
E. Laboratory Testing Of Materials: Perform laboratory testing of materials (Proctor, Sieve Analysis, Atterberg
Limits, Consolidation Test, etc.) as specified.
F. Field Density Tests.
1. Building Subgrade Areas, Including 10' -0" Outside of Exterior Building Lines: In cut areas, not less than 1
compaction test for every 2,500 sq. ft. In fill areas, same rate of testing for each 8 -inch lift, measured loose.
2. Areas of Construction Exclusive of Building Subgrade Areas: In cut areas, not less than 1 compaction test
for every 10,000 sq. ft. In fill areas, same rate of testing for each 8 -inch lift, measured loose.
3. Utility Trench Backfill: Intervals not exceeding 200 -feet of trench for first and every other 8-inch lift of
compacted trench backfill.
4. Test Method: In -place nuclear density, ASTM D 2922 (Method B- Direct Transmission) or Sand Cone
Method: ASTM D 1556.
G. Corrective Measures For Non - Complying Compaction: Remove and recompact deficient areas until proper
compaction is obtained at no additional expense to Owner. Adjust moisture content as necessary to conform to the
requirements of this section.
H. Observation and Inspection:
1. Observe all subgrades/excavation bases below footings and slabs and verify design bearing capacity is
achieved as required. Work shall be preformed by a Special Inspector — Technical II.
2. Observe and document presence of groundwater within excavations.
3. Verify cut and fill slopes as specified in the contract documents. Work shall be preformed by a Special
Inspector --- Technical III.
END OF SECTION
02300 -12
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02318 - ROCK EXCAVATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Removal including, drilling, blasting, and protection of rock excavation.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02230 — Site Clearing. Clearing of trees, brush, and vegitation prior to excavation.
2. Section 02300 — Earthwork: Excavation, filling, and compaction of earth materials and rock fill.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. NFPA495 - Code for Manufacturing, Transportation, Storage, And Use of Explosive Material
B. United States Department of Interior, Bureau of Mines
1. Seismic Effects of Blasting
C. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA)
1. 29CFR1910.109 -- Explosives and Blasting Agents
D. Mn!DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition" and all supplements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
040103
A. Rock Excavation: Removal of igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary rock or stone, boulders over two cubic yards
in volume in open areas and one cubic yard in volume in trenches; and masonry, concrete, or solid frozen soil that
cannot be removed by rippers or other mechanical methods and, therefore, requires drilling and blasting.
1. The excavation and disposal of all "Rock Excavation" that is indicated by the Soils Report shall be consid-
ered unclassified excavation and shall be included with site work grading as part of the lump sum base bid.
2. If "Rock Excavation" is required that is not indicated by the Soils Report, the Wal-Mart Construction Man-
ager shall be notified prior to such rock excavation, and he must then visit the site and verify the necessity
for excess "Rock Excavation," determine an estimated quantity and provide the Contractor written approval
to proceed. In the event the estimated quantity is exceeded, the Wal -Mart Construction Manager shall
again be notified to establish a revised estimated quantity and authorize the Contractor to proceed. Pay-
ment for the authorized work shall be by a Change Order to the Contract.
B. Trenches: Excavations having vertical sides whose depths exceed its width, made for storm water drainage, sani-
tary sewer, water, and gas pipes, electric, communications, and steam conduits, and related uses.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Blasting Plan prior to any blasting and Monitoring Reports to the Owner and Governing Agencies for re-
view.
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
02318 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1,2005
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA495, Bureau of Mines Seismic Effects of Blasting, and OSHA 29CFR1910.109
as applicable.
B. Comply with all applicable laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of the Federal, State and local regulatory au-
thorities and insurers that govern the licensing, transportation, storage, handling, use, and disposition of explo-
sives.
C. Prior to rock excavation, obtain and pay for all powder and blasting permits and licenses from regulatory agencies.
D. If blasting is required or undertaken, the responsible Subcontractor shall be licensed in the State and shall possess
a current blasting license issued by the appropriate regulatory authority and be permitted for the transportation of
explosives if required.
E. In case of conflict between regulations or between regulations and Specifications, the Contractor shall comply
with the strictest applicable codes, regulations or Specifications.
1.6 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Determine environmental effects associated with proposed work and safeguard
those concerns as regulated by law and local governing agencies by reasonable and practical methods.
B. Existing Conditions: The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage andlor injury from the use of ex-
plosives. The Contractor shall save and hold harmless the Owner, Architect and Engineer from any and all claims
from the use of explosives. Removal of materials of any nature by blasting shall be done in such a manner and at
such times as to avoid damage affecting integrity of existing construction and damage to new or existing dwell-
ings, structures and water wells in or adjacent to the area of the work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
determine the method of operation to ensure desired results and integrity of completed work. All damage caused
by the Contractor's blasting operations shall be repaired to the full satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost
to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Explosives, detonator /delay device, and blast mat materials shall be type recommended by explosive supplier and
shall comply with requirements specified herein.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Verify site conditions and note subsurface conditions affecting work of this section.
B. Identify required lines, levels, and elevations that will determine extent of proposed removals.
3.2 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Cut rock to form level bearing at bottom of footing and trench excavations. Remove shaled layers to provide
sound and unshattered base for footings or foundations. Contractor shall consider reuse of excavated materials on
site in accordance with Section 02300. If material cannot be utilized on site, dispose of material offsite.
B. If placed in embankments, perform rock excavation in manner that will produce material of such size as in accor-
dance with Section 02300. Remove rock to allow for construction andlor installation of the site and building im
023 18 -2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1,2005
provements as indicated on Construction Drawings. Remove loose or shattered rock, overhanging ledges and
boulders which might dislodge.
C. Use lean concrete or suitable materials as directed by registered geotechnical engineer to replace rock overblast or
over excavation in building and expansion area to facilitate placement of utilities and foundations systems.
3.3 ROCK BLASTING
A. General
1. The drilling and blasting methods and programs shall be those necessary to accomplish any and all rock ex-
cavation required for completion of the improvements shown on the Construction Drawings in accordance
with the procedures specified herein. Do not use explosives as a primary means of transporting material
outside the excavated prism.
2. Blasting work shall be performed only with necessary permits from all regulatory authorities and after
completion of the preblast survey. Blasting work shall take place only after persons in the vicinity have
been notified and have reached positions of safety. Take appropriate precautions to prevent all persons
from entering the blasting area. Use methods and programs that will prevent damage to, but not limited to,
adjacent dwellings, structures, public domain, natural resources, habitat, existing wells and landscape fea-
tures and that will minimize the scattering of rock, stumps or other debris. All affected roadways shall be
inspected, cleared, and opened to traffic within 1 hour of completed blasting or as required by governing
authorities.
3. Complete all blasting with experienced powdermen licensed to use explosives in the State.
- so . ei-
disrupt surrounding s
as not to disru s
ct blasting such hours �� ��"
s n
4 . Condu b s t� at s u s �r �``� ' � ���'=r��. Q`� "`
dences and businesses, and in accordance with Federal, state and local regulations and/or ordinances with
regard to noise.
5. Take all precautions necessary to warn and/or protect any individuals exposed to his operations prior to any
blasting. Blasting mats or other approved flyrock protection shall be employed as necessary to protect ar-
eas adjacent to blasting.
6. Develop and maintain records covering pertinent data on the location, depth and area of the blast, the di-
ameter, spacing, depth, overdepth, pattern, amount, distribution and powder factor for the explosives used
per hole and per blast; the sequence and pattern delays, and description and purpose of special methods.
Provide a copy of the records to the Owner upon the Owner's request. Receipt and acceptance by the
Owner of blasting data will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to produce satisfactory results as set
forth in these specifications. Drilling and blasting shall be done only to the depth, amount and at such loca-
tions, with explosives of such quantity, distribution, and density that will not produce unsafe or damage
rock surfaces or damage rock beyond the prescribed excavation limits. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the cost of removal of overblast and also for the cost of placement and compaction of suitable replace-
ment fill where overblast removal is required or occurs.
7. When a drilling and blasting program results in damage to the excavation or unacceptable peak particle ve-
locity or frequency values as specified herein, the Contractor will be required to devise and employ revised
methods that will prevent such damage or unacceptable ground motions at no cost to the Owner. The revi-
sions may include special methods such as presplit and zone blasting, shallow lifts, reduction in size of in-
dividual blasts, small diameter blast holes, closely spaced blast holes, reduction of explosives, greater dis-
tribution of explosives by use of decking and primacord or variation in density of explosives and chemical
or mechanical splitting of the rock.
13. Explosives
1. Take special precautions for proper use of explosives to prevent harm to human life and damage to surface
structures, utility lines, or other subsurface structures.
2. Store, handle, and employ explosives in accordance with Federal, state and local regulations, or, in the ab-
sence of such, in accordance with the provisions of the NFPA and OSHA.
C. Blasting Vibration And Limit Criteria
02318 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1,2005
1. The amount of vibration, frequency and overpressure generated by blasting shall not exceed regulatory
statutes or directives established by State, local or other authorities. In no case shall the maximum Peak
Particle Velocity (PPV) exceed the limits indicated on Figure 13-1, Appendix B, of the United States Bu-
reau of Mines Report of Investigations, RI 8507, 1980 or latest edition.
2. The peak airblast overpressure measured at the location of the nearest occupied, aboveground structure
(considering wind direction) shall not exceed 0.014 psi.
D. Preblast Survey
1. General:
a. Conduct a preblast survey prior to initiating blasting work. Preblast survey shall be performed by a
registered Professional Engineer or specialized consultant licensed in the State of the work covered
under this contract and specialized in conducting preblast surveys.
b. The preconstruction/preblast survey shall consist of documenting conditions of all existing dwell-
ings and structures located within a minimum of 500 feet of the limits of all work requiring rock
blasting prior to commencement of blasting or further if required by Federal, state or local regula-
tions
c. The purpose of the preblast survey is to determine the conditions of existing dwellings, structures
and water supply wells and document any pre-existing defects and other physical factors that could
reasonably be affected by the blasting. Structures such as darns, ponds, pipelines, cables and trans-
mission lines, cisterns, structures of historical significance, and/or structures with unusually costly
or vulnerable contents shall be included. The preblast survey, shall also note the nature and sensitiv-
ity of livestock that may be affected by the blasting.
2. Examination of and Preparation for Survey:
a. The Contractor shall contact the property owners (or their legal representative) of properties within a
minimum of 500 feet of the limits of all blasting work in order to obtain permission to conduct a
survey of their property. If the property owner does not grant the Contractor permission to conduct
the survey, the Contractor shall contact the property owner a second time by registered maillreturn
receipt requested. The second request for permission to conduct the survey shall include a descrip-
tion of the survey to be performed and the purpose of the survey. At least 72 hours prior to start of
blasting work, notify the appropriate local regulatory authority of any property owners who refuse
access for the preconstruction survey.
b. Notify the property owners at least 48 hours prior to conducting the preblast survey. After comple-
tion of the survey, two copies of the preblast report shall be submitted to the appropriate local regu-
latory authority for their reference if required. Additionally, one copy shall be kept on file at the lo-
cation of the project and one copy provided to the Owner upon request.
3. Method:
a. The preblast survey shall include a detailed examination of the interior and exterior of structures lo-
cated within a minimum of 500 feet of the limits of blasting work. Color photographs, videotapes,
and written descriptions shall be taken as required to document the condition of areas within the
limits of the survey area. Particular note shall be made of evident structural faults or deficiencies, or
recent repairs.
b. The preblast survey shall also include an assessment of water supply wells located within a mini-
mum 500 feet of the limits of all blasting work. This assessment shall include the following items:
1) Information regarding the date of construction of the well, depth, method of construction,
yield, water quality and any other existing available data will be requested from each well
owner and/or the installer, provided the installer is known.
2) A short duration pump test shall be performed on each well utilizing the existing pump that
services each well. The pump shall be activated, the volume of water measured and the
drawdown in the well measured for a 1-hour or less period until approximate steady state
conditions are achieved. The data obtained from these measurements shall be used to esti-
mate the approximate yield of each well.
3) Upon completion of the above - described short duration pump test, obtain a groundwater
sample from the well and submit to a State certified water quality laboratory. Laboratory
shall analyze sample for iron, manganese, total dissolved solids, turbidity and total coliform.
02318 -4
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1,2005
4. Survey Report:
a. The Contractor shall prepare a written report summarizing the results of the preblast survey. The fi-
nal written report shall be signed and sealed by the Contractor's qualified inspector. The report
shall contain the following:
1) Location and description of each property
2) Descriptions of the conditions of the on -site elements
3) Summary of the visual inspection
4) Color photographs, sketches, and videotape with vocal summary
5) All data developed from the water supply well assessment
b. Provide videotapes to include supplemental information, as required. Pictorial documentation shall
be of professional quality and shall be provided with a scale, where practicable. Clearly label picto-
rial documentation with an identification number, name of the project and the Engineer or qualified
person conducting the survey, name of the property owner, date the picture or video tape was taken,
and sufficient information to determine the location of the area in question.
c. The Contractor's inspector shall immediately report in writing to the Contractor any findings that, in
his opinion, indicate that any structure or well will be adversely affected by the required construc-
tion and blasting.
d. If, during the course of construction and blasting, the Contractor is requested by an adjacent prop-
erty owner to view alleged damage to property, the Contractor shall give written notice to the Owner
prior to the Contractor's visit to the adjacent owners property.
E. Blast Monitoring
1. Contractor shall perform seismic blast monitoring in accordance with State and local regulations.
2. Contractor shall provide monitoring of blasting vibrations and over - pressures to allow evaluation of com-
pliance with the specified vibration/over- pressures to criteria. As a minimum, the Contractor will monitor
each blast as follows:
a. Monitor vibrations at the exterior walls of all structures within 500 feet of each blast location.
b. If no structures are located within 500 feet of the blast location, monitor vibrations at three equally
spaced radial points located a minimum of 500 feet from the blast locations.
c. Monitor over - pressures for all structures within a minimum 500 feet of the blast.
3. If requested by the Owner, report vibration/overpressure -- monitoring results to the Owner within two hours
of blasting. Monitoring performed by the Contractor does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
control of vibration and overpressure during blasting operations.
3.4 ROCK CUT FACE EXCAVATION
A. The slope of the soil above the top of any permanently exposed rock cut face shall be no steeper than 3(H):1(V)
unless otherwise noted on the Construction Drawings. Slope of the rock face shall meet the requirements below.
TYPE OF ROCK SLOPE (Horizontal to Vertical)
Solid limestone or sandstone
Interbedded limestone, sandstone or shale
Layered shale (no hard rock)
1:1.20
1:1.25
1:1.50
B. Benches of at least ten feet in width at a maximum of twenty feet in elevation intervals or as noted on the Con -
struction Drawings. The benches shall serve to provide rock traps and divert water from the rock face.
3.5 ROCK TRAP
A. Locate rock traps at the base of permanently exposed rock slopes and construct as indicated in the Construction
Documents or Blasting Plan.
02318 -5
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1,2005
3.6 OVEREXCAVATION AND B ACKFILL
A. Over excavation which is required to remove unsuitable natural undisturbed bedrock weakened by weathering or
other cause not inflicted by the Contractor shall be immediately reported to the Owner and performed as directed
by the Owner, and the theoretical lines and grades will be adjusted accordingly. Material outside the excavation
limits which are disturbed due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or due to his failure to exercise sound
construction practices, shall be either replaced by the Contractor with suitable materials (earth or concrete), or
bolted, or both as directed, at no cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
02318 -6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1,2005
UniSpec II -- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02340 - SOIL STABILIZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
092404
1.2 Section Includes
1. Excavation, treatment, and backfilling of subgrade for lime, cement, fly ash, or bridge lift stabilization.
2. Geotextile fabric and geogrid for stabilization of subgrade.
1.3 Related Sections
1. Section 02300 - Earthwork
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
2. ASTM C 618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland
Cement Concrete
3. ASTM C 977 Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil Stabilization
4. ASTM D 1633 - Compressive Strength of Molded Soil - Cement Cylinders
13 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M 216 - Lime for Soil Stabilization
C. National Lime Association (NLA)
L NLA Bulletin 326 - Lime Stabilization Construction Manual
D. MnJDOT "Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition" and all supplements.
L5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install mixed materials in wind in excess of 10 mph or when temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit 30- -pound sample of each material to be used at the site in airtight containers to the Independent Testing
Laboratory or submit gradation and certification of material that is to be used to the Independent Testing Labora-
tory for review.
13. Submit name of each materials supplier and specific type and source of each material. Obtain approval of Owner
prior to change in source.
C. Submit mix design and materials mix ratio to Independent Testing Laboratory that will achieve specified require-
ments as indicated in the Construction Documents or as specified by state and local agencies for soil stabilization
if not stated in the Construction Documents.
D. If geogrids or geotextiles are to be used, design shall be submitted to Owner for approval.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with state and local standards in conjunction with requirements specified herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
02340 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
1 inches
100
3/4 inch
90 -100
3/8 inch
50-90
No. 4
35 -70
No. 10
20-55
No. 40
10-35
No. 200
3-10
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
3/8 inch
100
No. 4
90 -100
No. 10
45-90
No. 40
5-35
No. 200
0 -3
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide products from one of the following manufacturers as specified in the Materials paragraph below:
1. Mirafi Construction Products, Pendergrass, GA., (800) 685-9990, www.rniraf.com
2. WEBTEC, INC., Charlotte, NC. (800) 438 -0027, www.Webtecgeos.com
3. Tensar Earth Technologies, Inc., Atlanta, GA. (888) 828 -5126, web@tensarcorp.com.
4. LINQ Industrial Fabrics Inc., Summerville, SC (843) 873 -5800, www.linq.com.
5. Dupont Typar Geosynthetics
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Soil Treatment Materials:
1. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C977 or AASHTO M216
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1
3. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618.
B. Aggregate
1. Coarse Aggregate: Material shall be 100 percent crushed quarry rock meeting the requirements of MnIDOT
Specification 3138 for Class 5 Base Aggregate. Limestone from the Platteville formation is not acceptable
for aggregate base material. Crushed suitable material shall meet the following grading requirements:
2. Fine Filter Aggregate: Fine Filter Aggregate shall comply with Mn/DOT Section 3149.2J and shall be
graded within the following limits:
C. Subsoil: Existing to be Reused.
D. Bridge Lift Material: Surge stone, granular fill, or shot rock fill.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Curing Seal: Asphalt Emulsion Primer
B. Geotextile Fabric for Stabilization: Provide one of the following:
1. Mirafi HP 370 or HP 570, by Marafi
2. SF40 or SF56, by Dupont
3. LINQ GTF -200 or 300, by LINQ.
4. TerraTex HD, by WEBTEC.
C. Geogrid for Stabilization: Provide one of the following
1. Geogrid BX 1100, by Tensar.
02340-2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
2. Geogrid BX 1200, by Tensar.
3. Mirafi BasXgrid 11, by Marafi
4. Mirafi BasXgrid 12, by Marafi
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Obtain approval from the Independent Testing Laboratory of mix design before proceeding with placement.
B. Start stabilization only when weather and soil conditions are favorable for successful application of proposed ma-
terial.
C. Proofroll subgrade to identify areas in need of stabilization.
3.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform operations using suitable, well maintained equipment capable of excavating subsoil, mixing and placing
materials, wetting, consolidating, and compacting of material. If any haul roads use or cross public roads or
highways the Contractor shall provide proper traffic control, maintain the structural integrity of the pave-
ment, and repair the pavement if damaged all in accordance with the requirements of Mn/DOT or any
other government agency concerned.
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate subsoil to depth sufficient to accommodate soil stabilization.
B. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock that interfere with achieving uniform subsoil conditions.
C. Do not excavate within normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation.
D. Notify Construction Manager of unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue affected work in area until noti-
fied to resume work.
E. Correct areas over - excavated in accordance with Section 02300.
F. Remove excess excavated material from site.
3.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC AND /OR GEOGRID
A. Place geotextile fabric and/or geogrid over subsoil surface, lap edges and ends in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations in those areas that are shown on Construction Drawings or in those areas that need additional
stabilization prior to placement of base course. Bridge lift sections may require the use of geotextile fabric and/or
geogrid for stabilization prior to placement of fill.
B. Place geotextile fabric and/or geogrid in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.5 SOIL TREATMENT AND BACKFILLING
A. Lime Stabilized Subgrade: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure, treat
prepared subgrade with hydrated lime in accordance with MnIDOT Specifications where applicable.
B. Cement Stabilized Subgrade: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure,
treat prepared subgrade with portland cement in accordance with Mn/DOT Specifications where applicable.
02340 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
C. Fly Ash Stabilized Subgrade: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure,
treat prepared subgrade with fly ash in accordance with MnIDOT Specifications where applicable.
D. Bridge Lifts: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure, treat prepared sub-
grade by application of a bridge lift. Bridging over existing soils shall be acceptable only when approved in writ-
ing by the Owner. Place geotextile fabric or geogrid over existing soils to be bridged. The geotextile fabric or
geogrid selected shall be appropriate for the bridge lift material being placed. Place bridge lift over geotextile fab-
ric or geogrid. Surge stone and shot rock will be approved by the Owner's representative on a submittal basis.
The Owner and the Owner's representative shall have sole discretion as to the acceptability of all submittals.
E. Backfill and compaction of treated subsoil shall be in accordance with Sections 02300.
F. Maintain optimum moisture of mixed materials to attain required stabilization and compaction.
G. Finish subgrade surface in accordance with Section 02300.
H. Remove surplus mix materials from site.
3.6 CURING
A. Immediately following compaction of mix, seal top surface with curing seal.
B. Do not permit traffic for 72 hours after sealing top surface.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality control tests specified below will be conducted by the Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL) at
no cost to the Contractor in accordance with Section 01458. The Contractor shall perform additional testing or in-
spection as considered necessary by the Contractor for assurance of quality control.
B. Unconfined compression tests on lime, fly ash, or cement treated mixture shall be conducted in accordance with
ASTM D 1633. Three tests shall be conducted for each mix design tested. Samples shall be cured at a constant
moisture content and temperature for 28 days. Scratch portion of the test shall be omitted.
1. Perform unconfined test sufficiently in advance to obtain results prior to stabilizaton work but not less than
3 weeks prior to work.
C. Field Density: Field in -place density shall be determined as specified in Section 02300. At least one field density
test shall be performed for each 250 square yards (or fraction thereof) of each layer of base material.
D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest.
END OF SECTION
02340 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications 121404
SECTION 02370 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (INCLUDING SWPPP)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Installation of temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control systems.
2. Installation of temporary and permanent slope protection systems.
3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. (SWPPP)
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02230 - Site Clearing
2. Section 02300 — Earthwork
3. Section 02375 -- Rip -Rap
4. Section 02630 — Storm Drainage
5. Section 02900 --- Planting
6. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
7. Construction Drawings ("Site Maps ")
1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Protect adjacent properties, any identified endangered or threatened species or critical habitat, any identified
cultural or historic resources, and receiving water resources from erosion and sediment damage until final
stabilization.
PART 2 W PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Seed, sod, and ground covers for the establishment of vegetation in accordance with Section 02900.
B. Sediment control devices as specified on the Construction Drawings.
C. Rolled erosion control products according to Erosion Control Technology Council (ECTC) standard specifications.
D. Temporary mulches such as loose straw, wood cellulose, or agricultural silage.
E. Rip -Rap as specified in Section 02375.
F. Temporary and permanent outfall structures as specified on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Review the drawings and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
B. Revise SWPPP as necessary to address potential pollution from site identified after issuance of the SWPPP at no
additional cost to the owner.
02370-1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
C. Conduct storm water pre - construction meeting with Site Contractor, all ground - disturbing Sub - contractors, site
engineer of record, and state or local agency personnel in accordance with requirements of special conditions
Section S.G.
3.2 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL AND SLOPE PROTECTION IMPLEMENTATION
A. Place erosion and sediment control systems in accordance with the drawings and Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan or as may be dictated by site conditions in order to maintain the intent of the specifications and permits.
B. Deficiencies or changes on the drawings or Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan shall be corrected or
implemented as site conditions change. Changes during construction shall be noted in the Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan and posted on the drawings (Site Map).
C. Owner has authority to limit surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, excavation,
borrow and embankment operations and to direct Contractor to provide immediate permanent or temporary
pollution control measures.
D. Maintain temporary erosion and sedimentation control systems as dictated by site conditions, indicated in the
construction documents, or as directed by governing authorities or Owner to control sediment until final
stabilization. Contractor shall respond to maintenance or additional work ordered by Owner or governing
authorities immediately, but in no case, within not more than 48 hours if required at no additional cost to the
Owner.
E. Contractor shall incorporate permanent erosion control features, paving, permanent slope stabilization, and
vegetation into project at earliest practical time to minimize need for temporary controls.
F. Permanently seed and mulch cut slopes as excavation proceeds to extent considered desirable and practical.
G. Unless required within a shorter timefraine by the applicable General Permit for Storm Water Discharges
Associated with Construction Activity, slopes that erode easily or that will not be graded for a period of 14 days or
more shall be temporarily stabilized as work progresses with vegetation or other acceptable means in accordance
with Section 02900 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. In the event it is not practical to seed
areas, slopes must be stabilized with mulch and tackifier, bonded fiber matrix, netting, blankets or other means to
reduce the erosive potential of the area.
END OF SECTION
02370-2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
For
CONSTKUCTION ACTIVITIES
At
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1 861 -04
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Prepared for:
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
Sant M. Walton Development Complex
2001 SE 10 Street
Bentonville, AR 72716 -0550
Prepared by:
McCombs Frank Roos Associates, Inc.
15050 23r Avenue North
Plymouth, Minnesota 55447
Engineer's Phone No. (763) 476 -6010
Engineer's Fax No.(763) 476 -8532
MFRA Project No. 14165
July 1, 2005
02370 -3
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Date:
......... .
WAL -MART STORES INC., * 2001 SE loth STREET * BENTONVILLE, AR 72716 -0550 * 479- 273 -4000
RE: Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Address:
5815 Norell Avenue North
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Washington County
GENERAL PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGES FROM
CONS'T'RUCTION ACTIVITIES
1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision In accordance with a system designed to
assure quakfied personnel pmperly gathered.and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage this system, or
those persons dfectiy responsible for gathering the Information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, ar urate, and complete.
i am aware that theme are signincant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
Sincerely,
Wal-Mart Store., lac.
WAL-MART®
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
Thomas C. Oppenheim, P.E.
Director of Storm Water Compliance
4'
02370-4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Date: July 1, 2005
Date:
cr:.�c:•Lrtwa'A: s...v.:.cT :z? ., r ^-�'k.t.1.. icon- �."+,�.�`=
%' " ,.:?.ice. •: `, .S ":.•- ;: �•,.
r roue the -a
- .. ^f.�... s�,..i' ,... ��. •....�.._. �,.. max_. ._e
RE: Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Address:
5 815 Norell Avenue North
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Washington County
By:
Printed Name
Title
r
GENERAL PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGES FROM
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
i certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to
assure qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage this system, or
those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete.
I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
02370 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Contact List
Contacts for: Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights
Wal- Mart's Director of Storm Water Compliance:
Thomas Oppenheim, P.E. Phone: (479) 273 -4876
Responsible for coordinating oversight of storm water compliance by Wal -Mart and it's Responsible Contractors at each site.
Wal- Mart's Construction Manager: Name:
Phone:
Responsible for conducting the monthly inspections as required and otherwise oversee compliance with all permits.
Responsible Contractor's Compliance Officer: Name:
Firm:
Phone:
Responsible for the supervision or completion of construction at a site and able to adequately identify and implement storm
water sediment and erosion control practices and effectively instruct employees and contractors in the implementation of
such practices.
Project Superintendent:
Project Superintendent:
Name:
Firm:
Phone (office):
Phone (mobile):
Name:
Firm:
Phone (office):
Phone (mobile):
Responsible for overseeing activities and work at a site; has the authority to direct employees and contractors to undertake
actions to comply with a Permit, the Clean Water Act, and the site's SWPPP.
02370-6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ( SWPPP) includes, but is not limited to Specification Section 02370
(which includes this SWPPP) with appendices, the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (Phase l and Phase 11
Site Maps) included in the Construction Drawings with the Detail Sheet, the General Storm -water Permit for
Construction Activity (MNR 100001), Permit Authorization, General Permit, Notice of Termination, all records of
inspections and activities which are created during the course of the project, and other documents as may be
included by reference to this SWPPP. Changes, modifications, revisions, additions or deletions shall become part of
this SWPPP as they occur.
Note: General Contractor must certify this SWPPP in the format included immediately preceding this
section. All signed certifications must be kept with the SWPPP documents and be available for inspection.
The General Contractor and all subcontractors involved with a construction activity that disturbs site soil or who
implement a pollutant control measure identified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan must comply with
the following requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Systems (NPDES) General Permit
( "General Permit ") and any local governing agency having jurisdiction concerning erosion and sedimentation
control:
A. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the NPDES Permit. The Contractor shall be required
to be a co- applicant with the Owner. The application process is as follows:
1. The owner shall, in Appendix B, sign and date the Application for General Stormwater Permit for
Construction Activity (MN R100001) as both the "Owner" and "Contractor ", and also sign and
date the Application for Permit Transfer Modification as the "New or Same Owner ".
2. The owner shall mail the signed Application for General Stormwater Permit for Construction
Activity (MN R100001) to the MPCA with the $400 application fee. The address is
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
Regional Environmental Management Division
520 Layfayette Road North
St. Paul, MN 55155
3. Upon award of the contract, the general contractor shall complete the Application for Permit
Transfer/Modification and send the original copy to
Wal -Mart Stores, Inc (Attn: Michele Etzkorn)
2001 S.E. lo Street
Bentonville, AR 72716
The permit transfer /modification application will then be signed and sent to the MPCA by the
owner.
02370 -7
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
The Contractor shall complete the required inspection reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for
maintenance of the erosion control devices. The City of Oak Park Heights Public Works, Inspection
Department, Fire Department, Public Utilities, and other Utility companies shall be invited to the Pre-
construction meeting.
Governing Review Agency: City of Oak Parks Heights
Attention: Dennis Postier
City of Oak Park Heights
14168 Oak Park Boulevard North
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 55082
Telephone No. (651) 636 --4600
B. Provide a list of any federal, state, county, city, or other personnel who may review the SWPPP or inspect the
construction site. These agencies will be invited by the contractor to the Storm Water Pre-Construction
meeting as set forth in the Special Conditions (Section G.3.).
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
Attn: Duane Duncanson
REM Division, Construction Storm -water Permit Program.
520 Lafayette Road North
St. Paul, Minnesota 55155 -4194
Telephone No (651) 296 -7072
City of Oak Park Heights
Attn: Dennis Postier
14168 Oak Park Heights
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 55082
Telephone No. (651) 636-4600
Brown's Creek Watershed District
Attn: Karen Kill, District Administrator
c/o Washington County Conservation District
1380 West Frontage Road HWY 36
Stillwater, Minnesota 55082
Telephone No (651) 275 -1136 ext. 26
C. A completed copy of the SWPPP, including copies of all inspection reports, plan revisions, etc., must be
retained at the project site at all times during construction. Plans and Specifications that have incorporated
the requirements of both the Temporary and Permanent Erosion and Sediment Control Plans must be
available at the construction site. They can be in either a field office or the inspector's or contractor's vehicle
and must be retained in accordance with Appendices A and B of the General Storm -water Permit under "Plan
Retention ". The General Permit, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, attached as Appendix B, the permit
authorization number(s), attached as Appendix B, the permit authorization, a description of the project, and
the General Contractor's two Site Superintendents with contact names and numbers must be posted in a
prominent place for public viewing at the construction site until termination of permit coverage has been
obtained by fling a Notice of Termination.
D. A. Construction Site Notice form must be completed and posted at the job site entrance with the two Site
Superintendent names, address and phone numbers. It shall also contain the store type, store location or a
physical description of the location, square footage of the building, and amount of acres disturbed by
construction. The form can be found in Appendix H.
E. Complete copy of the SWPPP, including copies of all inspection reports, plan revisions, etc., must be retained
at the project site at all times during the duration of the project and kept in the permanent project records for
at least five years following submission of the Notice of Termination (NOT).
F. The General Contractor must provide names and addresses of all subcontractors working on this project who
will be involved with the major construction activities that disturb site soil ( "Sub- Contractor List "). That
information must be kept with this SWPPP. (Section 10 of the General Contractor's SWPPP. See "Jobsite
02370 -8
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Storm Water Document Guideline ".)
G. The General Contractor and all subcontractors involved with ground - disturbing activities or installation and
maintenance of any BMPs on the site must sign a copy of the Contractor Certification included in Appendix
C. This form may be modified to meet the specific State General Permit requirements. That information
must be kept with this SWPPP. (Tab 11 of the General Contractor's SWPPP. See "Jobsite Stonri Water
Document Guideline ".)
H. Daily inspections ections by the Project Superintendent, bi- weekly inspections by the Contractor's Compliance
Officer, and monthly inspections by the Owner's Construction Manager must be made to determine the
effectiveness of the SWPPP. The required Wal -Mart forms are included as Appendix D. If the state or local
agencies have a required inspection form, then both forms must be completed. The Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan including the best management practices implemented on the jobsite shall be
modified as needed to prevent pollutants from discharging from the site.
The inspector must be a person familiar with the site, the nature of the major construction activities, and
qualified to evaluate both overall system performance and individual component performance. The inspector must either be someone empowered to implement modifications to this SWPPP and the pollutant control
devices, if needed, in order to increase effectiveness to an acceptable level, or someone with the authority to
cause such things to happen. The inspector must be certified as a "Storm Water Professional" through the
Wal -Mart storm water training program. Additionally, the inspector shall be properly authorized in
accordance with the applicable General Permit to conduct and certify site storm water inspections.
1. A weekly storm water meeting will be held by the General Contractor with all contractors and subcontractors
involved in ground - disturbing activities to review the requirements of the Permits, the SWPPP, and address
any problems that have arisen in implementing the SWPPP or maintaining the BMPs. Contractor shall
YP
maintain a log of all weekly meetings and document the issues addressed in the meetings. The weekly
meeting form is found in Appendix D.
J. This SWPPP must be updated each time there are significant modifications to the pollutant prevention system
or a change of contractors working on the project that disturb site soil.
K. Discharge of oil or other hazardous substances into storm water or the storm water (storm sewer) system is
subject to reporting and cleanup requirements. In case of an accidental spill, the Minnesota Pollution
Control Agency shall be notified at their 24 -hour telephone number: 651-649-5451. Refer to Part V, Item C
g Y
of the General Permit Authorization to Discharge Storm Water Associated With Construction Activity Under
the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System Permit Program. See Section V.
B. 7 of this SWPPP for state and local information on reporting spills. Refer to the General Permit for
additional information. A Copy of the General Permit is included as Appendix J.
L. Once the site reaches final stabilization, all permanent erosion and sedimentation controls installed and all
temporary erosion and sedimentation controls removed, the General Contractor and Owner must complete a
final site inspection. Upon approval by Owner, the Owner and General Contractor, as applicable, must
complete and submit an NOT. A completed form ready for signature is included as Appendix P.
M. This SWPPP intends to control water -borne and liquid pollutant discharges by some combination of
interception, sedimentation, filtration, and containment. The General Contractor and subcontractors
implementing this SWPPP must remain alert to the need to periodically refine and update the SWPPP in order
P g
to accomplish the intended goals. The General Contractor is ultimately responsible for all site conditions and
permit compliance.
N. This SWPPP must be amended as necessary during the course of construction in order to keep it current with
the p ollutant control measures utilized at the site. Amending the SWPPP does not mean that it has to be
reprinted. It is acceptable to add addenda, sketches, new sections, and/or revised drawings. The Site Map
showing the locations of all storm water controls must be posted on the site and updated to reflect the
progress of construction and changes to the SWPPP.
0. A record of the dates when major ground - disturbing activities occur, when construction activities temporarily
02370 -9
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Date: July 1, 2005
or permanently cease on a portion of the site, and when stabilization measures are initiated must be
maintained until the NOT is filed. A log for keeping such records is included as Appendix G. Controls must
be in place down gradient of ground - disturbing activities prior to the commencement of construction and
noted on the Site Map and Record of Stabilization and Construction Activity Dates.
P. A tog of all inspections by federal, state, or local storm water or other environmental agencies shall be kept in
the General Contractor's SWPPP. The log form can be found in Appendix 1 and should include the date and
time of visit and whether a report was issued or will be issued as a result of the inspection. Any reports
issued will be faxed to the Wal -Mart Storm Water Control Center (WMSWCC).
H. INTRODUCTION
This SWPPP has been prepared for major activities associated with construction of:
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota.
This SWPPP, including the applicable General Permit, includes the elements necessary to comply with the national
General Pennit for construction activities administered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) /State
Disposal System (SDS) program and all local governing agency requirements. This SWPPP must be implemented
at the start of construction.
Construction phase pollutant sources anticipated at the site are disturbed (bare) soil, vehicle fuels and lubricants,
chemicals and coatings associated with site or building construction and pavement installation, construction -
generated litter and debris, and building materials. Without adequate control there is the potential for each type of
pollutant to be transported by storm water.
Project construction will consist primarily of site grading, paving, stone drainage, water supply, sewage collection,
and site lighting to facilitate construction of:
The expansion of an existing Wal -Mart Store (97,750 square feet) to a Wal-Mart Supercenter (224,874 square feet
total) on a 23.96 -acre site.
A. Purpose
B. Scope
A major goal of pollution prevention efforts during project construction is to control soil and pollutants that
originate on the site and prevent them from flowing to surface waters. The purpose of this SWPPP is to
provide guidelines for achieving that goal. A successful pollution prevention program also relies upon
careful inspection and adjustments during the construction process in order to enhance its effectiveness.
This SWPPP must be implemented before construction begins on the site. It primarily addresses the impact
of storm rainfall and runoff on areas of the ground surface disturbed during the construction process. In
addition, there are recommendations for controlling other sources of pollution that could accompany the
major construction activities. This SWPPP will terminate when disturbed areas are stabilized, permanent
erosion and sedimentation controls installed, temporary erosion and sedimentation controls removed,
construction activities covered herein have ceased, and a completed Notice of Termination (NOT) is mailed
to the governing agency.
Forms which are necessary for implementing the SWPPP are included herein.
The national General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activities prohibits
most non -storm water discharges during the construction phase. Allowable water discharges that could
occur during construction on this project are those discharges set forth and covered by the General Permit.
02370 -10
WaI --Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Best Management Practices must be implemented for the allowable discharges for the duration of the permit,
Each non -storm water discharge should be noted in the SWPPP and weekly inspection with the exception of
discharges from fire fighting activities.
The techniques described in this SWPPP focus on providing control of pollutant discharges with practical
approaches that utilize readily available expertise, materials, and equipment.
The Owner referred to in this SWPPP is Wal-Mart Real Estate Business Trust. The General Contractor shall
construct the site development improvements while working under contract with the Owner.
III. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Described below are the major construction activities that are the subject of this SWPPP. They are presented in the
order (or sequence) they are expected to begin, but each activity will not necessarily be completed before the next
begins. Also, these activities could occur in a different order if necessary to maintain adequate erosion and
sedimentation control. All activities and the timeframe (beginning and ending dates) shall be noted on the Site Map
and Record of Stabilization and Construction Activity Dates:
A. Install stabilized construction exit. This will be the first construction work on the project.
B. Install sediment barriers down slope from construction activities that disturb site soil as shown on plan;
C. Construct rock surface for temporary parking and storage areas;
D. Install inlet protection around all existing storm sewer structures;
E. Construction of the sediment basins;
F. Halt all activities and contact the Civil Engineering consultant to perform inspection of BMPs. General
Contractor shall schedule and conduct Storm Water Pre - construction Meeting with engineer and all ground
disturbing contractors before proceeding with construction.
G. Clear and grub the site;
H. Begin grading the site;
1. Start construction of building pad and structures;
J. Temporarily seed disturbed areas;
K. Install utilities, storm sewers, curbs and gutters;
L. Install rip rap around outlet structures;
M. Install inlet protection around all storm sewer structures;
N. Prepare site for paving;
O. Pave site;
P. Install inlet protection as necessary after paving;
Q. Complete final grading and apply permanent seeding and planting; and
R. Remove all temporary erosion and sediment control devices only after site is stabilized.
02370 -11
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
The actual schedule for implementing pollutant control measures will be determined by project construction
progress and recorded by the General Contractor on the Soil Erosion /Sedimentation Control Operation Time
Schedules on the Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plans (Site Map). Down slope protective measures must always
be in place before soil is disturbed.
Ive SITE DESCRIPTION
Included as part of this SWPPP are the project Construction Drawings- Proposed Expansion to Wal -Mart Store #
1861 -04, 5815 Norell Avenue North, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota, Washington County. Refer to the Construction
Drawings for detailed site information.
A. Site Location - The Site consists of a 23.96 acre developed parcel at 5815 Norell Avenue North in Oak Park
Heights, Washington County, Minnesota. The Site is bounded to the west by Norell Avenue and commercial
sites, on the North by commercial sites and beyond Highway 36, on the east by undeveloped property zoned
commercial and on the South by open land with institutional property beyond. The Site is at Latitude 45
01' 59.30" and Longitude 92° 49' 55.13 ". The receiving waters for both pre and post construction storm
water discharge is the on -site storm sewer, which discharges to water quality ponds and discharges into the
MNDOT ditch and then eventually into Menard's Pond. From there it goes north into Stillwater into a pond
next to Target and eventually into Long Lake. None of these are Special Waters. A Vicinity Map is
included in Appendix A.
B. Site Topography - The Site is an existing commercial site. The existing topography generally slopes from
building floor elevation 948.2 to storm inlets in the front (lowest inlet elevation in the parking lot is 938.5
near the northwest corner of the parking) and back of the building (lowest inlet elevation in the parking lot is
944.8). The highest point on the property is near the southeast corner at elevation 952.0. Present drainage is
to the north and west. The existing vegetation includes landscaping for the commercial site with some
grassland to the east. The topography will change with the construction of ponds in the southwest corner
and some cut to the east to level the property for the expansion of the building and parking lot. The present
drainage will remain flowing from southeast to northwest.
C. Rainfall Information - The average total annual precipitation is about 29.58 inches. Of this about 19.18
inches, or 65 percent, usually falls in May through September. The average annual snowfall is 57.3 inches.
D. Site Soils -- 40 penetration borings were performed by geotechnical firm. Eight of the borings were
performed in the existing pavement areas and encountered about 4 to 5 inches of bituminous material over
approximately 4 to 7 inches of aggregate base materials. Sixteen of the borings encountered about 4 to 8
inches of silty sand topsoil. Twenty -three of the borings encountered existing fill to depths of 2 to 9 feet,
either initially from the surface or beneath the existing pavement. The existing fill consisted predominantly
of silty sand, with lesser amounts of poorly graded sand, poorly graded sand with silt and clayey sand.
Below the existing pavements, existing fill or topsoil, the borings encountered and terminated in naturally
deposited soils. The naturally deposited soils encountered consisted of poorly graded sand, poorly graded
sand with silt, silty sand, clayey sand, lean clay and silt.
E. Total Area and Disturbed Area - The entire site contains 23.96 acres and the area to be disturbed by grading
is anticipated to be approximately 17.33 acres.
Pre - Construction Runoff Coefficient {or SCS TR -55 Curve Number]: "C" = 0.57 or CN = 82
Post - Construction Runoff Coefficient [or SCS TR -55 Curve Number] : "C" = 0.76 or CN = 91
F. Receiving Surface Waters and Wetlands - The receiving waters for both pre and post construction storm
water discharge is the on -site storm sewer, which discharges to water quality ponds and discharges into the
MNDOT ditch and then eventually into Menard's Pond. From there it goes north into Stillwater into a pond
next to Target and eventually into Long Lake, approximately 1 mile west - northwest. None of these are
Special Waters
G. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan - Sheets C--2.0 and C -2.1 "Phase I Erosion and Sedimentation
Control Plan/ "Site Map'"'; C -2.2 and C -2.3 "Phase 11 Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan/ "Site Map ""
02370 -12
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Type of Slope
Time*
Steeper than 3:1
7 days
10:1to3:1
14 days
Flatter than 10:1
21 days
and C -2.4 "Erosion and Sedimentation Control Notes and Details" of the Construction Plans.
H. Threatened and Endangered Species — There are no known threatened or endangered species on the site,
according to the "Phase I Environmental Site Assessment" completed by Braun Intertec.
1. Historic Properties — There are no historic properties that will be impacted. Determined from site visits and
verified on the National Register of Historic Places.
V. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES AND CONTROLS
A variety of storm water pollutant controls are recommended for this project. Some controls are intended to
function temporarily and will be used as needed for pollutant control during the construction period. These include
temporary sediment barriers and permanent storm retention ponds (which can also function as permanent sediment
basins). For most disturbed areas, permanent stabilization will be accomplished by covering the soil with pavement,
building, or vegetation.
A. Erosion and Sediment Controls
1. Soil Stabilization - The purpose of soil stabilization is to prevent soil from leaving the site. In the
natural condition, soil is stabilized by native vegetation. The primary technique to be used at this
project for stabilizing site soil will be to provide a protective cover of turf grass, pavement, or building
structure.
a) Temporary Seeding or Stabilization ----- Areas may be stabilized temporarily with the use of
fast - germinating annual seed, straw mulch, wood cellulose fibers, tackifiers, netting or
blankets. Where conditions are favorable, areas shall be temporarily stabilized within 14
days after construction activity ceases. All disturbed ground where there will not be
construction for longer than 21 days must be seeded or otherwise stabilized.
b
C)
Permanent Seeding or Sod -- All areas at final grade must be seeded or sodded within 14
days after completion of the major construction activity. Except for small level spots,
seeded areas should generally be protected with mulch. All areas to be seeded will also
have topsoil and other soil amendments as stated in Specification Section 02900 -
Planting.
All exposed soil areas with a continuous positive slope within 200 lineal feet of a surface
water, must have temporary erosion protection or permanent cover for the exposed
soil areas year round, according to the following table of slopes and time frames:
* Maximum time an area can remain open when an area is not being worked.
These areas include constructed storm water management pond side slopes, and any
exposed soil areas with a positive slope to a storm water conveyance system, such as a
curb and gutter system, storm sewer inlet, temporary or permanent drainage ditch or other
natural or man made systems that discharge to a surface water. Temporary stockpiles
without significant silt, clay or organic components (e.g., clean aggregate stockpiles,
demolition concrete stockpiles, sand stockpiles) are exempt from this requirement but
must comply with Part IV.C.5 of the general permit.
2. Structural Controls — Sheets C -2.0 "Phase I Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plant "Site Map ""
shows proposed temporary sedimentation basin to trap sediment created by runoff from grading
02370 -13
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
activity along with the temporary stone construction exit, inlet protection, silt fence, temporary
diversion ditch, limits of disturbance, temporary diversion dike, temporary stabilization measures,
temporary storage and parking area and notes. Sheets C -2.1 "Phase II Erosion and Sedimentation
Control Plan/ "Site Map "" shows the permanent seeding, inlet protection, temporary stone construction
exit and silt fence. Sheet C -2.2 "Erosion and Sedimentation Control Notes and Details" shows the Site
Location Map, USGS Quadrangle Map, general erosion control notes and details of inlet protection,
rock construction exit, sediment control barrier and silt fence.
a) Sediment Basins — Temporary & permanent sediment basins are depressions constructed
downslope of construction activity and located such that storm water runoff from upland
areas of less than 100 acres are diverted through the basin. Sediment basins shall be
constructed as directed by the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and shall be
constructed as part of the initial best management practices whenever practical. Two
permanent basins, which are connected by an equalizer pipe, will be used as temporary
sediment basins during construction. They are designed for two different areas, including
the south & east areas (runoff from 10.36 acres requiring a volume of 2.12 acre -feet) and
the central area (runoff from 0.93 acres requiring a volume of 0.04 acre - feet). The central
drainage area includes existing structures in the existing parking lot, as well as two new
structures from the parking lot expansion to the east. Runoff from the central drainage
area will continue to drain to the existing pond on the west side of Norell Avenue.
Structures draining to this pond will be protected to prevent sediment from entering the
existing pond. Temporary sediment pond capacities where checked using the runoff from
a 2 -year 24 hour storm per Part III B of the General Permit (see Appendix J). Sediment
basins shall be phased with the earthwork activity where practical.
b
C)
d
Sediment Traps -- Temporary sediment traps are depressions constructed downslope of
construction activity and located such that storm water runoff from upland areas of less
than 5 acres are diverted through the trap. Sediment traps shall be constructed as
indicated by the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and shall be constructed as part
of the initial best management practices whenever practical. Traps are not used per this
design. Traps if constructed as revisions to plans during construction, shall be designed
with an overflow weir incorporated at the outlet to discharge flow from the trap.
Sediment traps shall be phased with the earthwork activity where practical.
Silt Fence — Silt fence is a synthetic permeable woven or non -woven fabric typically
incorporating wooden or metal support stakes at intervals sufficient to support the fence,
water and sediment retained by the fence. Silt fence can also be installed with a wire
fence backing. The fence is designed to retain sediment -laden water and allow settlement
of suspended soils before the storm water flows through the fabric for discharge
downstream. Silt fence shall be located to capture overland, low- velocity sheet flows as
follows: Silt Fence is to be placed as shown on the Phase I and Phase II Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Plans. The fence is located so that not more than % acre of
drainage area contributes runoff to 100 feet of wire reinforced silt fence. Install silt
fence at a fairly level grade (along the contour) to provide sufficient upstream storage
volume for the anticipated runoff. Drainage area shall not exceed 1/4 acre per 100 feet on
non - reinforced silt fence, or %z acre per 100 feet of wire- reinforced silt fence for slopes
less than 2 percent. In areas of steeper slopes or highly erodible soils, wire- reinforced silt
fence shall be used.
Construction Exit -- All access points from the public street into the construction site shall
include a construction exit composed of coarse stone to the dimensions shown on the
Construction Drawings. The rough texture of the stone helps to remove clumps of soil
adhering to construction vehicle tires through the action of vibration and jarring over the
rough surface and the friction of the stone matrix against soils attached to vehicle tires.
e) Storm Sewer Inlet Protection -- Curb and grated inlets are protected from the intrusion of
silt and sediment through a variety of measures as shown on the Construction Drawings.
The primary mechanism is to place controls in the path of flow sufficient to slow
sediment -laden water to allow settlement of suspended soils before discharging into the
storm sewer. Grated inlets typically include a sturdy frame wrapped in silt fence or
02370 -14
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
crushed stone -lined perimeter to slow the flow of water and allow ponding where
sediment may settle out. Curb inlets typically include crushed stone barriers held in place
with silt fence material or geotextile fabric. Other manufactured products are also
available.
f) Check Dam — Defined channels subject to concentrated flows in larger quantities and
higher velocities may be protected with rock or other manufactured device check dams.
The dams impound sediment -laden water to allow settlement of suspended soils before
flowing over and through the device. Dams shall be placed along the water course at
intervals as follows: Check dams shall be used in lieu of other forms of stabilization for
the diversion ditches and shall be designed as shown on the plans (Sheet C -2.2 "Erosion
and Sedimentation Control Notes and Details "). Check dams shall be placed as shown on
the Construction Drawings and are composed of components of crushed stone and/or
riprap or other manufactured device.
g)
Diversion DitchlBerm — Diversion ditches (or swales) and berms (or dikes) are
constructed as shown on the Construction Drawings at locations within the construction
site to intercept overland flow and direct or divert flow to a sediment basin or other point
where discharge can be controlled. Ditches are excavated in the surface soils with the
spoils from excavation typically placed along the downstream edge of the ditch to
provide additional capacity. Berms are built up on the surface soils and compacted to
create a stable diversion.
Final site stabilization is achieved when turf grass cover provides permanent stabilization for at least
70 percent of the disturbed soil surface, exclusive of areas that have been paved.
B. Other Pollutant Controls
Control of sediments has been described previously. Other aspects of this SWPPP are listed below:
1. Dust Control - Construction traffic must enter and exit the site at the stabilized construction exit. The
purpose is to trap dust and mud that would otherwise be carried off -site by construction traffic.
Water trucks or other dust control agents will be used as needed during construction to reduce dust
generated on the site. Dust control must be provided by the General Contractor to a degree that is
acceptable to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, and in compliance with applicable local and state
dust control regulations. After construction, the site will be stabilized (as described elsewhere), which
will reduce the potential for dust generation.
2. Solid Waste Disposal - No solid materials, including building materials, are allowed to be discharged
from the site with storm water. All solid waste, including disposable materials incidental to the major
construction activities, must be collected and placed in containers. The containers will be emptied as
necessary by a contract trash disposal service and hauled away from the site. The location of solid
waste receptacles shall be shown on the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan ( "Site Map ").
Substances that have the potential for polluting surface and/or groundwater must be controlled by
whatever means necessary in order to ensure that they do not discharge from the site. As an example,
special care must be exercised during equipment fueling and servicing operations. If a spill occurs, it
must be contained and disposed so that it will not flow from the site or enter groundwater, even if this
requires removal, treatment, and disposal of soil. hi this regard, potentially polluting substances
should be handled in a manner consistent with the impact they represent.
3. Sanitary Facilities - All personnel involved with construction activities must comply with state and
local sanitary or septic system regulations. Temporary sanitary facilities will be provided at the site
throughout the construction phase. They must be utilized by all construction personnel and will be
serviced by a commercial operator. The location of sanitary facilities shall be shown on the Erosion
and Sedimentation Control Plan ( "Site Map ").
02370-15
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
4. Water Source - Non -storm water components of site discharge must be clean water. Water used for
construction which discharges from the site must originate from a public water supply or private well
approved by the State Health Department. Water used for construction that does not originate from an
approved public supply must not discharge from the site. It can be retained in the ponds until it
infiltrates and evaporates.
5. Concrete Waste from Concrete Ready -Mix Trucks — Discharge of excess or waste concrete andlor
wash water from concrete trucks will be allowed on the construction site, but only in specifically
designated diked areas prepared to prevent contact between the concrete andlor wash water and storm
water that will be discharged from the site. Alternatively, waste concrete can be placed into forms to
make riprap or other useful concrete products. The cured residue from the concrete washout diked
areas shall be disposed in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations. The jobsite
superintendent is responsible for assuring that these procedures are followed. The location of concrete
washout areas shall be shown on the Erosion and Sedimentation Plan ( "Site Map ").
6. Fuel Tanks -- Temporary on -site fuel tanks for construction vehicles shall meet all state and federal
regulations. Tanks shall have approved spill containment with the capacity required by the applicable
regulations. The tank shall be in sound condition free of rust or other damage which might
compromise containment. Hoses, valves, fittings, caps, filler nozzles, and associated hardware shall be
maintained in proper working condition at all times. The location of fuel tanks shall be shown on the
Erosion and Sedimentation Plan ( "Site Map ").
7. Hazardous Waste Management and Spill Reporting Plan — Any hazardous or potentially hazardous
waste that is brought onto the construction site will be handled properly in order to reduce the potential
for storm water pollution. All materials used on this construction site will be properly stored, handled
and dispensed following any applicable label directions. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
information will be kept on site for any and all applicable materials.
Should an accidental spill occur, immediate action will be undertaken by the General Contractor to
contain and remove the spilled material. All hazardous materials will be disposed of by the Contractor
in the manner specified by local, state, and federal regulations and by the manufacturer of such
products. As soon as possible, the spill will be reported to the appropriate state and local agencies. As
required under the provisions of the Clean Water Act, any spill or discharge entering the waters of the
United States will be properly reported. The General Contractor will prepare a written record of any
such spill and will provide notice to the Owner within 24 -hours of the occurrence of the spill. A spill
report form is located in Appendix E.
Any spills of hazardous materials in quantities in excess of Reportable Quantities as defined by EPA or
the State Agency regulations, shall be immediately reported to the EPA National Response Center (1-
800-- 424 -8802) and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency shall be notified at their 24 -hour
telephone number: 651 - 649 -5451. Refer to Part V, Item C of the General Permit Authorization to
Discharge Storm Water Associated With Construction Activity Under the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System/State Disposal System Permit Program. Storage and disposal of hazardous waste
must be in compliance with MPCA regulations. The Reference that provides information as to
quantities of hazardous material reported is available at the following web site:
http://www.pca.state,mn.us/waste/pubs/business.html#general or call the MPCA customer assistance
center at (651) 297 -2274.
. The reportable quantity for petroleum products is a five-gallon minimum in Minnesota. Spills of all
other chemicals or materials, any quantity is reportable. If in doubt, report.
In order to minimize the potential for a spill of hazardous materials to come in contact with storm
water, the following steps will be implemented:
a) All materials with hazardous properties (such as pesticides, petroleum products,
fertilizers, detergents, construction chemicals, acids, paints, paint solvents, cleaning
solvents, additives for soil stabilization, concrete, curing compounds and additives, etc.)
will be stored in a secure location, under cover, when not in use.
02370 -16
WaI --Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
b
C)
e)
The minimum practical quantity of all such materials will be kept on the job site and
scheduled for delivery as close to time of use as practical.
A spill control and containment kit (containing for example, absorbent such as kitty litter
or sawdust, acid neutralizing agent, brooms, dust pans, mops, rags, gloves, goggles,
plastic and metal trash containers, etc.) will be provided at the storage site.
d) All of the product in a container will be used before the container is disposed of. All
such containers will be triple rinsed, with water prior to disposal. The rinse water used in
these containers will be disposed of in a manner in compliance with state and federal
regulations and will not be allowed to mix with storm water discharges.
All products will be stored in and used from the original container with the original
product label.
f) All products will be used in strict compliance with instructions on the product label.
g) The disposal of excess or used products will be in strict compliance with instructions on
the product label.
8. Long -Term Pollutant Controls Storm water pollutant control measures installed during construction,
that will also provide storm water management benefits after construction, include the storm water
ponds in the southwest corner of the site. The other control measures are only temporary. The other
permanent control measures include landscaping, storm sewer piping, and pavement surfacing. The site
and erosion control procedures have been designed in accordance with the requirements of the City of
Oak Park Heights and the Brown's Creek Watershed District. The receiving waters for both pre and
post construction storm water is the on -site storm sewer, which discharges to water quality ponds that
discharge into the MNDOT ditch and then eventually into Menard's Pond. From there it goes north
into Stillwater into a pond next to Target and eventually into Long Lake, approximately 1 mile west -
northwest of the site. None of these are Special Waters.
C. Construction Phase "Best Management Practices"
During the construction phase, the General Contractor shall implement the following measures:
1. Materials resulting from the clearing and grubbing or excavation operations shall be stockpiled up
slope from adequate sedimentation controls. Materials removed to an off-site location shall be
protected with appropriate controls and properly permitted.
2. The General Contractor shall designate areas on the erosion and sediment control Site Maps for
equipment cleaning, maintenance, and repair. The General Contractor and subcontractors shall utilize
such designated areas. Cleaning, maintenance, and repair areas shall be protected by a temporary
perimeter bean, shall not occur within 150 feet of any waterway, and in areas located as far as practical
from storm inlets.
3. Use of detergents for large scale washing is prohibited (i.e., vehicles, buildings, pavement surfaces,
etc
.)
4. Chemicals, paints, solvents, fertilizers, and other toxic materials must be stored in weatherproof
containers. Except during application., the contents must be kept in trucks or within storage facilities.
Runoff containing such material must be collected, removed from the site, treated, and disposed at an
approved solid waste or chemical disposal facility.
D. Off-Site Facilities In The Control of the General Contractor
Whenever dirt, rock, or other materials are imported to the construction site or exported for placement in
areas off of the primary construction site, the General Contractor is responsible for determining that all
02370-17
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
VI. LOCAL PLANS
storm water permitting and pollution control requirements are met for each and every site which receives
such materials or from which such materials are taken. Prior to the disturbance of any such site, the
General Contractor will furnish the Owner with a copy of the storm water permit issued for each such site,
as well as a copy of the off -site Owners certification statement agreeing to implement storm
water pollution prevention measures. The General Contractor will also furnish a copy of the SWPPP for
each such site, including a description of the erosion control measures, which will be applied.
At a minimum, each off -site area that provides or receives materials or is disturbed by project activities
must implement erosion control measures consisting of perimeter controls on all down slope and side slope
boundaries and must also provide for both temporary stabilization measures and for permanent revegetation
after all disturbance is ended.
In addition to this SWPPP, construction activities associated with this project must comply with any guidelines set
forth by local regulatory agencies. The General Contractor shall maintain documents evidencing such compliance
the SWPPP.
VILINSPECTIONS AND SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Between the time this SWPPP is implemented and final Notice of Termination has been submitted, all disturbed
areas and pollutant controls must be inspected daily. The purpose of site inspections is to assess performance of
pollutant controls. The inspections will be conducted by the General Contractor's Site Superintendent. Based on
these inspections, the General Contractor will decide whether it is necessary to modify this SWPPP, add or relocate
controls, or revise or implement additional Best Management Practices in order to prevent pollutants from leaving
the site via storm water runoff. The General Contractor has the duty to cause pollutant control measures to be
repaired, modified, maintained, supplemented, or take additional steps as necessary in order to achieve effective
pollutant control.
Examples of specific items to evaluate during site inspections are listed below. This list is not intended to be
comprehensive. During each inspection, the inspector must evaluate overall pollutant control system performance
as well as particular details of individual system components. Additional factors should be considered as appropriate
to the circumstances.
A. Locations where vehicles enter and exit the site must be inspected for evidence of off-site sediment tracking.
A stabilized construction exit shall be constructed where vehicles enter and exit. Exits shall be maintained
or supplemented as necessary to prevent the release of sediment from vehicles leaving the site. Any
sediment deposited on the roadway shall be swept as necessary throughout the day or at the end of every day
and disposed of in an appropriate manner. Sediment shall not be washed into storm sewer systems.
B. Sediment barriers, traps and basins must be inspected and they must be cleaned out in accordance with the
MPCA requirements. Silt fences must be cleaned when sediment reaches 1/3 of the height of the silt - fence.
All material excavated from behind sediment barriers or in traps and basins shall be incorporated into on-site
soils or spread out on an upland portion of the site and stabilized. Additional sediment barriers must be
constructed as needed.
C. Inspections shall evaluate disturbed areas and areas used for storing materials that are exposed to rainfall for
evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage system or discharging from the site. If
necessary, the materials must be covered or original covers must be repaired or supplemented. Also,
protective berms must be constructed, if needed, in order to contain runoff from material storage areas. All
state and local regulations pertaining to material storage areas will be adhered to.
D. Grassed areas shall be inspected to confirm that a healthy stand of grass is maintained. The site has achieved
final stabilization once all areas are covered with building foundation or pavement, or have a stand of grass
with at least 70 percent density or greater in accordance with General Permit requirements. The vegetative
density must be maintained to be considered stabilized. Areas must be watered, fertilized, and reseeded as
needed to achieve this requirement.
02370 -18
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
E. Temporary and permanent infiltration and sediment ponds shall be inspected to confirm they are operating
and functioning as designed. Temporary and permanent sedimentation ponds shall be drained and the
sediment removed when a depth of sediment collected reaches one-half the storage volume. Drainage and
removal must be completed within 72 hours of discovery, or as soon as field conditions allow access.
F. All discharge points must be inspected to determine whether erosion and sediment control measures are
effective in preventing discharge of sediment from the site or impacts to receiving waters.
The Inspection Report Fon (Appendix D) must identify all deficiencies, any corrections, whether they are
identified during the current inspection or have occurred since the previous inspection, and any additional
comments. Based on inspection results, any modification necessary to increase effectiveness of this SWPPP to an
acceptable level must be made within 48 hours of the inspection. The inspection reports must be complete and additional remarks should be included if needed to fully describe a situation. An important aspect of the inspection
report is the description of additional measures that need to be taken to enhance plan effectiveness. The inspection
report must identify whether the site was in compliance with the SWPPP at the time of inspection and specifically
identify all incidents of noncompliance.
A responsible corporate officer (Vice President or higher) must sign a letter delegating the site superintendent as the
authorized position for conducting the required inspections. A draft form of this authorization is included in
Appendix D. The inspector must be a certified "Storm Water Professional" through the Wal -Mart training program.
Inspection reports must include an original, authorized signature and date of the inspection. Inspection reports must
be retained by the General Contractor as an integral part of this SWPPP for at least five years from the date of
submission of the Notice of Termination of permit coverage.
Ultimately, it is the responsibility of the General Contractor to assure the adequacy of site pollutant discharge
controls . Actual physical site conditions or contractor practices could make it necessary to install more structural .
controls than are shown on the plans. (For example, localized concentrations of runoff could make it necessary to
install additional sediment barriers.) Assessing the need for additional controls and implementing them or adjusting
existing controls will be a continuing aspect of this SWPPP until the site achieves final stabilization.
02370 -19
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX A - VICINITY MAP
APPENDIX B - APPLICATION FOR GENERAL STORM WATER PERMIT FOR
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY (MN R100001) & APPLICATION FOR PERMIT
TRANSFER/MODIFICATION.
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX D �-
® CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION FORMS;
• CERTIFICATION OF QUALIFICATIONS FOR COMPLIANCE OFFICER
AND TWO PROJECT SUPERINTENDENTS;
• PHASE I BMP CERTIFICATION; AND
• STORM WATER PRE -CON MEETING CERTIFICATION
▪ DAILY INSPECTION REPORT;
• GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S DELEGATED INSPECTOR LETTER;
• WEEKLY STORM WATER INSPECTION SUMMARY FORM; AND
® WEEKLY STORM WATER MEETING FORM
APPENDIX E - SPILL REPORT FORM
APPENDIX F - NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT)
APPENDIX G .. RECORD OF STABILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DATES
APPENDIX H - CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
APPENDIX I - LOG FOR FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL STORM WATER OR OTHER
ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTIONS
APPENDIX J - GENERAL PERMIT
02370-20
Wal - Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 - 04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX A
VICINITY MAP
02370-21
WaI -Mart Expansion Store Na. 1 861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX B
MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY APPLICATION FOR GENERAL
STORM -WATER PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
(MN R100001)
APPLICATIGN FOR PERMIT TRANSFER/MODIFICATION
02370 -22
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
WAL -MART STORES, INC.
KNOW ALL MEN BY MESE PRESENTS:
That 1, Jon Sandeen, Vice President for Design and Construction of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., with
authority over the design and construction of all al -Mart stores and Supercenters, do hereby delegate
hereby
to the Wal -Mart Director of Storm Water Compliance the authority to sign any and all documents
relative to or required by any storm water construction general or individual permit issued or
promulgated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or by a state or local agency with
authority to regulate storm water dischaiges from construction sites.
This authorization includes, without limitation, the authority to sign Notices of Intent, Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plans, reports, certi Notices of Termination, or any other
information or document required to be signed by Wal -Mart Stores, Inc. as a permittee under the terms
of any of the above described permits.
Witness my hand on this 9day Y � of ,�.0 ust g , 2003,
Wal -Mart Store : "eo
je
Vic : ` esident
D *: gn and Construction
WAL-
M AIIT®
2001 S. E. 10 Street. BENTONVILLE, AR 72716 - 0559 * 479 -204 -0797
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
TO SIGN STORM WATER DOCUMENTS
This form is for new permit applications only.
Existing rmittees must use Application for Permit Transferf fadlf lion to transfer a permit to one party or Subdivision Registration for multiple parties.
Minnesota
Pollution
Control
Agency
wq- sinn2 -57
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)/State Disposal System (SDS)
Application for General Stormwater Permit
for Construction Activity (MN R1 00001)
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
REM Division, Construction Storm-water Permit Program
520 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155 -4194
Please refer to the application instructions and the NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity
(MN R100001) as you complete this form. See brackets 11 for specific permit references.
Call the MPCA Customer Assistance Center at 651-297-2274 or 800-646-6247 (in Minn.) for assistance.
.. .., ..• _ ..,.;,.�...• _ - �_�-:- mow... -.. •
• Storm.-water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
o Has a Storm -water Pollution Prevention Plan been developed for this project and
incorporated into the project's plans and specifications? [Part IILA]
• Are erosion prevention measures addressed in the SWPPP? [Part MB]
• Are sediment control measures addressed in the SWPPP? [Part IV.C1
• Are dewatering and basin draining addressed in the SWPPP? Wart TV.D]
o Are inspections and maintenance addressed in the SWPPP? [Part IV.E]
o Are pollution prevention management measures addressed in the SWPPP? [Part IV.E]
O Is final stabilization addressed in the SWPPP? [Part IV.G]
• If an environmental review was required, did you incorporate all storm -water related
miti : ation measures contained in the review into the SWPPP?
STOP if you responded no to any question above. A SWPPP must be developed prior to submitting a permit application.
Complete the above requirements and chock yes before submitting this application. Continue if you responded yes or na
to all s uestions above.
a Discharges to Special Waters
Mark NA if no discharges described below will occur.
O Are all storm -water discharges that may flow from the project to a Special Water that is
located within 2,000 feet of any project discharge points addressed in the SWPPP to meet
the permit conditions in Appendix A, Part A-C? �.._....
STOP if you responded no. Complete the above requirements and check yes before submitting this application Continue
if you responded yes.
e Additional Application Review
Q Will the project include alternative treatment methods? [Part IIi.C.5]
If yes, this application and the alternative treatment plans must be submitted a minimum of 90 days before construction stars.
O if yes, are the plans attached?
a. Will the project disturb 50 acres? AND Is there a discharge point within 2000 feet of an impaired or
special water whose discharge may reach an impaired or special water listed in Appendix A of the
permit? [Part II.I3. i .bj
If yea, this application and the SWPPP must be submitted a minimum of 30 days before construction starts.
b. If yes, is the SWPPP attached?
1 of 3
1
MPCA use only
Yes []No
Yes LiNo
Yes flNo
Yes EINo
Yes DNo
Yes DNo
ZYes C
NA [Yes DNo
ID # 1
Check #
NA []Yes []No
[Yes No
DYes DNo
flYes v 4 No
[]Yes []No
2. Application Fee Is the required $400 Application Fee enclosed? Yes
September 2003
420 ;;
Wal Expansion Store #1861
..
3. Project Name
4. Project Location
Just south attic intersection of Highway 36 and Norell Avenue North
Briefly describe where construction activity occurs - Example: Inter of 45th Street and Irving Avenue. Include address if available
Oak Park Heights
City or Township
05.029.20.12.0034, 05.029,20.21.0021, 05.029.20.12.0040
County Parcel ID # Attach list if necessary
Oak Park Heights
Alt cities where construction will occur
Washington
All counties where construction will occur
5. Project Size
6 Project Map
7. Project Type
8. Cumulative
Impervious
Surface
9. Permanent
Storm -water
Management
10. Receiving
Waters
Name of water Body
MNDOT Ditch
wq- stna2 -57
�^r x
M �� �;
0 Dates of Construction
17.33
Number of acres to be disturbed
State
MN
55082
Zip Code
All townships where construction will occur
Is the required 8 %f% x 11" United States Geological Survey (USGS) 7.5 minute quad or (Y es
equivalent map indicating site boundaries attached?
OCommercialfIndustrial 0 Road Construction
0 Residential
0 Other
a. Existing area of impervious surface 1 1.25_ (to the nearest quarter acre)
b. Post construction area of impervious surface 20.0 (to the nearest quarter acre)
If new impervious surface created by the project is less than one acre, skip to question 12.
What types (check all that apply) of permanent storm -water management will be used if more than one
acre of new impervious surface is created by the project? [Part III. C]
09/01/2005
a. Construction Start Date
2of3
Ditch
09/01/2006
b. Estimated Completion Date
Wet Sedimentation Basin 0 Infiltration/Filtration Regional Ponding
® Alternative Methods ((fusing alternative methods, construction cannot commence until receiving approval from the hMPCA
0 Other
Specify reason and list other treatment allowed by Part III. C
Identify surface waters within 'f2 mile of project boundary that will receive storm water from the site or
discharge from permanent storm-water management system. Include waters shown on LJSGS 7.5 minute
uad or e s uivalent and all waters identified in A ' endix A of the permit. Add additional tai er if needed.
Appendix A
Type (ditch, pond, wetland, lake, stream, river) s fecal water?
DYcs ►./ No
DYes LJNo
DYes ONo
DYes DNo
September 2003
11. Owner
Wal -Mart Stores, Inc
Business or Firm Name
Etzkorn Michele
Last Name First Name
2001 S.E. lo Street
Mailing Address
Oppenheim Thomas
Alternate Contact Last Name First Name
Stormwater Coordinator
Tine
1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted_ Based on my inquiry of the person or persons
who manage this system, or the persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information is, to the hest of my knowledge and belief,
true, accurate and complete. am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and
imprisonment for knowing violations.
1 also comfy under penalty of law that 1 have read, understood, and accepted all terms and conditions ofthe NPDESISDS General Storm -water
Permit Construction Activity (MN R100001) that authorizes storm -water discharges associated with the construction site identified on this form.
Authorized Signature
This Application must be signed by:
• Corporation: aprincipal executive officer of at least the level of vice president or the duly authorized representative or agent of the executive officer if the
representative or agent is responsible for the overall operation of the facility that is the subject oldie permit application.
• Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor.
• Municipallo, State, .Federal or Other Public Agency: principal executive of cer or ranking elected official.
12. Contractor
Wal -Mart Stores, Inc
Business or Finn Name
Etzkorn Michele
Last Name First Name
2001 S.E. 10 Street
Mailing Address
Oppenheim
City
Thornas.Oppenheim@wal-mart.com
E - mail
Stomiwater Coordinator
Title
Thomas
City
Thomas.Oppenheim@wal-mart.com
E-mail
Alternate Contact Last Name First Nam
1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons
who manage this system, or the persons directly responsible for gathering the information., the infonn.ation is, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
true, accurate and complete. 1 am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fire and
- imprisonment for knowing violations.
1 also certify under penalty of law that 1 have read, understood, and accepted all terms and conditions of the NPDESJSDS General Storm -water
Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) that authorizes storm -water discharges associated with the construction site identified on this form.
wq- strm2 -57
Authorized Signature
This Application mast be signed by:
• Corporation: a principal executive officer eat least the level of vice-president or the duly authorized representative or agent of the executive officer if the
representative or agent is responsible for the overall operation ofthe facility that is the subject ofthe permit application.
• Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor.
• MuaiciprrHty, Stated Federal or Other Public Agency: principal executive officer or ranking elected official.
3 of 3
Federal Tax ID
Michele.Etzkorn@wal
E -mail
Bentonville
Date
Federal Tax ID
Michele.Et2kom@vval
E -mail
Bentonville
e
State Tax ID
(479)279 -8483
State Tax ID
(479)279 -8483
Telephone (include area code)
AR 72716
State zip Code
(479)273 --4575
Telephone (include area code)
Telephone (include area code)
AR 72716
........ .........
State Zip Code
(479)273 -4876
Telephone ( nclude area code)
September 2003
This Page Left Intentionally Blank
wq- strm2 -58 September 2003
wq- strm2 -58
innesota Fotlution Control A
Aifterie Prottict ng Miptimititais Biivirontstcit a
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
for
MINNESOTA'S NPDES /SDS GENERAL STORM -WATER PERMIT
for
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
Submission of an application is notice that the owner and general contractor identified on the application
intend to be authorized by. an NPDES /SDS permit issued for storm -water discharges associated with a
construction activity in the State of Minnesota.
Permit A • s heat on rere • uist es
For Questions 1 -3, please refer to the NPDES /SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity and the
flowchart at the end of these instructions.
1. Indicate if a Storm -water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has been prepared and the appropriate sections (a
through h of this question) have been addressed by answering "Yes" or "No ". A SWPPP is a plan for storm -water
discharge that includes erosion prevention measures and sediment controls that, when implemented, will decrease
soil erosion on a parcel of land and decrease pollution in receiving waters. This plan must be developed prior to
submitting a permit application. A sample plan and development tools are available on the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency web page at http:ilcfpub 1. epa. govinpdesistorrnwater!swppp.efn
For section "h" indicate if an Environmental Review has been completed if required, by answering "Yes" or "No"
or "NA". Environmental review looks at how a proposed project could potentially affect the environment and looks
at ways to avoid or minimize impacts before the project is permitted and built. Examples of categories that may need
an environmental review include residential development; industrial, commercial, and institutional facilities and also
highway projects. For certain projects, environmental review is mandatory. For more details see the Guide to
Minnesota Environmental Review Rules, Chapter 6. This can be found at
http://www.mn.plan.state.mn.uslpdf/rulguid3,pdf
2. Indicate if discharges to special waters have been
identified and addressed by answering "Yes" or "No" or
"NA" (not applicable) on the Permit Application. The
questions at the right can help in making this
determination.
Special waters have qualities that warrant extra protection.
A list of these special water categories can be found in
Appendix A of the permit. For information on special
waters near the project's area, see the Minnesota Pollution
Control Agency (MPCA) Web page at
http :llwww.pca. state. mn.uslpublications i wq -strx 1--0 5 . xis
Oat t of Life
ency
Special Waters
2.a. Do you have a special water that is within 2,000 feet
of the project?
(see Appendix A of the Permit for a list of these
Special water categories)
2.b. Do you have storm-water discharges that are within
2,000 feet of these special waters?
2.c. Will the discharges identified in 2.b. flow to the
special waters?
September 2003
3. Indicate by answering "Yes" or "No" whether the project will include alternative methods for the permanent storm -
water management system or will disturb 50 acres or more and have a discharge point (including sheet flow) that is
within 2000 feet of and flows to an impaired or special water. Additional review from the MPCA is required in these
cases.
You have the option of proposing an alternative, innovative, permanent storm -water management system. You must send
in the permit application and the additional required information (see Part III.C.5 of the Permit) at least 90 days prior to
the start of construction if you choose this approach. You must receive an approval letter from the MPCA for this method
before beginning construction.
The application and SWPPP need to be submitted to the MPCA a minimum of 30 days prior to the start of construction if
the p roject disturbs 50 acres or more and drains to an impaired water or a special water listed in Appendix A of the
permit. For a list and maps of impaired waters in MN go to wwtiv .pca.state.mn.us /Wateritmdl.ht nl
4. The application requires a $400 application fee. Indicate that the application fee has been enclosed by answering "Yes".
Please make checks payable to: Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and submit the check with the completed
application to: MPCA, Regional Environmental Management Division, 520 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155 -
4194. Applications received without the required fee will be returned to the sender.
Construction Activi ty Infor ath
5. List the construction project's name. If the project does not have a name, list the type of project and a brief description
(for example, "I- -35E/1 -494 Interchange" or "Highway 169 bridge replacement ( #79605) at the Rum River ").
6. Provide an address (if available) and brief description of the construction activity's location (for example, "North West
Corner of the Intersection of 45 Street and Irving Avenue, Minneapolis, MN ").
List the County Parcel ID# for the project if it is known. If there are multiple numbers within the project, attach a list.
Parcel Identification Numbers are unique numbers assigned by the County. Listing the County Parcel ID# is not required
if not available (for example, highway projects)
Provide the names of all cities, counties, and townships the construction activity takes place in (for example, a roadway
may cross county, city, or township boundaries).
7. List, in acres, the amount of area to be disturbed for this project.
8. Attach the required map and indicate that it is included with the permit application. United States Geological Survey
(USGS) 7.5- minute quad maps or equivalent maps may be used.
USGS 7.5- minute quad maps may be ordered at http: / /store.usgs.gov/
9. Indicate the type of construction activity by checking the appropriate box. Please describe the project if you check
"Other ".
10. Indicate to the nearest quarter acre, the existing and resulting areas of impervious surfaces. Impervious surface means a
constructed hard surface that either prevents or retards the entry of water into the soil and causes water to run off the
surface in greater quantities and at an increased rate of flow than prior to development. Examples include rooftops,
sidewalks, patios, driveways, parking lots, storage areas, and concrete, asphalt, or gravel roads. (a.) "Existing" area means
the area of impervious surface that is present prior to the start of this construction project. (b.) "Post construction" means
the entire area of impervious surface after construction is completed. Subtract (a.) from (b.) to determine the area of new
impervious surface.
11. For p rojects creating one or more acres of cumulative new impervious surfaces, check the appropriate box to indicate
which type(s) of permanent storm-water management practices that will be used. The "Other" box is limited to those
situations (such as proximity to bedrock) that are described in Part III.0 of the permit. See the permit for a further
description. If the "Other' box is checked, describe which situation outlined in Part III. C. fits the project and what other
permanent treatment (such as grassed swales, smaller ponds and/or grit chambers) will be used on the project.
12. BRIEFLY describe which waterbody(s) will receive storm -water runoff from the construction site or from the discharge
from p ermanent storm -water management systems by completing the table. To determine which waterbody(s) will
wq- strm2 -58 September 2003
13. List the start and estimated completion dates of the construction project (for example, 9/18/03).
Re Parties
e.'.'r, ' r -: . • •: r'. -. • " `.ti te
14. Owner Information: Provide the information requested of the owner of the company, organization, or other entity for
which this project i construction 'ect is being done. The Owner means the person or party possessing the title of the land on
which the construction activities will occur; or if the construction activity is for a lease holder, the party or individual
identified ed as the lease holder; or the contracting government agency responsible for the construction activity. The owner
is the tY responsible onsible for the compliance with all terms and conditions of the permit. The alternate contact
P P
shou owner's representative be the owner' resentative in charge of the project (for example, Sandy Smith, Inspector Joe Johnson, Project
Manager; etc).
A completing application, com letin this a lication, certify it with a signature and date from an individual authorized to sign the
application. This application form must be signed by either a principal executive officer, vice president, representative
PP p
agent responsible for overall operations, general partner, or a proprietor. If the activity is being conducted by a unit of
government (state , county, municipality, or township), this application must be signed by a principal executive officer or
tY
rank in g elected official ( for example, city or county engineer, administrator, or manager; director of public works;
mayor, etc.) For additional information, see Minnesota Rules 7001.0060.
15. Contractor (Operator) Information: Provide the information requested of the contractor. The Contractor means the
parts'
who sig ns the construction contract with the owner to construct the project described in the final plans and
specifications. cations. where the construction project involves more than one contractor, the general contractor will be the party
managing
responsible for ing the project on behalf of the owner. In some cases the owner may be the general contractor. In
p g
these cases, the owner may contract an individual as the operator who would be the co- perrnittee. The operator (usually
y
the general contractor ) is jointly responsible with the owner for compliance with part 11.13., part II.C., and part IV
j �
of the permit.
pp
After
this application has been completed by the owner, the contractor must certify it with a signature and date from an
individual authorized to sign the form. The application must be signed by either a principal executive officer, vice
president, representative agent responsible for overall operations, general partner, or a proprietor. If the general contractor
(state, is a unit of government state, county, municipality, or township), this application must be signed by a principal executive
officer, rankin g elected official, administrator, manager, coordinator, or engineer. (For additional information, see
Minnesota Rules 7001.0060. ) The alternate contact should be the contractor's representative in charge of the project (for
example, Scott Marshall, Head Foreman; Ann Johnson, Project Manager, etc.).
wq- strm2 -5 8
receive storm-water runoff discharges, make a brief survey of the project's surrounding area. Include the waters identified
on a USGS quad 7.5- minute uad or equivalent map. See Appendix A of this permit to determine if a waterbody is a special
water.
1
Send the completed application and fee to:
MPCA
Regional Environmental Management Division
520 Lafayette Road North
Std Paul, MN 55155 -4194
Questions? Contact the MPCA Custotner Assistance Center at (800) 646-6247 or (651) 297-2274.
For businesses with fewer than 100 employees, contact the MPCA Small Business Assistance Program at (800) 657 -3938.
September 2003
Owner develops a Storm -water Pollution Prevention Plan ( SWPPP) and incorporates it into the
projects final plans and specifications.
Applicants still need to seek
approval through required
permitting process at the local,
state, and federal levels.
wq strm2 - 58
Includes identifying all discharges to Special Waters.
Includes determining if Environmental Review has been completed if needed.
7 days
Is
there a local permitting
authority that reviews and
approves storm -water
plans?
Submit plan to the Local Permitting
Authority for review and approval
Has the Local Permitting
Authority approved
plan?
Submit a completed
application to the MPCA
Is
additional review
required?
(for alternative methods of
permanent systems OR for projects
disturbing 50 acres or rnoro draining
to impaired waters or Special
Waters)
{
ES
rucf
MPCA review and approval is required
For large projects
(> 50 acres):
Allow 30 days
Has
the Owner been
notified in writing
that the SWPPP is
inadequate?
For alternative methods:
Allow 90 days
Has
the Owner received
a letter of approval
for an alternative
method?
September 2003
Minnesota
Pollution
Control
Agency
for or
1. Storm -water Permit Identification Number
See Notice of Storm-water Permit Coverage or coverage notification letter
2. County Parcel ID #
Wal -Mart Expansion Store #1861-04
3e Project Name (As listed on the existing permit)
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc
Refer to the NPDES /SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) and
the original owner's coverage notification letter as you complete this form.
Call the MPCA Customer Assistance Center at 651 -297 -2274 or 800 -646 -6247 (in Minn.) for assistance.
4. Owner Name (As listed on the existing permit)
Wal -Mart Stores, Inc
5. Contractor Name (As listed on the existing permit)
s
cG?b73L_..i27
i o-1
n� 37k�a" e
6. Reason for Application (check all that apply)
ElNewProjectNaine
❑ New Owner New Contractor El Change from Sole- perrnittee
to Co- permittee
❑ Owner Name Change 111 Contractor Name Change ❑Other
❑ Owner Address Change 0 Contractor Address Change
This form is to transfer a permit or modify permit information for a permitted site with an existing SWPPP.
An Application for General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity must be used to obtain a new permit.
Use a Subdivision Registration when ownership for a permitted site shifts from one party to multiple other parties.
7. Effective Date of Change
wq- stnn2 -56
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)/State Disposal System (SDS)
General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN 8100001)
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
REM Division, Construction Storm-water Permit Program
520 Lafa ette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155 -4194
MNR1OOOO1COOO LI LI ❑ LI LI
05 .029.20.1 2.0034, 05.029.20.21.0021, 05.029.20.1 2.0040
Attach list if necessary
1 of 2 September 2003
5
ori
8. New or Same Owner
Wal -Mart Stores, Inc
Business or Finn Name
Federal Tax ID State Tax ID
Etzkorn Michele Stormwater Coordinator Michele.Etzkorn @wal tiart.com (479)279 -8483
Last Name First Name Title E -mail Telephone (include area code)
2001 S.E. 10 Street Bentonville AR 72716
Mailing Address City State Zip Code
Oppenheim Thomas Thomas.° senheirr?wal- rnart.com (479)273 -4876
Alternate Contact Last Name First Name E -mail Telephone (include area code)
1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance
with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry
of the person or persons who manage this system, or the persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information is,
to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. 1 am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false
information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
1 also certify under penalty of law that 1 have read, understood, and accepted all terms and conditions of the NPDES/SDS General
Storm -water Permit Construction Activity (MN R100001) that authorizes stonm -water discharges associated with the construction site
identified on this form.
Authorized Signature Date
The Application for Permit Transfer or Modification form must be signed by:
• Corporation: a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or the duly authorized representative or agent of the executive officer if the
representative or agent is responsible for the overall operation of the facility that is the subject of the pertnit application.
• Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor.
• Municipality, State, Federal or Other Public Agency: principal executive officer or ranking elected official.
9. New or Same Contractor
Business or Firm Name
Last Name
First Name Title
Mailing Address City
Alternate Contact Last Name First Name
wq- strm2 -56
Federal Tax ID State Tax ID
E -mail Telephone (include area code)
State Zip Code
E -mail Telephone (include area code)
1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance
with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry
of the person or persons who manage this system, or the persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information is,
to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete.1 am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false
information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
1 also certify under penalty of law that 1 have read, understood, and accepted all terms and conditions of the NPDESISDS General
Storm water Permit for Construction Activity (MN 8100001) that authorizes storm -water discharges associated with the construction
site identified on this form.
Authorized Signature Date
The Application for Permit Transfer or Modification form must be signed by:
• Corporation: a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or the duly authorized representative or agent of the executive officer if the
representative or agent is responsible for the overall operation of the facility that is the subject of the permit application.
• Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor.
• Municipality, State, Federal or Other Public Agency: principal executive officer or ranking elected official.
2 of 2 September 2003
APPENDIX C
CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION OF QUALIFICATIONS
FOR COMPLIANCE OFFICER AND TWO PROJECT SUPERINTENDENTS
PHASE I BMP CERTIFICATION
STORM WATER PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING CERTIFICATION
02370 -23
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
1
Best Management Practice
V
Best Management Practice
V
Best Management Practice
Construction Exit
Diversions
Solid Waste
Silt Fence
Sediment Traps
Sanitary Waste
Check Dares
Sediment Basins
Hazardous Waste Management
Inlet Protection
Dust Control
Record Keeping / SWPPP modifications
Erosion Control
Concrete Wash -out
Vegetation
Fuel Storage /Containment
The General Contractor and/or subcontractor(s) and their employees that will implement and maintain the pollutant control
measures described in the SWPPP and/or are involved in ground - disturbing activities on the site must be identified below.
Each must sign a statement certifying that they understand the General Permit authorizing storm water discharges during
construction. These statements mint be maintained in the SWPPP file on site.
Contractor:
Company Name
Business Address
Business Telephone Number
CERTIFICATION:
"1 certify that I understand the terms and conditions of the General Permit Authorization to Discharge Storm
Water Associated with Construction Activity Under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System /State
Disposal Sytem Permit Program (MN R100001) that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with
construction activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification. The SWPPP has been
made available to me to review and I agree to stay in compliance with the permit."
Signature
Printed Name
Title
CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICATION
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04
Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Date
The above listed contractor is responsible for the following BMPs: (check all that apply)
02370 -24
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Date: July I, 2005
Name
nt"
Contractor Company Name
Contractor Company Name
comolete.
Signature of Officer of the Company and Title
Signature of Officer of the Company and Title
tat osr -
Store Number: 1 861 -04 Project Location: 5815 Norell Ave N. Oak Park Hei • hts Minnesota
Certification of Compliance Officer Storm Water Qualifications
1 certify under penalty of law that the Compliance Officer:
Certificate #
1) is a Storm Water Professional*;
2) has at least 5 years of construction - related experience; and
3) is able to adequately identify and implement storm water sediment and erosion control practices and effectively
instruct employees and contractors in the implementation of such practices.
Certification of Project Superintendents Storm Water Qualifications
I certify under penalty of law that each of these two Project Superintendents:
Certificate #
t:'rx: gr:•..
s urbtng :activ ties
:��. •:.a -: •� - aa:- ,r w•.s.rl.: 7• z.s. J:.�.:w x.
Date
Name Certificate #
1) is a Storm Water Professional *, or will become a Storm Water Professional, within 30 days of the beginning of
ground - disturbing activity and will be accompanied on at least 3 daily inspections per week by the Compliance
Officer or any other Storm Water Professional until becoming a Storm Water Professional;
2) has at least 5 years of construction- related experience; and
3) is able to adequately identify and implement storm water sediment and erosion control practices and effectively
instruct employees and contractors in the implementation of such practices.
Date
*A Storm Water Professional is an individual who is currently certified through the storm water training program
provided by Wal -Mart pursuant to a training plan approved by EPA.
GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO IMMEDIATELY FAX THIS FORM TO:
Wal -Mart Contracts Administration. FAX: 479 - 277 -9367.
File the original form in the SWPPP Notebook (Tab 4) on site.
This form can not be altered.
02370 -25
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Date:
Project Type and Store Number: Wal -Mart Expansion Store No.1861 -04
Project Location: 5815 Norell Ave. North, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
We certify that on this date we conducted an inspection of the construction site and Best Management Practices
(BMPs) required by the SWPPP have been installed correctly and in the correct locations as shown on the Phase
1 Erosion and Sediment Control Site Map drawing subject to any exceptions as listed below. Other than
disturbance to install these BMPs, no other ground disturbing activities have occurred on the site nor will ground
disturbing activities occur on this Site until all exceptions have been resolved, Consulting Engineer of Record and
Superintendent have re- inspected Site, and a Certification of Best Management Practices Form without
Exceptions has be completed and certified.
(initial one) No Exceptions
(Supt.)
Signature of Consulting Engineer of Record
Signature of Project Superintendent
Civil Engineer and Project Superintendent
Certification of Site Best Management Practices
(Engineer)
Exceptions (list):
(Supt.)
Company
Company
(Engineer)
GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO IMMEDIATELY FAX THIS FORM TO:
Wal -Mart Contracts Administration. FAX: 479 - 277 -9367.
File original in SWPPP Notebook (Tab 4) on site.
This form can not be altered.
02370-26
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Date:
WAL -MART CONFIDENTIAL
STORM WATER CONTROLS ENVIRONMENTAL
PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING CERTIFICATION FORM
Store Number: 1861 -04 Project Location: 5815 Norell Ave. N., Oak Park Heights, MN
General Contractor:
Contact Person:
Please initial each item. This action constitutes agreement and acceptance of each provision.
Signature of Representative of General Contractor Date
1. A storm water pre - construction meeting between the Project Superintendent(s) of the
General Contractor, the engineer who prepared the SWPPP or any engineer retained by
the Owner who becomes familiar with the SWPPP, and contractors and subcontractor(s)
and their employees who will be involved in ground - disturbing activities has been
completed successfully.
2. At this meeting, the (a) applicable General Construction Storm Water General Permit
requirements (available from the state or local governing authority for Storm Water), the
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and drawings, and other environmental
requirements for the site were discussed; and (b) the videotape "Stormwater Pollution
Prevention on Construction Sites" was shown to all persons.
�3. The Project Superintendent and all contractors or subcontractors shall sign a Contractor's
Certification (form is included in Appendix C of Spec. 02370).
4. A copy of the construction storm water permit regulations applicable to the site has been
obtained and a copy is present in the construction office.
5. A signed Wal -Mart and/or General Contractor Nol as required by the State Permit have
been properly filed and will be posted at the construction entrance board prior to ground
disturbing activities.
GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO IMMEDIATELY FAX THIS FORM TO:
Wal -Mart Contracts Administration. FAX: 479 - 277 -9367.
File original in SWPPP notebook (Tab 4) on site
This form can not be altered.
02370-27
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX D
DAILY INSPECTION REPORT
GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S DELEGATED INSPECTOR FORM
WEEKLY INSPECTION SUMMARY FORM
WEEKLY STORM WATER MEETING FORM
02370 -28
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Type of Control
Describe status, identify problems, maintenance needs, or
non - conformance with details or temporary alteration
Problem addressed
(date and description of corrective action)
Structural:
Silt Fence
° OK
° NIA
El Tears/Holes °Burial Med. Accum. Sediment bypass
Const. Exit
r OK
° N/A
°Voids Filled °Trackout
Check Dam
° OK
° N/A
° Sediment Accumulation
Inlet Protection
° OK
° N/A
Med. Accum. Med. Bypass °Application not appropriate
DiversionDitch/Berm
° OK
° N/A
°Erosion °Stabilization
Sediment Trap
° OK
° N/A
°Sediment Accumulation
Seditnent Basin
° OK
° N/A
°Sed. Accumulation ®Bank erosion °Stabilization
Discharge Point
° OK
° N/A
°Erosion °Sediment Discharge
Material Storage/
Secondary Contain.
° OK
° N/A
Not shown on Site Map °Spills °Out of design. area
°Improper storage: chemicals; solvents; paint; fuels, etc.
Other Structural
Controls
° OK
Cl N/A
Non - Structural:
Good Housekeeping
° OK
° N/A
°Solid Waste ®Sanitary Waste ElDust Control
Wal -Mart Confidential
IMMEDIATELY FAX TO THE WMSWCC AT 479-204-0438
Daily Storm Water Inspection Report
Store Number, Project Type and Location: Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, MN
Inspector Name and Title: Director:
Date /Time of Inspection: Weather Conditions:
Schedule Completion Date: Construction Stage (circle all that apply): Clearing/Grubbing Paving
Rough Grading Infrastructure Building Construction Final Grading Final Stabilization Terminate Permit
02370 -29
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Confidential Business Information
Date: July 1, 2005
Wal-Mart Confidential
IMMEDIATELY FAX TO THE WMSWCC AT 479 - 204 - 0438
Store Number, Project Type and Location: Wal -Mart Expansion Store.No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, MN Date: • Page 2
Equip. WashfMaint.
❑ OK
❑ N/A
Concrete Washout
❑ OK
❑ N/A
Stabilization:
Seed /Sod Mulching,
Geotextile, Blankets
❑ OK
❑ N/A
Record Keeping:
Entrance Postings
❑ OK
❑ N/A
SWPPP Notebook
❑ OK
in NIA
Site Map/Details
❑ OK
❑ N/A
Other
❑ OK
❑ NIA
Inspector's Signature — Daily Inspection
Compliance Officer's Signature
(by- weekly)
Wal -Mart Construction Manager's Signature
(every monthly inspection)
❑Spills ❑Outside designated area
❑Spills out of designated area EJNot shown on Site Map
❑Need Temp. stab. ❑Need final stab. ❑Health of veg.
EJNOI ❑Permits ❑Construction Site Notice
❑Missing Sections ElMissing Forms
❑Activities not up-to-date ❑Deviate from details
❑BMP Additions ❑Modifications ❑Not up -to -date
I certify under penalty of perjury that I personally conducted this inspection and prepared this inspection report. All corrective actions noted as necessary
on preceding Daily Inspection Reports prepared by "Inspectors ", Compliance Officers, or Construction Managers have been fully completed as noted
above in conformance with the time limitations provided in the Contract Documents. Based upon my observations during the inspection, I certify that
the information in this inspection report is true, accurate, and complete. I any aware that there are significant penalties for perjury, including fines and
imprisonment for knowing violations.
I certify under penalty of perjury that 1 personally observed this inspection. All corrective actions noted as necessary on preceding Daily Inspection
Reports prepared by "Inspectors ", Compliance Officers, or Construction Managers have been fully completed as noted above in conformance with the
time limitations provided in the Contract Documents. Based upon my observations during the inspection, I certify that the information in this inspection
report is true, accurate, and complete I am aware that there are significant penalties for perjury, including fines and imprisonment for knowing
violations.
I certify under penalty of perjury that I personally observed this inspection. Based upon my observations during the inspection, I certify that the
information in this inspection report is true, accurate, and complete. In addition, I have reviewed the [insert number of inspection
reports] inspection reports previous to this one and I certify that all corrective actions noted as necessary have been fully and timely completed. I am
aware that there are significant penalties for perjury, including fines and imprisonment for knowing violations.
02370 -30
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Confidential Business Information
Date Certificate # and Expiration Date
Date Certificate # and Expiration Date
Date Certificate # and Expiration Date
Date: July 1, 2005
Date:
Director of Governing Authority, Storm Water:
Name:
Title
Address
Sincerely,
Permit Authorization for Storm Water:
�wrx•� r�kc:.�;:t''��y?k�x f e r ofthQ Q �� ,;�:�::s�:',.a;.. °':.xD�.,?w
CERTIFIED MAIL Receipt
No.
Project: Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04
Address: 5815 Norell Ave. N., Oak Park Heights, MN
SIGNATURE DELEGATION
GENERAL PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGES FROM
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
1, the undersigned, hereby delegate tir. r c .oT am Project Superintendent or Project Manager as the
authorized signatory for all reports required by this permit and other information requested by the Director or authorized
representative of the Director in accordance with the provisions of the General Permit.
1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in
accordance with a system designed to assure qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted.
Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage this system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the
information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true accurate and complete. 1 am aware
that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations.
02370-31
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
The following form is the Weekly Storm Water Inspection Summary
Submit this form to WMSWCC after complete
023 70 -3 2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Type of Control
Describe summary of deficiencies noted
NA- if not applicable
Corrective action taken (date and description
of corrective action)
Structural:
Silt Fence
Construction Exit
Check Dam
Storm Drain Inlet
Protection
Diversion Ditch/Berm
Sediment Trap
Sedimentation Pond
Wal-Mart Confidential
IMMEDIATELY FAX TO THE WMSWCC AT 479 -204 -4438
Weekly Storm Water Inspection Summary
Project Type and Location: Wal -Mart Expansion, Oak Park Heights, MN Store Number: 1861-04
Inspector Name and Title:
Week of Inspections:
Storm Event >0.5" within the week:
Schedule Completion Date:
Construction Stage (circle all that apply):
ClearingfGrubbing Rough Grading Infrastructure Paving Building Construction Final Grading Final Stabilization
02370 -33
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Confidential Business Inforrnation
Date: July 1, 2005
Vehicle Track -Out
Other Structural
Controls
Non -- Structural:
Street Cleaning
Good Housekeeping &
Waste Disposal
Practices
Equipment Wash &
Maintenance Area
Concrete Washout
Area
Stabilization:
Seeding, Mulching,
Geotextile, Sod,
Blankets
Miscellaneous:
List Revisions to
S WPPP to Reflect
BMP Additions or
Modifications
I certify under penalty of penury that all daily inspections were completed between and
I personally prepared this inspection summary report noting the deficiencies in BMPs this week and the corrective actions
taken. I certify that the information in this report is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant
penalties for perjury, including fines and imprisonment for knowing violations.
Project Superintendent Signature
Wal-Mart Confidential
IMMEDIATELY FAX TO THE WMSWCC AT 479
Date Certificate # and Expiration Date
02370-34
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Confidential Business Information
Date: July 1, 2005
Weekly Storm Water Meeting Review and Comment Form
Store Number and Project Location: 1861 -04, 5815 Norell Ave. N., Oak Park Heights, MN
Project Site Superintendent: Date and Time:
Others Present: NAME
TITLE
COMPANY
Role of Contractors with installation and maintenance of BMPs:
BMP Maintenance and Repair:
Non - effective BMPs:
Modifications or additions to SWPPP or project phasing:
Efforts to mitigate or stop sediment discharges:
Coordination of staging areas, storage, borrow, fill, concrete wash-out, and exits:
Upcoming activities:
Findings and Conclusions:
02370 -35
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX E
SPILL REPORT FORM
02370 -36
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Modifications to the SWPPP necessary due to this spill:
Spill Report Form
Project Type and Location: Wal -Mart Expansion, 5815 Norell Ave. N., Oak Park Heights, MN Store Number: 1861 -04
Spill Reported by:
Date /Time Spill:
Describe spill location and events leading to spill:
Material spilled:
Source of spill:
Amount spilled:
Containment or clean up action:
Approximate depth of soil excavation:
List Injuries or Personal Contamination:
Action to be taken to prevent future spills:
Agencies notified of the spill:
Y certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in
accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted.
Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the
information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware
that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations.
Contractor Superintendent Date
Amount spilled to waterway:
02370 -37
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX F
NOTICE OF TERMINATION
02370 -38
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
NOTICE of TERMINATION
Two copies of the Notice of Termination (NOT) must be complete and ready for signature. Wal-Mart will keep one in their
files while the other may be used by the General Contractor as necessary. Upon a final inspection by the General Contractor
and the Wal -Mart Construction Manager, it will be determined that the NOT may be submitted to the appropriate agency. If
the State in which the Project is located requires the General Contractor to file a separate Notice of Intent (NOT), then the
General Contractor will need to sign one of these NOTs, provide the specific permit number from the General Contractors
permit authorization, then remit to the address below. Please do not file a NOT using the General Permit Number (Le.
XYZ100000) OR file a NOT using Wal- Mart's Permit Authorization Number if a separate permit was obtained.
Please provide a copy of the General Contractors NOT to Wal -Mart when it is submitted to the proper agency (fax to 479-
204-- 0934). Wal -Mart will file a NOT to terminate their permit.
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
REM Division
Construction Storm - water Permit Program
520 Lafayette Road North
St. Paul, Minnesota 55155 -4194
02370 -39
Wal -Mart .Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Minnesota
Pollution
Control
Agency
3. County Parcel ID #
wq- strm2 -60
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)/State Disposal System (SDS)
General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001)
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
REM Division, Construction Storm -water Permit Program
520 Lath ette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155 -4194
Refer to the NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN 8100001) and
the original owner's coverage notification letter as you complete this form.
Call the MPCA Customer Assistance Center at 651- 297 -2274 or 800- 646 -6247 (in Minn.) for assistance.
'c rmati
„
.¢.45�•w
i 6 4.. C(L;' Y
L Storm - -water Permit Identification Number � n See Notice of Storm -waer Permit Coverage or coverage notfication letter IN4 R 10 0 0 01- C 0 0
Wal -Mart Expansion Store #1861 -04
2. Project Name (As listed on the existing permit)
05.029.20.12.0034, 05.029.20.21 .0021, 05.029.20.12.0040
Attach list if necessary
I1
4. The entire site has been closed for termination by one or more of the following methods. Check all that apply
a. Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site for which I am responsible.[Part II.C.2.a and
Part IV.G]
b. Another owner has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized. [Part II.C.2.b
and Part II B. 5] A list including new owner name, business, complete address and telephone is attached.
c. Residential Construction only - I have provided temporary erosion protection and down gradient perimeter
control, transferred ownership, and distributed the MPCA Sediment and Erosion Control for New Homeowners
fact sheet to the homeowners. [Part I1.C.2.c]
5. The project used an alternative method for permanent storm -water treatment OYes DNo
and check one below. If no skip to next page.
a. After submitting all required monitoring data to the MPCA, I was notified in writing that the required treatment ❑
has been achieved and my storm -water permit can be terminated. or
b. I have not been notified in writing, but 30 days have passed since submitting all required monitoring data to the ❑
MPCA.
1 of 2 September 2003
Wal -Mart Stores, Inc
Business or Finn Name
Etzkorn Michele
Last Name First Name
2001 S.E. 10 Street
Mailing Address
Business or Firm Name
Last Name
Mailing Address
wq- strrn2 -60
First Name
sca t[
Title
S tormwater Coordinator
Title
E -mail
City
Date
Michele.Etzkorn@wal mart.com (479)279 - 8483
E -mail Telephone (include area code)
Bentonville AR 72716
City State Zip Code
1 understand that as a permittee, 1 am legally accountable under the Clean Water Act to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the
NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001).
1 understand that by submitting this Notice of Termination 1 am no longer authorized to discharge storm water associated with the construction
activity identified on this form under the terms and condition of the NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity
(MN R100001), and that discharging storm water associated with a construction activity to waters of the state is unlawful under the Clean Water Act
unless the discharge is authorized by an NPDES/SDS permit. I understand the submittal of this Notice of Termination does not release my company
or agency from liability for any violations of the NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) or the Clean
Water Act.
1 certify under penalty of law that the answers to the questions above, are true and correct, and this information is based on my own assessment, or on
my inquiry of the person or persons responsible for gathering the information.
Authorized Signature
The Subdivision Registration form must be signed by:
• Corporation: a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or the duly authorized representative or agent of the executive officer if the
representative or agent is responsible for the overall operation of the facility that is the subject of the permit application.
• Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor.
• Municipality, State, Federal or Other Public Agency: principal executive officer or ranking elected official.
y.:
S• =sue'
!l
�� {]�, !sw im c r nformatio a
▪ .Ff •: �Y�� Yh
z
ur .
Telephone (include area code)
State Zip Code
1 understand that, as a permittee, 1 am legally accountable under the Clean Water Act to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the
NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MNRI00001).
1 understand that by submitting this Notice of Termination I am no longer authorized to discharge storm water associated with the construction
activity identified on this form under the terms and condition of the NPDES/SDS General Storm-water Permit for Construction Activity
(MN R100001), and that discharging storm water associated with a construction activity to waters of the state is unlawful under the Clean Water Act
unless the discharge is authorized by an NPDES/SDS permit. 1 understand the submittal of this Notice of Termination does not release my company
or agency from liability for any violations of the NPDES/SDS General Storm -water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) or the Clean
Water Act.
1 certify under penalty of law that the answers to the questions above, are true and correct, and this information is based on my own assessment, or on
my inquiry of the person or persons responsible for gathering the information.
Authorized Signature Date
The Subdivision Registration form must be signed by:
• Corporation: a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or the duly authorized representative or agent of the executive officer if the
representative or agent is responsible for the overall operation of the facility that is the subject of the pertnit application.
• Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor.
• Municipality, State, Federal or Other Public Agency: principal executive officer or ranking elected official.
2 of 2 September 2003
APPENDIX G
RECORD OF STABILIZATION AND
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DATES
02370 -40
Wal -Mart Exnansion Store No. 1861 -04. Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
SITE STABILIZATION and CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DATES
A record of dates when BMPs are installed or removed, stabilization measures are initiated, major grading activities occur, and construction
activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site shall be maintained until final site stabilization is achieved and the Notice of
Termination (NOT) is filed. This form must be updated continuously throughout the project until the NOT is filed.
MAJOR STABILIZATION AND GRADING ACTIVITIES
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date)
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date) :
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date)•
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of. Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date): End(date):
Location:
Description of Activity:
Site Contractor: Begin (date) : End(date) :
Location:
02370-41
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX H
CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
02370-42
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
CONSTRUCTIO\ SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
NPDES GENERAL PERMIT
Contractor Firm:
Contractor Address:
Contact Name &
Number:
(both Site Superintendents)
Project Description:
Name
Phone Number
Name Phone Number
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04
5815 Noxell Ave. N., Oak Park Heights,
MN., 224,874 square feet of building,
and 17.33 acre disturbed area
02370-43
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX I
FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL STORM WATER OR OTHER
ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTOR SITE VISIT LOG
02370 -44
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
Federal, State, or Local Storm Water or other
Environmental Inspector Site Visit Log
Inspectors Name: Agency:
Contractors Representative Present:
Others Present:
Comments:
Time and Date: Report Prepared: Yes No
Inspectors Name: Agency:
Contractors Representative Present:
Others Present:
Comments:
Time and Date: Report Prepared: Yes No
Inspectors Name: Agency:
Contractors Representative Present:
Others Present:
Comments:
Time and Date: Report Prepared: Yes No
Inspectors Name: Agency:
Contractors Representative Present:
Others Present:
Comments:
Time and Date: Report Prepared: Yes No
WMSWCC must be contacted at the conclusion of any agency inspection aJ 1- 800 - 530-9928. Caller must provide as a
minimum the date, inspection beginning and completion times, inspecting agency, agency inspector name, all contractor
representative names, and a brief summary of any comments, observations or deficiencies noted during the inspection.
02370-45
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
APPENDIX J
GENERAL PERMIT
02370-46
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1 861 -04, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Date: July 1, 2005
GENERAL PERMIT
AUTHORIZATION TO DISCHARGE
STORM WATER ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
UNDER THE NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION
SYSTEM/STATE DISPOSAL SYSTEM PERMIT PROGRAM
ISSUANCE DATE: August 1, 2003 EXPIRATION DATE: August 1, 2008
In compliance with the provisions of the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.;
hereinafter, the "Act "), 40 CFR 122, 123, and 124, as amended, et seq.; Minn. Stat. Chs. 115 and 116, as
amended, and Minn. R. Ch. 7001:
This re ermit regulates the discharges of storm water to the waters of the state of Minnesota associated
p g
with construction activity. This permit covers the storm water discharges identified in Part I.A. of this
permit. The limitations on permit coverage are identified in Part I.B. of this permit.
This re ermit requires the development and implementation of a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
p q
(SWPPP ) . No person shall commence construction activity covered by Part Z.A. until permit coverage
under this p ermit is effective or, if applicable, until the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
has issued an individual NPDES/SDS construction storm water permit for the project. The SWPPP
must be completed prior to submitting any permit application and prior to conducting any construction
activity by any required Permittee.
Unless notified by the MPCA to the contrary, applicants who submit a completed application (including
p ermit fee ) in accordance with the requirements of this permit are authorized to discharge storm water
from construction sites under the terms and conditions of this permit 7, 30, or 90 days after the
postmarked date of the completed application as described in Part II.B.
Coverage under this permit will remain in effect until the owner has submitted a Notice of Termination,
regardless of the above expiration da
Signature:
wq- strm2 -51
or
If q ou have questions on this permit, including the specific permit requirements, permit reporting or
Y
permit compliance status, please contact the appropriate MPCA offices.
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
Construction Storm Water Program
520 Lafayette Road North
St. Paul, MN 55155 -4194
Telephone (651) 297 -2274
All boldfaced terms are defined in "Definitions," Pages 23 through 26
TDD (for hearing and speech impaired only): (651)282 -5332
,lade from over 50% recycled fiber including 20% post consumer waste
Page 1 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
/4/€44 11\
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
Table of Contents
Page 2 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
Page
I, PERMIT COVERAGE AND LIMITATIONS 3
A. Permit Coverage 3
B. Limitations of Coverage 3
II. SUBMITTING THE APPLICATION 4
A. Prerequisite for Submitting a Permit Application 4
B. Application and Duration of Coverage 4
C. Termination of Coverage 6
III. STORM WATER DISCHARGE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 7
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 7
B. Temporary Sediment Basins 9
C. Permanent Storm Water Management System 10
D. Record Retention 13
IV. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY REQUIREMENTS 13
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 13
B. Erosion Prevention Practices 13
C. Sediment Control Practices 14
D. Dewatering and Basin Draining 15
E. Inspections and Maintenance 15
F. Pollution Prevention Management Measures 17
G. Final Stabilization 17
V. GENERAL PROVISIONS 18
A. Applicability Criteria 18
B. Response 18
C. Prohibitions 18
D. Transfer of Ownership or Control 18
E. Civil and Criminal Liability 18
F. Severability 19
O. NPDES/SDS Rule Standard Conditions 19
H. Inspection and Entry 19
APPENDIX A 19
APPENDIX B - DEFINITIONS 2 3
wq-strm2-5 1
PART L PERMIT COVERAGE AND LIMITATIONS
Page 3 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
A. PERMIT COVERAGE
1. This p ermit is required for storm water discharges associated with construction activity and
with small construction activity as defined in 40 C.F.R. part 122.26(b)(14)(x) and (b)(15),
respectively.
2. This permit authorizes, subject to the terms and conditions of this permit, the discharge of storm
water associated with construction activity and small construction activity.
Construction activity includes clearing, grading and excavation, that disturbs land of equal to or
greater than five (5) acres and includes the disturbance of less than five (5) acres of total land area
that is a part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will
ultimately disturb five (5) acres or more.
Small construction activity includes clearing, grading and excavation, that disturbs land of equal
to or g reater than one (1) acre, and includes the disturbance of less than one (1) acre of total land
area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will
ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one and less than five (5) acres. Small construction
activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and
grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the facility.
3. This permit covers all areas of the state of Minnesota.
4. For Parts I.B through Appendix A of this permit, all reference to construction activity includes
both small construction activity and construction activity.
B. LIMITATIONS OF COVERAGE
This permit does not cover the following activities:
1. Discharges or releases that are not storm water except those non - storm water discharges
authorized under Part IV.D.
2. The placement of fill into waters of the state requiring local, state, or federal authorizations
(such as U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Section 404 permits, Department of Natural Resources
Public Waters Work Permits or Local Governmental Unit Wetland Conservation Act replacement
plans or determinations) .
3. Storm water discharges associated with industrial activity that originate from the site after
construction activities have been completed and the site has undergone final stabilization. Post -
construction industrial storm water discharges may need to be covered by a separate
NPDES /SDS permit.
4. Non-point source agricultural and silvicultural discharges excluded from NPDES permit
requirements under 40 CFR part 122.3(e).
5. Discharges to the waters identified below unless the requirements of Appendix A. are complied
with:
wq-strm2-5 1
6. Discharges to calcareous fens listed in Minn. R. 7050.0 180, subp. 6.b.
7. Discharges to waters for which there is a total maximum daily load (TMDL) allocation for
sediment and parameters associated with sediment transport are not eligible for coverage under
this permit unless the Permittee(s) develop and certify a SWPPP that is consistent with the
assumptions, allocations and requirements in the approved TMDL. To be eligible for coverage
under this general permit, Permittee(s) must incorporate into their SWPPP any conditions
applicable to their discharges necessary for consistency with the assumptions, allocations and
requirements of the TMDL within any timeframes established in the TMDL. The SWPPP must
include the provisions in Part III.A.7. If a specific numeric wasteload allocation has been
established that would apply to the project's discharges, the Permittee(s) must incorporate that
allocation into its SWPPP and implement necessary steps to meet that allocation.
Page 4 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
a. Discharges into outstanding resource value waters (ORVWs) as defined in Minn. R.
7050.0180, subp. 3 and 6, except calcareous fens listed in Minn. R. 7050.0 180, subp. 6.b.
b. Discharges into Trout waters as listed in Minn. R. 6264.0050, subp. 2 and 4.
c. Discharges into Wetlands as listed in Minn. R. 7050.0130, item. F.
d. Discharges from projects that have not met applicable Environmental Review requirements
under state or federal laws.
e. Discharges that adversely impact or contribute to adverse impacts on a listed endangered or
threatened species or adversely modify a designated critical habitat.
f. Discharges which adversely affect properties listed or eligible for listing in the National
Register of Historic Places or affecting known or discovered archeological sites.
PART IL SUBMITTING THE APPLICATION
A. PREREQUISIT'E FOR SUBMITTING A PERMIT APPLICATION
The owner must develop a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with
Part III (Storm Water Discharge Design Requirements) of this permit. The plans are not to be
submitted to the MPCA (unless the project size is 50 acres or more and will discharge to certain
waters as described in Part II.B.1.b.) but are to be retained by the owner in accordance with Part III.D
(Record Retention). The applicants' failure to complete the SWPPP prior to submitting the
application will result in the application being returned and the storms water discharges associated
with construction activity will not be authorized by this permit.
B. APPLICATION AND DURATION OF COVERAGE
1. Application Required.
a. The owner and operator shall submit a completed application form (or a photocopy thereof)
with the appropriate fee for project size (see application form) to the MPCA for each project
which disturbs one (1) or more acres of land. The owner and operator of a common plan of
development or sale that will ultimately disturb one (1) or more acres must submit a
completed application to the MPCA.
b. For certain projects or common plans of development or sale disturbing 50 acres or more,
the application must be submitted at least 30 days before the start of construction activity.
This requirement pertains to projects that have a discharge point on the project that is within
2000 feet of, and flows to, a special water listed in Appendix A, Part B. or waters listed as
impaired under section 303(d) of the federal Clean Water Act (see MPCA's web site).
Applicants must submit a completed application form and Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan including all calculations for the Permanent Storm Water Management
System (see Part III.A — C).
2. The Owner and Operator are Permittee(s). The owner who signs the application is a
Permittee and is responsible for compliance with all terms and conditions of this permit. The
operator (usually the general contractor) who signs the application is a Permittee for Parts
II.B., Part II.C. and Part IV. of this pen and is jointly responsible with the owner for
compliance with those portions of the permit.
3. Permit Coverage. The commencement of any construction activity (e.g., land disturbing
activities) covered under Part I.A. of this permit is prohibited until permit coverage under this
permit is effective or, if applicable, until the MPCA has issued an individual NPDES/SDS
construction storm water permit for the project.
a. Except as provided in subp. 3.b. and 3.c. below, permit coverage will become effective seven
(7) days after the postmarked date of the completed application form.
b. For p rojects disturbing 50 acres or more, that have a discharge point on the project that is
within 2000 feet of and flows to, a special water listed in Appendix A, Part B. or waters
listed as impaired under section 303(d) of the federal Clean Water Act, the applicants must
submit a completed application and SWPPP to the MPCA at least thirty (30) days prior to the
commencement of construction activities. MPCA staff will review the SWPPP submitted
with the completed application and unless the Permittee is notified in writing that the
SWPPP does not meet the general permit requirements, permit coverage will become
effective 30 days after the postmarked date or MPCA date -stamp (whichever is first) of the
completed application.
c. For proposals to use Alternative Method(s) for the Permanent Storm Water Management
System under Part III.C.5, the applicants must submit a completed application and SWPPP,
includin g the Alternative Method documentation under Part III.C.5, to MPCA for review and
approval at least 90 days prior to the proposed starting date of construction activity.
i. The MPCA will notify the applicant within the 90 -day period, in writing, whether the
alternative method is approved or not approved and, if applicable, the basis for
denial.
ii. The applicant may re- submit the alternative method after addressing the MPCA's
basis for denial. The MPCA will respond within 30 days.
iii. Permit coverage will become effective upon receipt of an alternative treatment
method approval letter from MPCA. Any construction activity on the project is not
covered under this permit until receiving the alternative treatment approval letter.
4. Coverage Letter. For projects under subpart 3.a. of this part, the Permittee(s) will receive a
permit letter and certificate acknowledging permit coverage, usually within 30 days of the postmarked date of the completed application.
wq- strm2 -51
Page 5 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
C. TERMINATION OF COVERAGE
wq- strm2 -51
Page 6 of 26
Permit No: MN R10000 l
5. Change of Coverage. For storm water discharges from construction projects where the owner or
operator changes, (e.g., an original developer sells portions of the property to various
homebuilders) the new owner or operator must submit a subdivision registration within 7 days
of assuming operational control of the site, commencing work on their portion of the site, or of
the legal transfer, sale or closing on the property. For instances where an owner or operator of
an entire project changes after an application has been submitted under Part II, the new owner or
operator must submit an application for permit transfer/modification within 7 days of assuming
control of the site or commencing work on -site, or of the legal transfer, sale or closing on the
property. Late submittals will not be rejected; however, the MPCA reserves the right to take
enforcement for any unpermitted discharges or permit noncompliance for the new registered party
that has assumed control of the site. For storm water discharges from construction activities
where the owner or operator changes, the new owner or operator can implement the original
SWPPP created for the project or develop and implement their own SWPPP. Permittee(s) shall
ensure either directly or through coordination with other Permittee(s) that their SWPPP meets
all terms and conditions of this permit and that their activities do not render another party's
erosion prevention and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs)."
1. Permittee(s) wishing to terminate coverage under this permit must submit a Notice of
Termination (NOT) to the MPCA. Compliance with this permit is required until a NOT is
submitted. The Permittee(s) authorization to discharge under this permit terminates at midnight
of the day the NOT is signed.
2. All Permittee(s) must submit a NOT within thirty (30) days after one or more of the following
conditions have been met:
a. Final stabilization (see Part IV.G. and definition in Appendix B ) has been achieved on all
portions of the site for which the Permittee is responsible (including the removal of all
temporary measures such as silt fence, and if applicable, returning agricultural land to its pre -
construction agricultural use);
b. Another owner /operator (Permittee) has assumed control according to Part II.B.5 over all
areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized; or
c. For residential construction only, temporary erosion protection and down gradient
perimeter control for individual lots has been completed and the residence has been
transferred to the homeowner. Additionally, the Permittee must distribute the MPCA's
"homeowner factsheet" to the homeowner to inform the homeowner of the need for, and
benefits of, final stabilization.
3. Permittee(s) that use an alternative method for the permanent storm water management system
as described in Part III.C.5, are prohibited from terminating this permit until final stabilization
has been achieved on site and either:
a. The two years of monitoring data has been submitted to the MPCA and the MPCA has
determined that the required treatment has been achieved. The Permittee will be notified in
writing within 30 days after the monitoring data has been submitted. If the Permittee has not
heard from the MPCA within 30 days after submitting the required data, the Permittee can
submit a Notice of Termination.
wq- strn2-51
Page 7 of 26
Permit No: MN 8100001
b. The Permittee can submit a Notice of Termination, even if the timeframe is less than two
years, if the MPCA determines that the alternative method is achieving the required
treatment.
During the monitoring and evaluation of the alternative method, the Permittee is not responsible
for other permit requirements that have been transferred as described in Part II.B.5.
PART III. STORM WATER DISCHARGE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
The owner must develop a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The SWPPP shall
be completed prior to submitting any permit application and prior to conducting any construction
activity by any required Permittee(s). The plan must be a combination of narrative, plan sheets and
if appropriate standard detail sheets that address the foreseeable conditions, at any stage in the
construction or post construction activities. The plan must include a description of the nature of the
construction activity. The plan must address the potential for discharge of sediment and/or other
potential pollutants from the site. For storm water discharges from construction activities where the
owner or operator changes, the new owner or operator can implement the original SWPPP created
for the project or develop and implement their own. SWPPP. Permittee(s) shall ensure either directly
or through coordination with other Permittee(s) that their SWPPP meets all terms and conditions of
this permit and that their activities do not render another party's erosion prevention and sediment
control Best Management Practices (BMPs) ineffective.
1. As part of the SWPPP the owner must identify a person knowledgeable and experienced in the
application of erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs who will oversee the
implementation of the SWPPP, and the installation, inspection and maintenance of the erosion
prevention and sediment control BMPs before and during construction. The owner must
identify who will have the responsibility for long term operation and maintenance of the
permanent storm water management system (see Part HI.C.). The owner shall develop a chain
of responsibility with all operators on the site to ensure that the SWPPP will be implemented
and stay in effect until the construction project is complete, the entire site has undergone final
stabilization, and a NOT has been submitted to the MPCA.
2. The SWPPP must incorporate the requirements of Part III (Storm Water Discharge Design
Requirements), Part IV (Construction Activity Requirements) and Appendix A for the project. A
narrative describing the timing for installation of all erosion prevention and sediment control
BMPs required in Part III, Part IV and Appendix A must also be included in the plan.
3. The SWPPP requirements must be incorporated into the project's final plans and specifications
and/or project documentation, as appropriate, and must include:
a. Location and type of all temporary and permanent erosion prevention and sediment control
BMPs along with procedures to be used to establish additional temporary BMPs as necessary
for the site conditions during construction. Standard plates and/or specifications for the
BMPs used on the project must be included in the final plans and specifications for the
project.
b. A site map with existing and final grades, including dividing lines and direction of flow for
all pre and post - construction storm water runoff drainage areas located within the project
limits. The site map must also include impervious surfaces and soil types.
c. Locations of areas not to be disturbed.
Page 8 of 26
Permit No: MN R 10000 I
d. Location of areas where construction will be phased to minimize duration of exposed soil
areas.
e. All surface waters and existing wetlands, which can be identified on maps such as United
States Geological Survey 7.5 minute quadrangle maps or equivalent maps within one-half
mile from the project boundaries, which will receive storm water runoff from the
construction site, during or after construction. Where surface waters receiving runoff
associated with construction activity will not fit on the plan sheet, they must be identified
with an arrow, indicating both direction and distance to the surface water.
f. Methods to be used for final stabilization of all exposed soil areas.
4. The Permittee(s) must amend the SWPPP as necessary to include additional requirements, such
as additional or modified BMPs, designed to correct problems identified or address situations
whenever:
a. There is a change in design, construction, operation, maintenance, weather or seasonal
conditions that has a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to surface waters or
underground waters;
b. Inspections or investigations by site operators, local, state or federal officials indicate the
SWPPP is not effective in eliminating or significantly minimizing the discharge of pollutants
to surface waters or underground waters or that the discharges are causing water quality
standard exceedances; or
c. The SWPPP is not achieving the general objectives of controlling pollutants in storm water
discharges associated with construction activity, or the SWPPP is not consistent with the
terms and conditions of this permit.
d. At any time after permit coverage is effective, the MPCA may determine that the
project's storm water discharges may cause, have reasonable potential to cause, or
contribute to non - attainment of any applicable water quality standard, or that the
SWPPP does not incorporate the requirements in Part III.A.7 related to an approved
Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) implementation plan that contains construction
storm water related requirements. If MPCA makes such determination(s) or any of
the determinations in Parts III.A.4.a. -4.c., MPCA will notify the Permittees in
writing. In response, the Permittees must develop a supplemental BMP action plan
or appropriate SWPPP amendments describing SWPPP modifications to address the
identified concerns and submit information requested by MPCA, which may include
an individual permit application. If MPCA's written notification requires a response,
failure to respond within the specified timeframe constitutes a permit violation.
5. The SWPPP must factor in any findings of and include any storm water mitigation measures
required as the result of any environmental, archeological or other required local, state or federal
review conducted for the project. For the purposes of this permit provision, mitigation measures
mean avoiding, minimizing, rectifying (e.g., repairing, rehabilitating, restoring), reducing,
eliminating or compensating for impacts related to: (I) storm water discharges associated with
the project's construction activity; and ( erosion prevention, sediment control and the
permanent storm water management system for the project.
6. The SWPPP must provide additional measures as necessary to assure compliance with surface
and ground water standards in Minn. R. chapters 7050 and 7060 in karst areas and to ensure
protection of drinking water supply management areas (see Minn. R. 4725.4450).
7. If runoff from the site discharges to an impaired water which has an approved TMDL
implementation plan containing requirements for construction storm water discharges, the
Permittee must include the following in the SWPPP:
a. identify the receiving water and the areas of the site discharging to it; and
b. BMPs that are appropriate for the site and sufficient to comply with all
applicable requirements of the TMDL implementation plan.
B. TEMPORARY SEDIMENT BASINS
Page 9 of 26
Permit No: MN R 1 00001
Where ten (10) or more acres of disturbed soil drain to a common location, a temporary (or
permanent) sediment basin must be provided prior to the runoff leaving the construction site or
entering surface waters. The Permittee is encouraged, but not required, to install temporary
sediment basins where appropriate in areas with steep slopes or highly erodible soils even if less than
ten (10) acres drains to one area. The basins must be designed and constructed according to the
following requirements:
1. The basins must provide storage below the outlet pipe for a calculated volume of runoff from a 2
year, 24 hour storm from each acre drained to the basin, except that in no case shall the basin
provide less than 1 800 cubic feet of storage below the outlet pipe from each acre drained to the
basin.
2. Where no such calculation has been performed, a temporary (or permanent) sediment basin
providing 3,600 cubic feet of storage below the outlet pipe per acre drained to the basin, shall be
provided where attainable until final stabilization of the site.
3. Temporary basin outlets must be designed to prevent short-circuiting and the discharge of
floating debris. The basin must be designed with the ability to allow complete basin drawdown
(e.g., perforated riser pipe wrapped with filter fabric and covered with crushed gravel, pumps or
other means, see Part IV.D.) for maintenance activities, and provide a stabilized emergency
overflow to prevent failure of pond integrity. Energy dissipation must be provided for the basin
outlet (see Part IV.B.4).
4. The temporary (or permanent) basins must be constructed and made operational concurrent with
the start of soil disturbance that is upgradient of the area and contributes runoff to the pond.
5. Where the temporary sediment basin is not attainable due to site limitations, equivalent sediment
controls such as smaller sediment basins, and/or sediment traps, silt fences, vegetative buffer
strips, or any appropriate combination of measures are required for all down slope boundaries of
the construction area and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by
individual site conditions. In determining whether installing a sediment basin is attainable, the
Permittee must consider public safety and may consider factors such as site soils, slope, and
available area on site. This determination must be documented in the SWPPP.
wq- strm2 -5 1
C. PERMANENT STORM WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
All storm water must be discharged in a manner that does not cause nuisance conditions, erosion in
receiving channels or on downs lope properties, or inundation in wetlands causing a significant
adverse impact to the wetlands.
Where a project's ultimate development replaces vegetation and/or other pervious surfaces with one
or more acres of cumulative impervious surface, a water quality volume of 1 /2 inch of runoff from
the new impervious surfaces created by the project must be treated by one of the methods outlined in
Part III.C.1 through Part III.C.5 prior to the runoff leaving the construction site or entering surface
waters (excluding drainage systems that convey storm water to a constructed permanent storm
water management facility designed to treat the water quality volume from the project).
For those areas of a project where there is no feasible way to meet the treatment requirement for the
water quality volume, other treatment such as grassed swales, smaller ponds or grit chambers is
required prior to discharge to surface waters. A cumulative maximum of (3) three acres or 1% of
project size whichever is larger can be treated in this manner.
Where the proximity to bedrock precludes the installation of any of the permanent storm water
management practices outlined in Part III.C., other treatment, such as grassed swales, smaller ponds,
or grit chambers, is required prior to discharge to surface waters.
For work on road projects where the lack of right of way precludes the installation of any of the
permanent storm water management practices outlined in Part III.C., other treatment such as grassed
swales, smaller ponds, or grit chambers, is required prior to discharge to surface waters.
1. Wet Sedimentation Basin
e. The basin must provide a stabilized emergency overflow to accommodate storm events in
excess of the basin's hydraulic design.
Page 10 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
a. The basin must have a permanent volume of 1800 cubic feet of storage below the outlet pipe
for each acre that drains to the basin. The basin's permanent volume must reach a minimum
depth of at least 3 feet and must have no depth greater than 10 feet. The basin must be
configured such that scour or resuspension of solids is minimized.
b. The basin's water quality volume is calculated as V2 inch of runoff from the new
impervious surfaces created by the project.
c. Basin outlets shall be designed such that the water quality volume is discharged at no more
than 5.66 cubic feet per second (cfs) per acre of surface area of the pond.
d. Basin outlets must be designed to prevent short - circuiting and the discharge of floating
debris. Basin outlets must have energy dissipation.
f. Adequate maintenance access must be provided (typically 8 ft. wide) for future maintenance
of the basin.
2. Infiltration/Filtration
wq- strm2 -51
Page 11 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
Infiltration/Filtration options include but are not limited to: infiltration basins, infiltration
trenches, rainwater gardens, sand filters, organic filters, bioretention areas, enhanced swales, dry
storage ponds with underdrain discharge, off -line retention areas and natural depressions.
Infiltration must be used only as appropriate to the site and land uses. Settleable solids, floating
materials, oils and grease should be removed from the runoff to the maximum extent practicable
before runoff enters the infiltration/filtration system. Filtration systems must have a reasonable
chance of achieving approximately 80% removal of total suspended solids. The Permittee(s)
must evaluate the impact of constructing an infiltration practice on existing hydrologic features
(e.g., existing wetlands) and try to maintain pre - existing conditions (e.g., do not breach a perched
water table which is supporting a wetland). For a discussion of ground water warnings, design
measures, maintenance considerations or other retention, detention, and treatment devices, see the
MPCA's Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas found on the MPCA's web - site.
a. Infiltration systems should not be excavated to final grade until the contributing drainage area
has been constructed and fully stabilized.
b. During construction of an infiltration system, rigorous sediment and erosion controls (e.g.,
diversion berms) should be used to keep sediment and runoff completely away from the
infiltration area. The area must be staked off and marked so that heavy construction
equipment will not compact the soil in the proposed infiltration area.
c. To prevent clogging of the infiltration or filtration system, a pretreatment device such as a
vegetated filter strip, small sedimentation basin, or water quality inlet (e.g., grit chamber)
must be used to settle particulates before the storm water discharges into the infiltration or
filtration system.
d. Infiltration or filtration systems shall be sufficient to infiltrate or filter a water quality
volume of 1 /2 inch of runoff from the new impervious surfaces created by the project.
e. The water quality volume shall discharge through the soil or filter media in 48 hours or less.
Additional flows that cannot be infiltrated or filtered in 48 hours should be routed to bypass
the system through a stabilized discharge point. A way to visually verify that the system is
operating as designed rust be provided.
f. Appropriate on -site testing shall be conducted to ensure a minimum of 3 feet of separation
from the seasonally saturated soils (or from bedrock) and the bottom of the proposed
infiltration system. Calculations and computer model results that demonstrate the design
adequacy of the infiltration system must be included as part of the SWPPP.
g-
Adequate maintenance access must be provided (typically 8 ft. wide) along with a
maintenance plan identifying whom will be performing future maintenance of the infiltration
or filtration system.
h. Use of designed infiltration systems from industrial areas with exposed significant materials
or from vehicle fueling and maintenance areas is prohibited.
3. Regional Ponds
Regional ponds can be used provided that they are constructed ponds, not a natural wetland or
waterbody, (wetlands used as regional ponds must be mitigated for, see Appendix A) and
designed in accordance with this permit's design requirements (see Part III.C.1) for all water from
4. Combination of Practices
5. Alternative Method
wq- sttm2 -51
Page 12 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
impervious surfaces that reach the pond. Permittees shall not construct regional ponds in
wetlands, regardless of their condition, quality or designation by local plans, unless the
mitigative sequence in Appendix A. D.2 of this permit has been completed. There must be no
significant degradation of the waterways between the project and the regional pond. The owner
must obtain written authorization from the applicable local governmental unit (LGU) or private
entity that owns and maintains the regional pond. The LGU's or private entity's written
authorization must identify that the regional pond will discharge the water quality volume ('/2
inch of runoff from the impervious watershed area) at no more than 5.66 cfs per acre of surface
area of the pond. The owner must include the LGU's or private entity's written authorization in
the SWPPP. The LGU's or private entity's written authorization must be obtained before the
owner finalizes the SWPPP and before any application for this permit is made to the MPCA.
A combination of practices, including those required by a LGU, which meet the requirements of
Part III.C.1, 2 and 3 respectively, (i.e., wet sedimentation basins, infiltration/filtration, and
regional ponds) may be used such that the water quality volume of '/A inch of runoff from the
new impervious surfaces created by the project is accounted for in the owner's permanent
storm water management system (e.g., '4 inch infiltrated and % inch treated through a wet
sedimentation basin). If any combination of these practices is used, the SWPPP must contain
documentation (e.g., LGU or private entity's authorization, infiltration computer model results or
calculations, etc.) identifying the volume that each practice addresses.
Where an alternative, innovative treatment system is proposed and demonstrated by calculation,
design or other independent methods to achieve approximately 80% removal of total suspended
solids on an annual average basis, the Commissioner will approve the method if the process
outlined in Part II.B.3.c. is completed, and the following information is submitted:
a. All calculations, drainage areas, plans, and specifications for the proposed alternative method
and a graphic representation of the area to be served by the method. These items must be
included in the SWPPP and submitted to the MPCA at least 90 days prior to the proposed
starting date of the construction activity.
b. A 2 year monitoring plan to sample runoff from the proposed method. The plan must include
a discussion of the methods used to collect samples, location where samples will be taken
(upstream and downstream of the proposed method), frequency of samples (minimum of six
runoff events sampled), identify lab used to analyze the samples and quality assurance and
quality control methods to be used. The plan must include a schedule for submitting the
monitoring data annually.
c. A mitigation plan that addresses how the water quality volume will be treated in the event
that the monitoring data shows the proposed alternative treatment method does not function
as designed.
d. The alternative method must achieve approximately 80% removal of total suspended solids
on an average annual basis for the conditions expected at the site. The design must also
consider public safety, health and water quality concerns. Proprietary information on
effectiveness will not be considered for alternative treatment method review and approval.
The SWPPP,aII changes to it, and inspections and maintenance records must be kept at the site
during construction by the Permittee who has operational control of that portion of the site. The
SWPPP can be kept in either the field office or in an on site vehicle.
No construction activity on the project is covered under this permit until the applicant receives
an alternative treatment approval letter from the MPCA as described in Part II.B.3.c.
D. RECORD RETENTION
All owner(s) must keep the SWPPP, along with the following additional records, on file for three
years after submittal of the NOT as outlined in Part II.C. This does not include any records after
submittal of the NOT.
1. Any other permits required for the project;
2. Records of all inspection and maintenance conducted during construction (see Part IV.E.
Inspections and Maintenance);
3. All permanent operation and maintenance agreements that have been implemented, including all
right of way, contracts, covenants and other binding requirements regarding perpetual
maintenance; and
4. All required calculations for design of the temporary and permanent storm water management
systems.
PART IV. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY REQUIREMENTS
A. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
The Permittee(s) must implement the SWPPP and the requirements of this part. The Best
Management Practices (BMPs) identified in the SWPPP and in this permit must be installed in an
appropriate and functional manner.
B. EROSION PREVENTION PRACTICES
Page 13 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
1. The Permittee(s) must plan for and implement appropriate construction phasing, vegetative
buffer strips, horizontal slope grading, and other construction practices that minimize erosion, so
that the inspection and maintenance requirements of Part IV.E. are complied with. The location
of areas not to be disturbed must be delineated (e.g. with flags, stakes, signs, silt fence etc.) on the
development site before work begins.
2. All exposed soil areas with a continuous positive slope within 200 lineal feet of a surface water,
must have temporary erosion protection or permanent cover for the exposed soil areas year
round, according to the following table of slopes and time frames:
Type of Slope Time (Maximum time an area can
remain open when the area
Steeper than 3:1 7 days is not actively being worked.)
10:1 to 3:1 14 days
Flatter than 10:1 21 days
Page 14 of 26
Permit No: MN R 1 0000 I
These areas include constructed storm water management pond side scopes, and any exposed soil
areas with a positive slope to a storm water conveyance system, such as a curb and gutter
system, storm sewer inlet, temporary or permanent drainage ditch or other natural or man made
systems that discharge to a surface water. Temporary stockpiles without significant silt, clay or
organic components (e.g., clean aggregate stockpiles, demolition concrete stockpiles, sand
stockpiles) are exempt from this requirement but must comply with PartIV.C.5.
3. The normal wetted perimeter of any temporary or permanent drainage ditch that drains water
from a construction site, or diverts water around a site, must be stabilized within 200 lineal feet
from the property edge, or from the point of discharge to any surface water. Stabilization must
be completed within 24 hours of connecting to a surface water.
4. Pipe outlets must be provided with temporary or permanent energy dissipation within 24 hours
of connection to a surface water.
C. SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES
I. Sediment control practices must minimize sediment from entering surface waters, including
curb and gutter systems and storm sewer inlets.
2. Sediment control practices must be established on all down gradient perimeters before any
upgradient land disturbing activities begin. These practices shall remain in place until final
stabilization has been established in accordance with Part IV.G.
3. The timing of the installation of sediment control practices may be adjusted to accommodate
short -term activities such as clearing or grubbing, or passage of vehicles. Any short -term activity
must be completed as quickly as possible and the sediment control practices must be installed
immediately after the activity is completed. However, sediment control practices must be
installed before the next precipitation event even if the activity is not complete.
4. All storm drain inlets must be protected by appropriate BMPs during construction until all
sources with potential for discharging to the inlet have been stabilized.
5. Temporary soil stockpiles must have silt fence or other effective sediment controls, and
cannot be placed in surface waters, including storm water conveyances such as curb and gutter
systems, or conduits and ditches.
6. Vehicle tracking of sediment from the construction site must be minimized by BMPs such as
stone pads, concrete or steel wash racks, or equivalent systems. Street sweeping must be used if
wq- strm2 -51
a. Temporary or permanent drainage ditches and sediment basins that are designed as part of a
treatment system (e.g., ditches with rock check dams) require sediment control practices
only as appropriate for site conditions.
b. If the down gradient treatment system is overloaded, additional upgradient sediment control
practices must be installed to eliminate the overloading, and the SWPPP must be amended to
identify these additional practices as required in Part III.A.4, a. through c.
c. In order to maintain sheet flow and minimize rills and/or gullies, there shall be no unbroken
slope length of greater than 75 feet for slopes with a grade of 3:1 or steeper.
such BMPs are not adequate to prevent sediment from being tracked onto the street (see Part
IV.E.4.d.).
7. The Permittee must install temporary sedimentation basins as required in Part III.B. of this
permit.
D. DEWATERING AND BASIN DRAINING
1. Dewatering or basin draining (e.g., pumped discharges, trench/ditch cuts for drainage) related to
the construction activity that may have turbid or sediment laden discharge water must be
discharged to a temporary or permanent sedimentation basin on the project site whenever
possible. If the water cannot be discharged to a sedimentation basin prior to entering the surface
water, it must be treated with the appropriate BMPs, such that the discharge does not adversely
affect the receiving water or downstream landowners. The Permittee(s) must ensure that
discharge points are adequately protected from erosion and scour. The discharge must be
dispersed over natural rock riprap, sand bags, plastic sheeting or other accepted energy
dissipation measures. Adequate sedimentation control measures are required for discharge water
that contains suspended solids.
2. All water from dewatering or basin draining activities must be discharged in a manner that does
not cause nuisance conditions, erosion in receiving channels or on downslope properties, or
inundation in wetlands causing significant adverse impact to the wetland.
E. INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE
Page 15 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
1. The Permittee(s) (either the owner or operator, whoever is identified in the SWPPP) must
routinely inspect the construction site once every seven (7) days during active construction and
within 24 hours after a rainfall event greater than 0.5 inches in 24 hours.
2. All inspections and maintenance conducted during construction must be recorded in writing and
these records must be retained with the SWPPP in accordance with Part III.D. Records of each
inspection and maintenance activity shall include:
a. Date and time of inspections;
b. Name of person(s) conducting inspections;
c. Findings of inspections, including recommendations for corrective actions;
d. Corrective actions taken (including dates, times, and party completing maintenance
activities);
e. Date and amount of all rainfall events greater than 112 inch (0.5 inches) in 24 hours; and
f. Documentation of changes made to the SWPPP as required in Part III.A.4.
3. Where parts of the construction site have undergone final stabilization, but work remains on
other parts of the site, inspections of the stabilized areas may be reduced to once per month.
Where work has been suspended due to frozen ground conditions, the required inspections and
maintenance must take place as soon as runoff occurs at the site or prior to resuming construction,
whichever comes first.
wq- strm2 -51
Page 16 of 26
Permit No: MN R1 00001
4. All erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs must be inspected to ensure integrity and
effectiveness. All nonfunctional BMPs must be repaired, replaced, or supplemented with
functional BMPs. The Permittee(s) must investigate and comply with the following inspection
and maintenance requirements:
wq- strrn2 -5
a. All silt fences must be repaired, replaced, or supplemented when they become nonfunctional
or the sediment reaches 1/3 of the height of the fence. These repairs must be made within 24
hours of discovery, or as soon as field conditions allow access.
b. Temporary and permanent sedimentation basins must be drained and the sediment removed
when the depth of sediment collected in the basin reaches 1/2 the storage volume. Drainage
and removal must be completed within 72 hours of discovery, or as soon as field conditions
allow access (see Part IV.D.).
c. Surface waters, including drainage ditches and conveyance systems, must be inspected for
evidence of sediment being deposited by erosion. The Permittee(s) must remove all deltas
and sediment deposited in surface waters, including drainage ways, catch basins, and other
drainage systems, and restabilize the areas where sediment removal results in exposed soil.
The removal and stabilization must take place within seven (7) days of discovery unless
precluded by legal, regulatory, or physical access constraints. The Permittee shall use all
reasonable efforts to obtain access. If precluded, removal and stabilization must take place
within seven (7) calendar days of obtaining access. The Permittee is responsible for
contacting all local, regional, state and federal authorities and receiving any applicable
permits, prior to conducting any work.
d. Construction site vehicle exit locations must be inspected for evidence of off-site sediment
tracking onto paved surfaces. Tracked sediment must be removed from all off-site paved
surfaces, within 24 hours of discovery, or if applicable, within a shorter time to comply with
Part IV.C.6.
e. The Permittee(s) are responsible for the operation and maintenance of temporary and
permanent water quality management BMPs, as well as all erosion prevention and sediment
control BMPs, for the duration of the construction work at the site. The Permittee(s) are
responsible until another Permittee has assumed control according to Part 11.8.5 over all
areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized or the site has undergone final
stabilization, and a NOT has been submitted to the MPCA.
f. If sediment escapes the construction site, off -site accumulations of sediment must be removed
in a manner and at a frequency sufficient to minimize off-site impacts (e.g., fugitive sediment
in streets could be washed into storm sewers by the next rain and/or pose a safety hazard to
users of public streets).
5. All infiltration areas must be inspected to ensure that no sediment from ongoing construction
activities is reaching the infiltration area and these areas are protected from compaction due to
construction equipment driving across the infiltration area.
F. POLLUTION PREVENTION MANAGEMENT MEASURES
The Permittee(s) shall implement the following pollution prevention management measures on the
site:
1. Solid Waste: Collected sediment, asphalt and concrete millings, floating debris, paper, plastic,
fabric, construction and demolition debris and other wastes must be disposed of properly and
must comply with MPCA disposal requirements.
Page 17 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
2. Hazardous Materials: Oil, gasoline, paint and any hazardous substances must be properly stored,
including secondary containment, to prevent spills, leaks or other discharge. Restricted access to
storage areas must be provided to prevent vandalism. Storage and disposal of hazardous waste
must be in compliance with MPCA regulations.
3. External washing of trucks and other construction vehicles must be limited to a defined area of
the site. Runoff must be contained and waste properly disposed of. No engine degreasing is
allowed on site.
G. FINAL STABILIZATION
The Permittee(s) must ensure final stabilization of the site. The Permittee(s) must submit a NOT
within 30 days after final stabilization is complete, or another owner /operator (Permittee) has
assumed control according to Part II.B.5 over all areas of the site that have not undergone final
stabilization. Final stabilization can be achieved in one of the following ways:
1. All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and all soils must be stabilized by a
uniform perennial vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent over the entire pervious surface
area, or other equivalent means necessary to prevent soil failure under erosive conditions and;
wq -stm 2 -51
a. All drainage ditches, constructed to drain water from the site after construction is complete,
must be stabilized to preclude erosion;
b. All temporary synthetic, and structural erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs
(such as silt fence) must be removed as part of the site final stabilization; and
c. The Permittee(s) must clean out all sediment from conveyances and from temporary
sedimentation basins that are to be used as permanent water quality management basins.
Sediment must be stabilized to prevent it from being washed back into the basin,
conveyances or drainageways discharging off-site or to surface waters. The cleanout of
permanent basins must be sufficient to return the basin to design capacity.
2. For residential construction only, final stabilization has been achieved when temporary erosion
protection and down gradient perimeter control for individual lots has been completed and the
residence has been transferred to the homeowner. Additionally, the Permittee must distribute the
MPCA "homeowner factsheet" to the homeowner to inform the homeowner of the need for, and
benefits of, final stabilization.
PART V GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. APPLICABILITY CRITERIA
I. If the Commissioner determines that storm water discharges associated with a construction
activity are contributing to a violation of a water quality standard or would be more appropriately
regulated by an individual permit, the Commissioner may require the owner to be covered by an
individual storm water discharge permit. The Commissioner may require the owner to develop
2. If the terms and conditions of this general permit cannot be met, an owner may request an
individual permit, in accordance with Minn. R. 7001.
B. RESPONSE
Page 18 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
and implement specific BMPs and monitor the discharge from the site. If applicable, upon
issuance of an individual permit, this general permit would no longer apply.
The SWPPP, including all certificates, reports, records, or other information required by this permit,
must be made available to federal, state, and local officials within 72 hours upon request for the
duration of the permit and for three years following the NOT. This does not include any records after
submittal of the NOT.
C. PROHIBITIONS
This permit prohibits discharges of any material other than storm water, and discharges from
dewatering or basin draining activities in accordance with Part IV.D.1 and 2. For example,
prohibited discharges include but are not limited to vehicle and equipment washing, maintenance
spills, wash water, and discharges of oil and other hazardous substances.
D. TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL
This permit may not be assigned or transferred by the permit holder except when transfer occurs in
accordance with the applicable requirements of Part II.B.5.
E. CIVIL AND CRIMINAL LIABILITY
Nothing in this permit must be construed to relieve the Permittee(s) from civil or criminal penalties
for noncompliance with the terms and conditions provided herein. Nothing in this permit must be
construed to preclude the initiation of any legal action or relieve the Permittee(s) from any
responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties to which the Permittee(s) is or may be subject to under
Section 311 of the Act and Minn. Stat. chs. 115 and 116, as amended. The Permittee(s) are not liable
for permit requirements for activities occurring on those portions of a site where another party has
submitted a subdivision short form registration as described in Part H. B.5 or a NOT has been issued
by the MPCA except for responsibilities listed under Part III.C.5 if applicable.
F. SEVERABILITY
The provisions of this permit are severable. If any provision of this permit, or the application of any
provision of this permit to any circumstances, is held invalid, the application of such provision to
other circumstances, and the remainder of this permit must not be affected thereby.
O. NPDES/SDS RULE STANDARD CONDITIONS
The Permittee(s) must comply with the provisions of Minn. R. 700 1.0150, subp. 3 and 7001. 1090,
subp. 1.A,B,C,H,I. This permit does not require the submittal of a data monitoring report, except
where monitoring is required in Part III.C.5.
H. INSPECTION AND ENTRY
wq- strm2 -5 I
The Permittee(s) must comply with the provisions of 40 CFR 122.41(i), Minn. Stat. Ch. 115.04 and
Minn. Stat. Ch. 115B.17. The Permittee(s) shall allow representatives of the MPCA or any member,
employee or agent thereof, when authorized by it, upon presentation of credentials, to enter upon any
property, public or private, for the purpose of obtaining information or examination of records or
conducting surveys or investigations.
APPENDIX A
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
All requirements in this Appendix are in addition to BMPs already specified in the permit. Where
provisions of Appendix A conflict with requirements elsewhere in the permit, the provisions in
Appendix A take precedence. All BMPs used to comply with this Appendix must be documented in
the SWPPP for the project. If the terms and conditions of this Appendix cannot be met, an individual
permit will be required in accordance with Minn. R. ch. 7001.
B. REQUIREMENTS FOR DISCHARGES TO SPECIAL WATERS
Page 19 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
Additional BMPs together with enhanced runoff controls, are required for discharges to the following
special waters (part B.1 through B.8 of Appendix A). The BMPs identified for each special water are
required for those areas of the project draining to a discharge point on the project that is within 2000
feet of a special water and flows to that special water.
1. Wilderness areas: Boundary Waters Canoe Area Wilderness; Voyageurs National Park; Kettle
River from the site of the former dam at Sandstone to its confluence with the Saint Croix River;
Rum River from Ogechie Lake spillway to the northernmost confluence with Lake Onamia.
Discharges to these waters must incorporate the BMPs outlined in C.1, C.2, C.3 and C.4 of this
appendix.
2. Mississippi River: Those portions from Lake Itasca to the southerly boundary of Morrison
County that are included in the Mississippi Headwaters Board comprehensive plan dated
February 12, 1981. Discharges to these waters must incorporate the BMPs outlined in C.1, C.2
and C.3 of this appendix.
3. Scenic or recreational river segments: Saint Croix river, entire length; Cannon River from
northern city limits of Faribault to its confluence with the Mississippi River; North Fork of the
Crow River from Lake Koronis outlet to the Meeker -Wright county line; Kettle River from north
Pine County line to the site of the former dam at Sandstone; Minnesota River from Lac qui Parle
dam to Redwood County state aid highway 11; Mississippi River from county state aid highway
7 bridge in Saint Cloud to northwestern city limits of Anoka; and Rum River from state aid
Highway 27 bridge in Onamia to Madison and Rice streets in Anoka. Discharges to these waters
must incorporate the BMPs outlined in C.1, C.2 and C.3 of this appendix.
4. Lake Superior: (prohibited and restricted) Discharges to Lake Superior must incorporate the
BMPs outlined in C.1, C.2 and C.3 of this appendix.
5. Lake Trout Lakes: Identified in Minn. R. 7050.0470, including those inside the boundaries of
the Boundary Waters Canoe Area Wilderness and Voyageurs National Park. Discharges to these
waters must incorporate the BMPs outlined in C.1, C.2, C.3 and C.4 of this appendix.
wq- strrn2 -51
Page 20 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
6. Trout Lakes: identified in Minn. R. 6264.0050, subp. 2. Discharges to these waters must
incorporate the BMPs outlined in C.1, C.2, C.3, and C.4 of this appendix.
7. Scientific and natural areas: Boot Lake, Anoka County; Kettle River in sections 15, 22, 23, T
41 N, R 20, Pine County; Pennington Bog, Beltrami County; Purvis Lake -Ober Foundation, Saint
Louis County; Waters within the borders of Itasca Wilderness Sanctuary, Clearwater County;
Iron Springs Bog, Clearwater County; Wolsfeld Woods, Hennepin County; Green Water Lake,
Becker County; Blackdog Preserve, Dakota County; Prairie Bush Clover, Jackson County; Black
Lake Bog, Pine County; Pembina Trail Preserve, Polk County; and Falls Creek, Washington
County. Discharges to these waters must incorporate the BNIPs outlined in C.1, C.2, C.3 and C.4
of this appendix.
8. Trout Streams: listed in Minn. R. 6264.0050, subp. 4. Discharges to these waters must
incorporate the BMPs outlined in Appendix A C.1, C.2, C.3, and C.5 of this appendix.
C. ADDITIONAL BMPS FOR SPECIAL WATERS
For the BMPs described in C.2, C.4 and C.5 of this Appendix:
Where the proximity to bedrock precludes the installation of any of the permanent storm water
management practices outlined in Appendix A, other treatment such as grassed swales, smaller ponds,
or grit chambers is required prior to discharge to surface waters.
For work on road projects where the lack of right of way precludes the installation of any of the
permanent storm water management practices outlined in Appendix A, other treatment such as
grassed swales, smaller ponds, or grit chambers is required prior to discharge to surface waters.
1. During construction.
a. All exposed soil areas with a slope of 3:1 or steeper, that have a continuous positive slope to
a special water must have temporary erosion protection or permanent cover within 3 days
after the area is no longer actively being worked. All other slopes that have a continuous
positive slope to a special water must have temporary erosion protection or permanent
cover within 7 days after the area is no longer actively being worked.
b. Temporary sediment basin requirements described in Part IILB.1 -5 must be used for common
drainage locations that serve an area with five (5) or more acres disturbed at one time.
2. Post construction. The water quality volume that must be treated by the project's permanent
storm water management system described in Part III.C. shall be one (1) inch of runoff from the
new impervious surfaces created by the project.
3. Buffer zone. An undisturbed buffer zone of not less than 100 linear feet from the special water
(not including tributaries) shall be maintained at all times. Exceptions from this requirement for
areas, such as water crossings or limited water access, are allowed if the Permittee fully
documents in the SWPPP the circumstances and reasons that the buffer encroachment is
necessary. All potential water quality, scenic and other environmental impacts of these
exceptions must be minimized and documented in the SWPPP for the project.
wq- strm2 -51
4. Enhanced runoff controls. The permanent storm water management system must be designed
such that the pre and post project runoff rate and volume from the 1, and 2 -year 24 -hour
precipitation events remains the same.
5. Temperature Controls. The permanent storm water management system must be designed such
that the discharge from the project will minimize any increase in the temperature of trout stream
receiving waters resulting from the 1, and 2-year 24 -hour precipitation events. This includes all
tributaries of designated trout streams within the section that the trout stream is located. Projects
that discharge to trout streams must minimize the impact using one or more of the following
measures, in order of preference:
D. REQUIREMENTS FOR DISCHARGING TO WETLANDS
If the project has any storm water discharges with the potential for significant adverse impacts to a
wetland (e.g., conversion of a natural wetland to a storm water pond) , the Permittee(s) must
demonstrate that the wetland mitigative sequence has been followed in accordance with D.1 or D.2 of
this appendix.
1. If the potential adverse impacts to a wetland on a specific project site have been addressed by
permits or other approvals from an official statewide program (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
404 program, Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, or the State of Minnesota Wetland
Conservation Act) that are issued specifically for the project and project site, the Permittee may
use the permit or other determination issued by these agencies to show that the potential adverse
impacts have been addressed. For the purposes of this permit, deminimus actions are
determinations by the permitting agency that address the project impacts, whereas a non -
jurisdictional determination does not address project impacts.
2. If there are impacts from the project that are not addressed in one of the permits or other
determinations discussed in Appendix A, Part D.1 (e.g., permanent inundation or flooding of the
wetland, significant degradation of water quality, excavation, filling, draining), the Permittee
must minimize all adverse impacts to wetlands by utilizing appropriate measures. Measures used
must be based on the nature of the wetland, its vegetative community types and the established
hydrology. These measures include in order of preference:
wq- strm2 -51
b. Minimize any unavoidable impacts from the project and post project discharge.
Page 21 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
a. Minimize new impervious surfaces.
b. Minimize the discharge from connected impervious surfaces by discharging to vegetated
areas, or grass swales, and through the use of other non - structural controls.
c. Infiltration or evapotranspiration of runoff in excess of pre - project conditions (up to the 2-
year 24 -hour precipitation event).
d. If ponding is used, the design must include an appropriate combination of measures such as
shading, filtered bottom withdrawal, vegetated swale discharges or constructed wetland
treatment cells that will limit temperature increases. The pond should be designed to draw
down in 24 hours or less.
e. Other methods that will minimize any increase in the temperature of the trout stream.
a. Avoid all significant adverse impacts to wetlands from the project and post project discharge.
c. Provide compensatory mitigation when the Permittee determines that there is no reasonable
and practicable alternative to having a significant adverse impact on a wetland. For
E. DISCHARGES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Page 22 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
compensatory mitigation, wetland restoration or creation shall be of the same type, size and
whenever reasonable and practicable in the same watershed as the impacted wetland.
This permit does not replace or satisfy any environmental review requirements, including those under
the Minnesota Environmental Policy Act (MEPA) or the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).
The owner must complete any environmental review required by law, including any required
Environmental Assessment Work Sheets or Environmental Impact Statements, Federal environmental
review, or other required review.
F. DISCHARGES AFFECTING ENDANGERED OR THREATENED SPECIES
This permit does not replace or satisfy any review requirements for Endangered or Threatened
species, from new or expanded discharges that adversely impact or contribute to adverse impacts on
a listed endangered or threatened species or adversely modify a designated critical habitat. The
owner must conduct any required review and coordinate with appropriate agencies for any project
with the potential of affecting threatened or endangered species, or their critical habitat.
G. DISCHARGES AFFECTING HISTORIC PLACES OR ARCHEOLOGICAL SITES
This permit does not replace or satisfy any review requirements for Historic Places or Archeological
Sites, from new or expanded discharges which adversely affect properties listed or eligible for
listing in the National Register of Historic Places or affecting known or discovered Archeological
Sites. The owner must be in compliance with National Historic Preservation Act and conduct all
required review and coordination related to historic preservation, including significant
anthropological sites and any burial sites, with the Minnesota Historic Preservation Officer.
APPENDIX B. DEFINITIONS
1. "Best Management Practices (BMPs)" means erosion and sediment control and water quality
management practices that are the most effective and practicable means of controlling, preventing,
and minimizing degradation of surface water, including avoidance of impacts, construction-phasing,
minimizing the length of time soil areas are exposed, prohibitions, and other management practices
published by state or designated area -wide planning agencies.
Individual BMPs found in this permit are described in the current version of Protecting Water
Quality in Urban Areas, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency 2000. BMPs must be adapted to the
site and can be adopted from other sources. However, they must be similar in purpose and at least as
effective and stringent as MPCA's BMPs. (Other sources include manufacturers specifications,
Storm Water Management for Construction Activities: Developing Pollution Prevention Plans
and Best Management Practices, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 1992, and Erosion
Control Design Manual, Minnesota Department of Transportation, et al, 1993).
2. "Commissioner" means the Commissioner of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency or the
Commissioner's designee.
3. `Common Plan of Development or Sale" means a contiguous area where multiple separate and
distinct land disturbing activities may be taking place at different times, on different schedules, but
wq- strm2-5
Page 23 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
under one proposed plan. One plan is broadly defined to include design, permit application,
advertisement or physical demarcation indicating that land - disturbing activities may occur.
4. "Construction Activity" For this permit, construction activity includes construction activity as
defined in 40 C.F.R. part 122.26(b)(14)(x) and small construction activity as defined in 40 C.F.R.
part 122.26(b)(15). This includes a disturbance to the land that results in a change in the topography,
existing soil cover (both vegetative and non - vegetative), or the existing soil topography that may
result in accelerated storm water runoff, leading to soil erosion and movement of sediment into
surface waters or drainage systems. Examples of construction activity may include clearing,
grading, filling and excavating. Construction activity includes the disturbance of less than one acre
of total land area that is a part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common
plan will ultimately disturb one (1) acre or more.
5. "Dewatering" means the removal of water for construction activity. It can be a discharge of
appropriated surface or groundwater to dry and/or solidify a construction site. It may require
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources permits to be appropriated and if contaminated may
require other MPCA permits to be discharged.
6. "Energy Dissipation" means methods employed at pipe outlets to prevent erosion. Examples
include, but are not limited to: concrete aprons, riprap, splash pads, and gabions that are designed to
prevent erosion.
7. "Erosion Prevention" means measures employed to prevent erosion including but not limited to: soil
stabilization practices, limited grading, mulch, temporary or permanent cover, and construction
phasing.
8. "Final Stabilization" means that either:
a. All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform (e.g., evenly
distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative cover with a density of 70% of the
native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and
areas not covered by permanent structures, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such
as the use of riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed;
b. For individual lots in residential construction by either: (a) The homebuilder completing final
stabilization as specified above, or (b) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization
including perimeter controls for an individual lot prior to occupation of the home by the
homeowner and informing the homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabilization.
(Homeowners typically have an incentive to put in the landscaping functionally equivalent to
final stabilization as quick as possible to keep mud out of their homes and off sidewalks and
driveways.); or
c. For construction projects on land used for agricultural purposes (e.g., pipelines across crop or
range land) final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its
preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural
activities, such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to surface waters and drainage systems, and
areas which are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final
stabilization criteria in (a) or (b) above.
9. "General Contractor" means the party who signs the construction contract with the owner to
construct the project described in the final plans and specifications. Where the construction project
involves more than one contractor, the general contractor will be the party responsible for managing
wq-strm2-51
Page 24 of 26
Peanut No: MN R100001
the project on behalf of the owner. In some cases, the owner may be the general contractor. In
these cases, the owner may contract an individual as the operator who would become the Co-
Permittee.
10. "Homeowner Factsheet" means a fact sheet developed by the MPCA to be given to homeowners at
the time of sale by a builder to inform the homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final
stabilization.
11. "Impervious Surface" means a constructed hard surface that either prevents or retards the entry of
water into the soil and causes water to run off the surface in greater quantities and at an increased rate
of flow than prior to development. Examples include rooftops, sidewalks, patios, driveways, parking
lots, storage areas, and concrete, asphalt, or gravel roads.
12. "National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)" means the program for issuing,
modifying, revoking, reissuing, terminating, monitoring, and enforcing permits under the Clean
Water Act (Sections 301, 318, 402, and 405) and United States Code of Federal Regulations Title 33,
Sections 1317, 1328, 1342, and 1345..
13. "Normal Wetted Perimeter" means the area of a conveyance, such as a ditch, channel, or pipe that is
in contact with water during flow events that are expected to occur once every year.
14. "Notice of 'Termination" means notice to terminate coverage under this permit after construction is
complete, the site has undergone final stabilization, and maintenance agreements for all permanent
facilities have been established, in accordance with all applicable conditions of this permit. Notice of
Termination forms are available from the MPCA.
15. "Operator" means the person (usually the general contractor), designated by the owner, who has
day to day operational control and/or the ability to modify project plans and specifications related to
the SWPPP. The person must be knowledgeable in those areas of the permit for which the operator
is responsible, (Part II.B. and Part IV.) and must perform those responsibilities in a workmanlike
manner.
16. "Owner" means the person or party possessing the title of the land on which the construction
activities will occur; or if the construction activity is for a lease holder, the party or individual
identified as the lease holder; or the contracting government agency responsible for the construction
activity.
17. "Permanent Cover" means final stabilization. Examples include grass, gravel, asphalt, and
concrete.
18 "Permittee" means a person or persons, firm, or governmental agency or other institution that signs
the application submitted to the MPCA and is responsible for compliance with the terms and
conditions of this permit.
19. "Saturated Soil" means the highest seasonal elevation in the soil that is in a reduced chemical state
because of soil voids being filled with water. Saturated soil is evidenced by the presence of
redoximorphic features or other information.
20. "Sediment Control" means methods employed to prevent sediment from leaving the site. Sediment
control practices include silt fences, sediment traps, earth dikes, drainage swales, check dams,
subsurface drains, pipe slope drains, storm drain inlet protection, and temporary or permanent
wq-strm2 -51
sedimentation basins.
Page 25 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
21 "Small Construction Activity" means small construction activity as defined in 40 C.F.R. part
122.26(b)(15) . Small construction activities include clearing, grading and excavating that result in
land disturbance of equal to or greater than one acre and less than five acres. Small construction
activity includes the disturbance of less than one (1) acre of total land area that is part of a larger
common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or
greater than one and less than five (5) acres.
22. "Stabilized" means the exposed ground surface has been covered by appropriate materials such as
mulch, staked sod, riprap, wood fiber blanket, or other material that prevents erosion from occurring.
Grass seeding is not stabilization.
23. "Standard Plates" means general drawings having or showing similar characteristics or qualities that
are representative of a construction practice or activity.
24. "Storm water" is defined under Minn. R. 7077.0105, subp. 41(b), and includes precipitation runoff,
storm water runoff, snow melt runoff, and any other surface runoff and drainage.
25. `Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan" means a plan for storm water discharge that includes
erosion prevention measures and sediment controls that, when implemented, will decrease soil
erosion on a parcel of land and decrease off -site nonpoint pollution.
26. `Surface Water or Waters" means all streams, lakes, ponds, marshes, wetlands, reservoirs, springs,
rivers, drainage systems, waterways, watercourses, and irrigation systems whether natural or artificial,
public or private.
27. "Temporary Erosion Protection" means methods employed to prevent erosion. Examples of
temporary cover include; straw, wood fiber blanket, wood chips, and erosion netting.
28. "Underground Waters" means water contained below the surface of the earth in the saturated zone
including, without limitation, all waters whether under confined, unconfined, or perched conditions,
in near surface unconsolidated sediment or regolith, or in rock formations deeper underground. The
term ground water shall be synonymous with underground water.
29. "Waters of the State" (as defined in Minn. Stat. § 115.01, subd. 22) means all streams, lakes, ponds,
marshes, watercourses, waterways, wells, springs, reservoirs, aquifers, irrigation systems, drainage
systems and all other bodies or accumulations of water, surface or underground, natural or artificial,
public or private, which are contained within, flow through, or border upon the state or any portion
thereof.
30. "Water Quality Volume" means lf2 inch of runoff from the new impervious surfaces created by this
project and is the volume of water to be treated in the permanent storm water management system,
as required by this permit except as provided in Appendix A.C.2.
31. `wetland" or "Wetlands" is defined in Minn. R. 7050.0 130, subp. F and includes those areas that
are inundated or saturated by surface water or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to
support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted
for life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar
wq- strm2 --51
Page 26 of 26
Permit No: MN R100001
areas. Constructed wetlands designed for wastewater treatment are not waters of the state.
Wetlands must have the following attributes:
a. A predominance of hydric soils;
b. Inundated or saturated by surface water or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to
support a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation typically adapted for life in a saturated soil
condition; and
c. Under normal circumstances support a prevalence of such vegetation.
wq- stnn2 -51
I
A
V 1
_1
D® ®Ckg
Fi ;10IN
11 'uqi
POI
3
0 0
11
2
5
1
6
Iiiiii qinil0f10 L 4
taegi,1 ' !Ilk Pli ti
'0, NI I iiqbalig 12
PH POI' i _2 2.
IA
2 a3 ; ii
il:"PA 'APO $6
ill! '
af -#2 12
i 1
Aki
Nil p
p ilo i 1 2
; , .0101 ir. ii
,,,, iq i I i h.
al 4 1 ill ,i {t
0 sc, I p t , p 1
1111
•111111111111111111111111
111111111111111111111111•1111111
111111111111111111111111101111H
1111111111111111111111111111E1
11111111111111111•11M11113
•11111111111111111111111111
M1111111111111111111111
11111111111111111•111111161
1111111111•IIMIMIMMU
111111111111111111111111111111EI
11111111011111111111111111111
111111111111111111111111IKI
11111111111111111MMIMIEll
1111111111111111111111118
2
6
2
0
9
A
2
7
........ !Pi
/1111Ii„,
1
..........
........
...........
1:
enon,,,,kig • Rai.,
iVi RA 17 -:',1,rqi::,7.1F6,F,'0
11.4. ftvek. RC44 Auitm--azi
WAL*MART EXPANSION STORE #1861--04
om PARK HEIGHTS, I.NESOTA
WAL*MART STORES, INC.
PHASE I C & S CONTROL PLAN / SITE NAP"
c)
8
qgvn
"
A
6
4.g!
-
P
\
NORIVialf l 'AVEWd
-a =
1111
11111111111111011111111111111111111
11111110111•1111111111111111111E1
11M111111111111111111111111111111
11111••1111111111111111111H
1111111111111111111111111111M
INIIBIUUIIIIIL
111111111111111111111MIIEI
1111111111111111111M111111i
11111111111111111111111111111E1
111111111111111MM1MILI
•111111111111111111111MEI
1111111111111111111111•111•U
•1111111111111111•1111111111111
•111111111111111111111111111111E1
•111111111111111111111111M
1111111111MEIMIIIIIIIIO
_
s's
•
• to
-----
-• •
1
X/S
to vain _4 N
90t,
..0
Ws 9/1 SA,
0...1 E.
Erighrorhg • Picro kg • SurrfA,
MFRA
WAL*MART EXPANSION STORE #1861-04
OAK PARK HEIGIITA
WAL*MART STORES. INC.
PHASE 11 E & 5 CONTROL PLAN / SITE MAP"
00
1111 ■
LANDSCAPING/SEED/FINAL STABILIZATION
■
■
■
■11
PERMANENT CONTROL STRUCTURES
FINISH GRADFNG -___J
NO[1Ofk1i1SNO3 3115
NOLLOltl.SNOO / NOELVONf1OJ
TEMPORARY CONTROL MEASURES
STRIP & STOCRPR E TOPSOIL
CQNSTRUCTIQN SEOUENCE
ROUGH GRADE SEDIMENT CONTROL
SOIL EROSION /SEDIMENTATION CONTROL OPERATION TIME SCHEDULE
NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE TABLE WITH THEIR SPECIFIC PROJECT SCHEDULE
■
■ ■t
■■
1 .
41
4
m I N
.r.4j eartih Ltet !1w 'ea1 wa P�.porrd b
ar an eSr.ct .,�r,eFe,R end Mai
o .ad prelaaaiacaf EnChw
u.E.r �� aF A1sm.eala
VV � sr� V
x . Ekt 1S, uu oA
GNI 8 /0 /05 Lich :• f 4t]75 V
06.614 VO,
Gram ,-V18D
oat. Q/tsMs
Kppr.•xd E1N4
n
12
P1
z
>
P
20
z
0
i i ii . P P V fi ► f '� /' V ► Y ,+ � p l'1.x i !ix si Yi2i 1k 1ii€ a a 11.
e 1 55 11
5 = # i il li i s agt 4 ! I ;1 0 Y. r ! g
1 1 i R. 0 ig id IF a F( 1F hi @l R i • 1 E lg x 1! ill r ll ii,,i i iiiii
i 1 A II. ii 1 r ili / 1
i'! ; h 11 1i1' p 1 !'i i il'i 1
_
A ; 1� 1 1 €iR!!
l 01I :$ ` ph bill i
1 1, r R I x ! 1 1 s Ra , ii .1 , i x , & ; c , 1 0 hi 4 11 il p ;
V I •; R x : :w r I! t R pi 1 1; $a B grip`
RS 1 h WI 1 1 s' 1 i ! ! Ox ! 11 P. ;111; i'9 A i 1 >: ! ! - I 1 € ; R ; _ i 1 1 11 1 1 '! 1 : I 4
l i ; 0 l ; ^ : il i ! i l L TA il ii
x 1 11 f� o I I 1 1 i! i i 1 1 ii ll 71/ 14 1 H i i 1 i 1 1 ll I i P, !,, i g El i 1 '"!
r P ! 1 y I! 1 1 a 2 i 2 2 1A X12 i 2 is e il
t 1. 1 1 2f; 21 i 1 ;ii qhii ;
st il
g €lip � E ° i i
11 ! ! 0 1
li 1 : 9 1 1 1 ! ! I : 1 J, 1 ), , 0 0 '
s
engiseerrs, • Piconinn • 5wti+ymg
IV!FRA _"'"'"", s''s''
�i"r�avil� Ap++snsle SSII7
asu
,liaoc!Y.w, hc.
WAL *MART EXPANSION STORE #1861-04
OAK PARK HOGHTS. ili NE.TA
WAL *HART STORES, INC.
E do 5 CONTROL NOTES At DETAILS / "SITE MAP'
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02375 —STONE PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Rip -rap, bedding, and filter fabric for stone slope protection.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 — Earthwork: Geotextile fabric
1.2 REFERENCES
A. MnIDOT "Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition" and all supplements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
030705
A. Rip -Rap: Stone for rip-rap shall consist of field stone or rough unhewn quarry stone as nearly uniform in section
as is practical. Stones shall be dense, resistant to action of air and water, and suitable for purpose intended. The
riprap shall be Class IV meeting MnIDOT Specification 3601, Riprap Material except that limestone shall not be
used as rip-rap.
B. Bedding Stone: The Filter Material shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3601.B lb and shall be
placed at least 12- inches in depth.
C. Filter Fabric: Geotextile fabric shall be as specified in Section 02340 and as detailed on Construction Drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Start stabilization only when weather and soil conditions are favorable for successful application of proposed ma-
terial.
13. Notify Construction Manager of unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue affected work in area until noti-
fied to resume work.
C. Dress slopes and other areas to be protected to line and grade shown on Construction Drawings prior to placing of
rip-rap. Undercut areas to receive rip -rap to elevation equal to final elevation less average diameter of stones be-
fore placing rip -rap.
D. Correct areas over - excavated in accordance with Section 02300.
E. Remove excess excavated material from site.
3.2 PLACEMENT
A. Place rip -rap in areas where indicated on Construction Drawings in accordance with MnIDOT Specification 2511
except as follows.
B. Install filter fabric and bedding stone prior to placement of rip --rap if so indicated on Construction Drawings.
02375 -1
Anytown, USA - 1 111 0000 07/20/05
C. Place stones so that greater portion of weight is carried by earth and not by adjacent stones. Place stones in single
layer with close joints. Upright areas of stone shall make angle of approximately 90 degrees with embankment
slope. Place courses from bottom of embankment upward, with larger stories being placed in lower courses. Fill
open joints with spalls. Embed stones in embankment as necessary to present uniform top surface such that varia-
tion between tops of adjacent stones shall not exceed 3 inches.
3.3 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC AND /OR GEOGRID
A. Place geotextile fabric over subsoil surface, lap edges and ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommenda-
tions and as shown on the Drawings.
END OF SECTION
02375 -2
Anytown, USA -- 11110000 07/20/05
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications 090804
SECTION 02510 - WATER DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Site water piping and fittings including domestic potable waterline and fire protection system supply water-
line, valves, and fire hydrants.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 — Earthwork: Trenching, backfill, and compaction for utilities
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
1. ASME B 16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
13. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube
2. ASTM D1784 -- Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
(CPVC) Compounds
3. ASTM F477 - Elastomeric Gaskets And Lubricant
C. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. AWWA C104 -- Cement-Mortar Lining For Ductile -Iron Pipe And Fittings For Water
2. AWWA C105 — Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and other Liquids
3. AWWA C116 — Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings For The Interior And Exterior Surfaces Of Duc-
tile-Iron And Gray -Iron Fittings For Watersupply Service
4. AWWA C151 - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids
5. AWWA C153 - Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings For Water Service
6. AWWA C500 -- Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems
7. AWWA C550 - Protective Interior Coatings For Valves And Hydrants
8. AWWA C504 - Rubber- Seated Butterfly Valves
9. AWWA C600 -- Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances
10. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains
11. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches, for Water Distribution
D. National Fire Protection Associations (NFPA)
1. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances
E. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition" and all supplements.
F. City Engineer's Association of Minnesota (CEAM) "Standard Utilities Specification ", May 16, 2000 Edition and
all supplements
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Products, where marked for compliance with code or test standards, shall also mark specific standard as required
in the Contract Documents.
B. Perform installation in accordance with utility company or municipality requirements.
C. Valves: Mark manufacturer's name and pressure rating on valve body.
0251 0 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
D. Perform disinfection of potable lines in accordance with AWWA 0651.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide Project Engineer with data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, hydrants, valves, and accesso-
ries.
13. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed state or local requirements.
C. Furnish 1 copy of results of meter test and hydrostatic pressure test to Owner and utility company upon completion
of water distribution backfilling operations.
D. Project Record Documents:
2.1 PIPE
1. Disinfection report: Record the following:
a. Type and form of disinfectant used.
b. Date and time disinfectant injection start and time of completion.
c. Test locations.
d. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals (quantity in treated water) in ppm for each outlet tested.
e. Date and time of flushing start and completion.
f. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested.
2. Bacteriological report: Record the following:
a. Date issued, project name, testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number.
b. Time and date of water sample collection.
c. Name of person collecting samples.
d. Test locations
e. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested.
f. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested.
g. Certification that water conforms, or fails to conform, to bacterial standards.
h. Bacteriologist's signature and authority.
3. Accurately record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and top of pipe elevations.
4. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Pipe sizes less than 3- inches that are installed below grade and outside building shall comply with one or combina-
tion of following:
1. Seamless Copper Tubing: Type "K" soft copper, ASTM B88.
a. Fittings: Cast Brass, flared or compression type, meeting CEAM Specifications 2611.2D.
B. Pipe sizes 4 to 16 inches that are installed below grade and outside building shall comply with one or combination
of following:
1. Ductile Iron Water Pipe: AWWA C151 or C115 for water design and thickness design shall conform to
AWWA C150 Thickness Class 52 (4 -12 ") Pressure Class 250 (14 -16 ").
a. Fittings: Either mechanical joint or push -on joint, AWWA C153, and shall be coated with a 6 -8 mil
nominal thickness fusion bonded epoxy conforming to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116,
or cement mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104.
b. Rubber Gasket joints for DIP and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111
c. If Ductile Iron Pipe and/or fittings are used they shall be wrapped with Polyethylene encasement.
2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe: Pipe, AWWA C900, rated DR 18 (Class 150), continually marked as
required.
a. Elastomeric gaskets and lubricant: ASTM F477 for smaller pipes.
b. Pipe joints: Integrally molded bell ends, ASTM D3139.
c. Fittings shall be ductile iron and they shall be wrapped with polyethylene encasement.
02510 --2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
2.2 VALVES
A. Gate Valves, 2- Inches and Larger:
1. Manufacturer and Model: Mueller Resilient Wedge Gate Valves or approved equal.
2. AWWA C509, Ductile Iron body, non - rising stem with square nut, single wedge, resilient seat, epoxy coated,
flanged or mechanical joint ends, control rod, post indicator where indicated on Construction Drawings, ex-
tension box and valve key.
13. Ball Valves, 2-- Inches and Smaller:
1. Manufacturer and Model: Mueller Oriseal or approved equal.
2. Brass body, teflon coated brass ball, rubber seats and stem seals, Tee stem pre - drilled for control rod, AWWA
compression inlet end, compression outlet with electrical ground connector, with control rod, extension box
and valve key.
C. Butterfly Valves, From 2 -Inch to 24 -Inch: AWWA C504, Iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat, water
or lug ends, infinite position lever handle.
D. Check Valves, Post Indicator Valves, And Backflow Preventors
1. Refer to Section 13900 - Fire Suppression in ArchitecturallBuilding Specifications
2.3 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Fire Hydrants: Type as required by utility company /Local Fire Department and as shown on Construction Draw-
ings.
13. Hydrant Extensions: Fabricate in multiples of 6-inches with rod and coupling to increase barrel length.
C. Hose and Steamer Connections: Match sizes with utility company, with two hose nozzles, one pumper nozzle.
The hydrant shall have one- 5" Storz fitting on the steamer connection.
D. Finish: Apply primer and 2 coats of enamel or special coating to color as required by utility company.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Thrust Blocking: Place 3000 psi concrete to provide sufficient bearing area to transmit unbalanced thrust from
bends, tees, caps, or plugs to undisturbed soil without loading undisturbed soil in excess of 2,500 pounds per
square foot when water main pressure is 100 psi.
MINIMUM THRUST BLOCKING BEARING AREAS
Pipe Tees 90° Bend 45° Bend 22'/z° Bend 11% Bend 5 518 Bend Cap/Plug
Diameter Sq. Ft Sq. Ft Sq. Ft Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft.
3" 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5
4" 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0
6" 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 3.0
8" 2.5 3.5 1.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0
10" 4.0 5.5 2.8 1.5 1.0 1.0 6.0
12" 6.0 8.0 4.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 8.5
14" 8.0 11.0 5.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 12.0
16" 10.0 14.2 7.0 4.0 3.0 2.5 15.0
18" 21.0 21.0 12.0 6.0 4.0 3.5 24.0
B. Locked mechanical joint fittings shall be installed where vertical changes in direction are required and, if approved
by Owner and governing authority, can be installed in lieu of above thrust blocking requirements. Pipe bends and
fittings requiring restraining devices shall be restrained with Series 1100 Megalug retainer gland for mechanical
joint fittings by EBBA iron or equal. Restraints for AWWA C900 and C905 PVC pipe shall be Ebba Iron Series
2003PV Uniflange Series 1300C and 1390C.
0251 0 -3
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
C. Polyethylene Encasement: Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C105
for tube type installation and 8 -mil nominal thickness. The polyethylene encasement shall be furnished and in-
stalled around all Iron materials including but not limited to pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, etc.
D. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, ( #12 Copper) brightly colored plastic covering imprinted with "Water
Service" in large letters.
E. Stainless steel or Cor-Blue T -Bolts shall be used on all mechanical joints. No other type of bolts shall be allowed
unless approved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that building service connection and municipal utility water main size, location, and depth are as indicated
on Construction Drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs.
13. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare pipe for connections to equipment with flanges or unions,
D. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker
needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same.
3.3 TRENCHING AND BEDDING
A. Excavate pipe trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02300.
3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Maintain separation of water main from sanitary and storm sewer piping in accordance with state or local codes.
B. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with AWWA C600.
C. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed with polyethylene encasement around the pipe for the entire length
of the project except where water main is within steel casing or is concrete encased. Install polyethylene encase-
ment in accordance with AWWA C105, Method A.
D. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints or as specified by pipe manufac-
turer.
E. Install access fittings in accordance with local codes to permit disinfection of water system performed under this
Section.
F. Connections with Existing Pipelines: Where connections are made between new work and existing piping, make
connection using suitable fittings for conditions encountered. Make each connection with existing pipe at time and
under conditions with least interference with operation of existing pipeline and in compliance with local utility
company.
G. Form and place concrete for thrust blocks or other specified methods of retainage at each change of direction or
end of pipe main.
H. Place pipe to depth in accordance with Section 02300.
02510 -4
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
I. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02300.
J. Install trace wire continuous over top of non -metal pipe. Bury a minimum of 6 inches below finish grade, and
above pipeline.
3.5 INSTALLATION - VALVES AND HYDRANTS
A. Install gate valves as indicated on Construction Drawings. Support valve on concrete pads with valve stem verti-
cal and plumb. Install valve boxes in manner that will not transmit loads, stress, or shock to valve body. Center
valve box over operating nut of valve vertical and plumb. Securely fit valve box together leaving cover flush with
finished surface.
B. Install fire hydrant assemblies as indicated on Construction Drawings in vertical and plumb position with
steamer /pumper nozzle pointed perpendicular to traffic where hydrant is adjacent to street, roadway, or parking lot
drive or toward protected building unless otherwise directed by local authorities. Support hydrant assembly on
concrete pad and firmly brace on side opposite inlet pipe against undisturbed soil and concrete blocking. Place
minimum of 6 -cubic feet of crushed stone or gravel around hydrant base and barrel after thrust blocking has cured
at least 24 hours. Maintain vertical position of hydrant backfilling and compacting.
3.6 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Disinfect distribution system with chlorine before acceptance for domestic operation in accordance with AWWA
C651. Chlorine dosage shall be not less than 50 parts per million. Flush lines before introduction of chlorinating
materials and after contact period of not less than 24 hours. Flush with clean water after contact period until resid-
ual chlorine content is not greater than 1.0 part per million. Flush water discharged from water supply lines or hy-
drants shall not be allowed to discharge directly onto exposed soil or turf which could result in erosion of soil. If
potential for erosion exists at discharge point, measures shall be taken to prevent erosion. Open and close valves
in lines being disinfected several times during contact period. After disinfection, take water sample and bacterio-
logical test in accordance with AWWA C651 and the requirements of the City of Oak Park Heights and the Min-
nesota Department of Health. Do not place distribution system in service until approval is obtained from local
governing authorities.
13. Contractor shall provide a means of neutralizing the super - chlorinated water before releasing into the environment.
This may be accomplished by either a method of dechlorinization, direct release into a detention area approved by
Wal -Mart, or any method acceptable to federal, state, and local codes. Direct release to open ground shall not be
allowed, unless contained within an on site detention facility with 6" permanent storage. In this case, the Contrac-
tor shall time the release to assure that no rainstorms are imminent. The intent of this condition is to allow the ma-
jority of the chlorine to evaporate into the atmosphere before a rainstorm has the opportunity to wash the residual
downstream. Contractor shall not release super - chlorinated water directly into the sanitary sewer system, private
or public, nor any storm drain system not directly discharging into the detention facility.
3.7 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
A. Provide water service connection in compliance with utility company requirements including reduced pressure
backflow preventor (if required) and water meter with by -pass valves and sand strainer.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test water distribution system pipe installed below grade and outside building in accordance with the following
procedures:
1. Perform testing of pipe materials, joints, and other materials incorporated into construction of water mains
and force mains to determine leakage and water tightness. Test pressure pipeline in accordance with Sec-
tion 4 of AWWA C600 and NFPA 24. In the event state or local code requires more stringent test, more
stringent test shall take precedence.
2. Pressure Test: After pipe has been laid, subject newly laid pipe or valved section to hydrostatic pressure of
at least 150 psi working pressure at point of testing and not less than 150 psi working pressure at highest
point along test section.
02510 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
END SECTION
3. Leakage Test: Conduct leakage test concurrently with pressure test. Leakage is defined as quantity of wa-
ter that must be supplied into newly laid pipeline or valved section thereof to maintain pressure within 5 psi
of specified test pressure after air in pipeline has been expelled and pipeline has been filled with water.
Leakage shall not be measured by drop in pressure in test section over period of time.
a. Leakage shall not be greater than that determined by the following formula:
b.
L= SD
133,200
Where: L = allowable leakage, (gallons per hour)
S = length of pipe tested, (feet)
D = nominal diameter of pipe, (inches)
P = average test pressure during test, (psig)
4. Visible Leakage: Repair visible leaks regardless of amount of leakage measured.
5. Acceptance of Installation: If test of pipe laid in place discloses leakage greater than that specified, Contrac-
tor shall, at his own expense, locate leak and make repairs as necessary until leakage is within specified al-
lowance. Supply water for testing at no expense to Owner.
02510-6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
UniSpec II ---- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02535 -- SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Sanitary sewer drainage piping, fittings, accessories, cleanouts, and bedding.
2. Connection of site sanitary sewer system to municipal sanitary sewer systems.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 — Earthwork: Trenching, backfill, and compaction for utilities
2. Section 02536 - Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers
3. Section 03310 — Cast-in-place Structural Concrete
1.2 REFERENCES
022704
A. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
2. ASTM A746 -- Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
3. ASTM C425 -- Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings
4. ASTM C564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
5. ASTM D2241 -- Poly (vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure - -Rated Pipe (SDR Series)
6. ASTM D2657 - Heat-Joining Polyolefzn pipe and Fittings
7. ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
8. ASTM D3035 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
9. ASTM D3139 -- Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipe Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
10. ASTM D3261 - Butt Heat Fussion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings For Polyethylene Plastic Pipe And
Tubing
11. ASTM F477 -- Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe
12. ASTM F1417 - Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using
Low-Pressure Air.
B. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
2. AWWA C600 - Ductile -Iron Water Mains And Their Appurtenances
3. AWWA 0900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In, For Water Distribution
4. AWWA C901 -- Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe, Tubing And Fittings 112 Inch Through 3 Inches, For Wa-
ter Distribution
5. AWWA 0906 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe And Fittings, 4 Inch Through 63 Inch, For Water Distri-
bution
C. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition" and all supplements.
D. City Engineer's Association of Minnesota (CEAM) "Standard Utilities Specification ", May 16, 2000 Edition and
all supplements
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data of pipe materials, pipe fittings, and accessories.
B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified or local requirements.
02535 -1
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
C. Project Record Documents:
1. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts, and invert elevations.
2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate work with termination of sanitary sewer connection outside building and connection to municipal
sewer utility service.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SEWER PIPE, FITTINGS, AND JOINTS
A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC): ASTM D 3034, rated SDR 35 unless otherwise specified by the utility company.
Pipe shall be continually marked with manufacturer's name, pipe size, cell classification, SDR rating, and ASTM
D 3034 classification.
1. Pipe joints: Integrally molded bell ends, ASTM D 3034, Table 2, with factory supplied elastomeric gaskets
and lubricant.
2. The following type of sewer pipe shall be furnished for varying depth zones:
Type of Pipe Depth from Finished Grade to Invert
PVC — SDR35 15 feet and less
PVC •---- SDR26 15 feet to 21 feet
B. Vitrified Clay Pipe (VCP) shall not be allowed.
2.2 PIPE ACCESSORIES
A. Pipe Joints: Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints shall be the bell and spigot type using rubber gasket push -on type joints
supplied by the pipe manufacturer and installed according to his instructions, for mainline sewer. Shall conform to
ASTM D3212. For polyvinyl chloride pipe joints on service pipe, risers or bends, use the glue on joint as required
for Schedule 40 pipe.
B. Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows,
cleanouts, reducers, traps, etc.
2.3 CLEANOUTS AND MANHOLES
A. Manholes shall conform to Section 02536.
B. Lid and Frame: Provide in accordance with Section 02536. Provide traffic grade and rated covers and frames
where cleanouts and manholes are within pavement, with the letters "SSCO" or "SANITARY SEWER" respec-
tively cast into the cover.
C. Shaft Construction: Cast iron shaft of internal diameter as specified on Construction Drawings with 2500 psi con-
crete collar for cleanouts.
2.4 APPURTENANCES
A. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor ( #12 copper), brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Sani-
tary Sewer Service" in large letters.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
02535 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
A. Verify that trench cut and excavation is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as
indicated on Construction Drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Collect over excavation with bedding material.
13. Remove large stones or other hard matter that could damage pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction.
3.3 BEDDING
A. Excavate trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02300.
3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE
A. Install type and class of pipe as shown on the drawings. Pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required line and
grade with necessary fittings, bends, manhole risers, cleanouts and other appurtenances placed at the required loca-
tions. The pipe shall be installed with uniform bearing under the full length of the barrel of the pipe. The pipe
shall be inspected for defects and cracks before being lowered into the trench. Defective, damaged or unsound
pipe, or pipe that has had its grade disturbed after laying shall be taken up and replaced. Commence installation at
lowest point with the bell end upgrade.
B. No pipe shall be laid in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for work.
C. Pipe connecting to manholes or other structures shall terminate flush inside of the structure wall.
D. Joints for PVC and CISP shall be thoroughly lubricated with an approved lubricant before pipe sections are slipped
together. Open ends shall be fully protected with a stopper to prevent earth or other material from entering the
pipe during construction. Carefully free interior of the pipe from dirt, cement and other deleterious material as the
work progresses.
E. Maintain separation of potable water main from sewer piping at crossings a minimum of 10 feet horizontal and 18
inches vertical.
F. Install HDPE piping and fittings to AWWA 0901 and C906. Butt fusion welded per ASTM D3261.
G. Route pipe in straight line parallel to roads, buildings and adjacent utilities and as shown on the drawings. Main-
tain the line and grade of the pipe in the trench by laser method. If the laser is correctly set and the error is yet ap-
parent, notify the Surveyor immediately so that the staking may be checked.
H. Establish elevations of buried piping with sufficient cover as recommended by pipe manufacturer to ensure not
less than 3 feet of cover, except as noted on drawings.
I. Form and place concrete for thrust blocks at each elbow of pipe force main. See construction drawing for details
of construction.
J. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02300.
K. Install trace wire continuous over top of non -metal pipe. Bury 6 inches minimum below finish grade, above pipe-
line.
3.5 INSTALLATION -- CLEANOUTS AND MANHOLES
A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation.
02535-3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
l3 For cleanouts, form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad with provision for sanitary sewer pipe to be installed
to proper elevations.
C. For manholes, construct inverts according to the following guidelines:
1. Invert channel shall be smooth and accurately shaped to a semicircular bottom to match with the inside of
the adjacent sewer section.
2. Invert channels and structure bottoms shall be shaped with mortar and lean concrete.
3. Changes in size and grade of invert shall be made gradually and evenly.
4. Changes in the direction of the sewer entering branch or branches shall have a true curve of as large a ra-
dius as the manhole will permit.
D. For manholes, provide manhole rings, frame, and cover as shown on the construction drawings.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Pipes and joints shall not be completely backfilled until after inspection, testing, and approval by the Owner and
local jurisdiction.
B. Prior to testing for leakage, the pipe trench shall be backfilled to at least the spring line of the pipe. If required to
prevent pipe movement during testing, additional backfill shall be added leaving the pipe joints uncovered to per-
mit inspection.
C. Exfiltration Test
1. Each section of sewer line between successive manholes shall be tested by closing the lower end of the
sewer to be tested and the inlet sewer of the upper manhole, using stoppers.
2. Fill the manhole and pipe with water to a point which produces a maximum of 3 feet of head above the in-
vert of the sewer at the center of the upper manhole; or if groundwater is present, 3 feet of head above the
average adjacent groundwater level.
3. The allowable leakage shall be 200 gal/inch of pipe diameter /mile /day
D. Infiltration Test
1. If excessive ground water is encountered in the construction of a section of the sewer, the exfiltration test
shall not be used.
2. The upper and lower ends of the sewer to be tested shall be closed sufficiently to prevent the entrance of
water.
3. Pumping of ground water shall be discontinued for at least 3 days; then infiltration shall be tested.
4. Infiltration into each section of sewer between adjoining manholes shall not exceed that allowed for the ex-
filtration test, except that head conditions shall be a maximum of 6 feet.
E. The Exfiltration Test may be limited to the manholes only when the authority having jurisdiction does not require
the test and the construction manager waives the test. The Infiltration Test will always be required when excessive
ground water is encountered in addition to the air test.
F. Air Test: Low pressure air testing shall be completed in accordance with the requirements of the Standard Specifi-
cations of the City Engineers Association of Minnesota
G. Deflection Test:
1. Deflection tests shall be conducted on all plastic pipe using a mandrel with a diameter equal to 95 percent
of the inside diameter of the pipe. The test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices.
2. Allowable Deflection: Maximum allowable pipe deflection shall not exceed 5 percent of nominal inside
diameter.
3. Mandrel: Mandrel, go/no-go, device shall be cylindrical in shape and constructed with either 9 or 16
evenly spaced arms or prongs. Mandrels with fewer arms will be rejected as not sufficiently accurate.
Contact length of mandrel's arms shall equal or exceed nominal inside diameter of sewer to be inspected.
02535 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
END OF SECTION
Critical mandrel dimensions shall carry tolerance of 0.01 -inch maximum. Contractor shall provide mandrel
and necessary equipment for mandrel test.
4. Procedure: Mandrel shall be hand - pulled through flexible pipe sewer lines no earlier than 30 days after
trench has been completely backfilled. Sections of sewer not passing mandrel shall be uncovered and re-
bedded, rerounded, or replaced to satisfaction of Owner or governing agency. Repaired section shall be re-
tested.
H. Hydrostatic Test: Force main piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 150 psi in accordance with AWWA C 600.
I. Provide measuring devices, meters, water, materials, and labor for making the required tests.
J. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Construction Manager or his designee. Test data shall be submitted
to the Engineer for review and approval.
02535 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
UniSpec II --- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02536 - SEWER MANHOLES, FRAMES, AND COVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 Section Includes
1. Monolithic concrete, modular precast concrete, and masonry manhole assemblies.
1.3 Related Sections
1. Section 02300 - Earthwork. Excavation, backfill, and compaction
2. Section 02535- Sanitary Sewer Systems
3. Section 02630 - Storm Drainage
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings
2. ASTM C 55 - Concrete Building Brick
3. ASTM C 478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
4. ASTM C 923 - Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes
5. ASTM D 1248 -- Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials
B. International Masonry Industry All - Weather Council (IMIAC)
1. Recommended Practices and Guide Specification for Cold Weather Masonry Construction
C. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all supplements.
101003
D. City Engineer's Association of Minnesota (CEAM) "Standard Utilities Specification ", May 16, 2000 Edition and
all supplements
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate reference to Construction Drawings of manhole locations, elevations, piping with sizes,
locations, and elevations of penetrations.
B. Product Data: Provide data for manhole covers, component construction, features, configuration, and dimensions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANHOLES
A. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Nonr einforced cast in place concrete barrel.
1. Concrete: Concrete for cast -in -place masonry construction shall be in accordance with CEAM Specifica-
tion Section 2621.2D.
2. Forms: Steel sheet accurately shaped and fabricated of sufficient strength to form dense watertight walls to
true dimensions.
B. Precast Concrete: Reinforced precast concrete barrel.
1. Manhole sections conforming to ASTM C 478 and in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification Section
2506
2. Construct manholes of precast concrete sections as required by Construction Drawings to size, shape, and
depth indicated.
02536 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
3. Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "0" ring or profile joints provided
on sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a
gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any watertight connection arrangement that allows differential
settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place.
4. Air entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within
the range of 5 to 7 percent.
5. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sec-
tions stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification re-
quirements.
6. Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes.
C. Concrete Brick: ASTM C 55, Grade N Type I-- moisture controlled, normal weight, of same grade, type and weight
as block units, nominal modular size of 3 5/8-inches x 7 518 - inches x 2 1/4-inches
D. Precast Polyethylene:
1. Manufacturer: Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) or approved equal.
2. Precast polyethylene in accordance with ASTM D 1248. Nominal cylinder internal diameter shall be 48-
inches and shall be designed to accept concrete filled polyethylene manhole lids and standard cast iron
frames with lid or grate.
3. Manholes shall have compressive strength that meets ASTM D 2412 standards.
E. Mortar and Grout: Mortar for finishing and sealing shall be an air entrained mixture of one part Masonry cement,
Type S, and two parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air -
entraining agent added to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10 percent. Mortar shall meet the re-
quirements of ASTM C -270. Honeycombing less than 2- inches deep shall be repaired using the specified mortar.
F. Brick Transition Reinforcement: Formed steel 8-gauge wire with galvanized finish.
G. Configuration:
1. Barrel Construction: Concentric with eccentric cone top section.
2. Shape: Cylindrical
3. Clear Inside Dimensions: 48- inches diameter minimum or as indicated on Construction Drawings.
4. Design Depth: As indicated on Construction Drawings.
5. Clear Lid Opening: 22-inches minimum
6. Pipe Entry: Provide openings as indicated on Construction Drawings
7. Main and Lateral Pipes: Neatly cut off main and lateral pipes flush with inside of manhole or inlet where
they enter structure walls. Point up irregularities and rough edges with nonshrinking grout.
H. Inverts: Shape inverts for smooth flow across structure floor as indicated on Construction Drawings. Use con-
crete and mortar to obtain proper grade and contour. Finish surface with fine textured wood float.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Lid and Frame:
1. Manufacturer: Neenah Foundry Company, East Jordan Iron Works, or approved equal.
2. ASTM A 48, Class 308 heavy duty cast iron construction, machined flat bearing surface.
3. Removable lid, closed or open as indicated on Construction Drawings, sealing gasket.
B. Manhole Steps: Plastic manhole steps shall be placed at 12" spacing. Steps shall comply with Mn/DOT Plate
4180, ASTM C -478 and OSHA.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify items specified by other Sections are properly sized and located.
02536-2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
B. Verify that built -in items are in proper location and ready for roughing into work.
C. Verify that the excavation for manholes is correct.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves as indicated on Construction Drawings.
3.3 PRECAST MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION
A. Place base pad to proper elevation and location and trowel top surface level for placement of manhole barrel.
B. Place manhole barrel plumb and level to correct elevations and anchor to base pad. The construction of manholes
shall be in accordance with the requirements of the CEAM Specifications.
1. After completion of slab foundation, lower first joint of manhole barrel into position, grooved end first, and
set level and plumb on concrete base. Align and adjust to proper grade prior to placing and forming invert.
Pour invert immediately after setting of first section of manhole barrel.
2. All joints in precast manhole sections shall have "0" ring rubber gaskets.
C. Set cover frames and lids level without tipping, to correct elevations. Provide a minimum of four inches (4 ") ad-
justment and maximum of fourteen inches (14 ") adjustment between the cast iron cover frame and the top concrete
manhole section. The rings shall be two inches (2 ") in thickness, and be grouted between rings. Manufacturer
shall design manhole to have nine inches (9 ") adjustment and the tolerance allowed will be (5 ") either way.
3.4 CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION
A. Cast-in-place shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 03300. Utilize steel forms.
B. Place base pad to proper elevation and location and pour monolithically with invert. Base shall support pipe to
first joint.
C. Deposit concrete in evenly distributed layers of about 18 inches, with each layer vibrated to bond to preceding
layer.
D. Place gasket between all joints and paint exterior of manhole within 5' of the joint with mastic waterproofing.
E. Place precast concrete cone.
F. Set section cover frames and lids level without tipping, to correct elevations. Utilize pre -cast rings or brick and
mortar to achieve final rim elevation. Maximum limit, 4 courses.
3.5 MASONRY MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION
A. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness.
B. Lay masonry units in running bond. Course 3 brick units and 3 mortar joints to equal 8 inches.
C. Form flush mortar joints
D. Lay masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work.
E. Install joint reinforcement 16 inches on center
F. Place joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above base pad and below lid frame opening
C. As work progresses, build in fabricated metal items
02536 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
H. Cut and fit masonry for pipes as specified herein
I. Set cover frames and covers level to correct elevations without tipping.
END OF SECTION
02536 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec 11--- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02555 - NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe and fittings for site utility natural or propane gas distribution.
2. Propane storage tanks and appurtenances.
3. Connection of site natural gas system and private utility company system.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 - Earthwork: Trenching, backfill, and compaction for utilities
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
1. ASME B 16.3 -- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings
2. ASME B16.11 - Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded
3. ASME 1316.18 -- Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
4. ASME B 16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
5. ASME B31.8 - Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
6. ASME 500081 -- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sec VIII: Pressure Vessels
7. ASME Q00090 - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sec. IX: Welding and Brazing Qualifications
8. ASME Boiler and Pressure Code
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless
2. ASTM A234 - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Tempera -
ture
3. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal
4. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube
5. ASTM D2513 - Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings
6. ASTM D2517 - Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings
7. ASTM D2683 - Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings For Outside Diameter - Controlled Polyethylene Pipe
and Tubing
8. ASTM D 3261 - Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe And Tubing
C. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS A5.8 - Brazing Filler Metal
D. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids
E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1. ANSI B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes
2. ANSI B31.2 -- Fuel Gas Piping
F. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA)
1. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform installation in accordance with utility company requirements.
02555 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota
040103
Revision Date: July 1, 2005
B. Gas Cock: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.
C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable state
regulations.
D. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Q00090, Sec IX.
E. Conform to NFPA 54, ANSI 1331.2, or ASME B31.8.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories.
13. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified local requirements.
1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Accurately record actual locations of pipe mains, valves, connections, and top of pipe elevations.
B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to be included.
B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE
A. Steel Pipe
1. Below Ground: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, type E or 5, grade B, black:
a. Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel, or ASTM A234 forged steel welding type.
b. Joints: Welded and seamless.
c, Jackets: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket, double layer, half lapped, 10 -mil polyethylene tape.
2. Above Ground: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, type E or S, grade B, black:
a. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, ASME 1316.11, forged steel, or ASTM A234, forged steel
welding type.
b. Joints: Threaded.
B. Copper Tubing (Propane Piping):
1. Below ground: ASTM B88, Type K, internally tinned:
a. Fittings: ASME 1316.18, cast copper, or ASME 1316.22, wrought copper; internally tinned.
b. Joint: AWS A5.8 BCuP silver brazed.
2. Above ground: ASTM B88, Type K, L or ASTM B75, Type GP; internally tinned:
a. Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast copper, ASME B 16.22, wrought copper, or ANSI B16.26, cast cop-
per, internally tinned.
b. Joint: ASTM B32, Solder, Grade 95TA or AWS A5.8, Bcup silver brazed.
C. Polyethylene Pipe (below ground only): ASTM D-2513, SDR 11.5.
1. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket type or ASTM D 3261, butt type with dimensions matching
ASTM D 2513, SDR. 11, PE pipe.
2. Joints: Mechanical or Compression fit.
D. Reinforced Epoxy Resin Piping: ASTM D2517.
1. Fittings: ASTM D2517.
02555 -2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
2. Joints: Bell and spigot with epoxy resin.
2.2 GAS COCKS
A. 2 Inches and Smaller: 150 psig WOG, bronze body, bronze tapered plug, non - lubricated, Teflon packing, threaded
ends with cast iron curb box, cover, and key.
13. Larger than 2 inches: 125 psig WOG, Steel or Cast iron body and tapered plug, non - lubricated, Teflon packing,
threaded ends, with cast iron curb box, cover, and key.
C. For Applications with Line Pressure Greater than 60 psig: Over 2 Inches: Cast iron body and plug, pressure lubri-
cated, Teflon packing, flanged ends, with cast iron curb box, cover, and key.
2.3 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES
A. Single stage, malleable iron body, corrosion- resistant, pressure regulator with atmospheric vent, elevation com-
pensator; with threaded ends for 2 inches and smaller or flanged ends for larger than 2 inches. Install earthquake
actuated automatic shutoff valve, if required by local code or utility.
B. Capacity: For inlet and outlet gas pressures, specific gravity, and flow rate indicated.
2.4 PROPANE STORAGE TANKS
A. Construction: Closed, welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME S00081, Sec VIII; minimum
250 psig rating; cleaned, prime coated, and painted with 2 coats of silver anti -rust paint, and supplied with steel
support saddles, pressure gage, tapping for installation of piping and accessories.
B. Vaporizer: 1,000 watts, heating cable bedded in 1-inch of glass fiber insulation and covered by flexible stainless
steel plate, with thermostat in weatherproof box set to turn on at -13 degrees Fahrenheit with manual off-on
switch.
C. Capacity: Diameter and length as shown on Construction Drawings.
2.5 TRACE WIRE
A. Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Natural Gas Service" in large
letters.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions.
B. Verify that building service connection and utility gas main size, location, and depth are as indicated on Construc-
tion Drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe ends and remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe over 2- inches diameter or thread ferrous pipe 2-
inches diameter and under.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections with flanges or threading and unions.
D. Comply with NFPA 54 on installation of gas lines.
02555 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
3.3 BEDDING
A. Excavate pipe trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02300.
3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPING
A. Maintain a minimum of 12 inches separation of gas line from sewer, water, or storm water piping in accordance
with state or local code.
B. Install piping to conserve space and not interfere with use of site space.
C. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints.
D. Install cocks and other fittings as required.
E. Establish elevations of buried piping in accordance with Section 02300.
F. Wrap couplings and fittings of steel pipe with polyethylene tape and heat shrink over pipe in accordance with
AWWA 0105.
G. Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe for nonmetallic pipe.
H. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02300.
I. Center and plumb valve box over valve. Set box cover flush with finished ground surface. Prevent shock or stress
from being transmitted through valve box to valve.
J. Wrap valve and valve box with polyethylene tape and heat shrink or paint valves and valve boxes with red
anti -rust primer and 1 coat of epoxy paint.
3.5 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
A. Provide sleeve in foundation wall for gas service main. Caulk enlarged sleeve watertight.
B. Anchor service main to interior surface of foundation wall.
C. Install service regulator adjacent to building wall in specified location.
D. Install service regulator and riser pipe to prevent undue stress on service pipe. For plastic service pipe, use steel
pipe riser from below ground to regulator.
E. Provide regulator vent with rain and insect proof opening, terminating not less than 5 feet away from building
openings.
3.6 PROPANE TANK INSTALLATION
A. Place tank legs on concrete pad, level within tolerance of 2 inches maximum.
B. Prepare and grade an area outside the tank perimeter, for distance of 6 feet. Grade, place, and compact gravel fill
to compacted depth of 3 inches minimum. Compact in accordance with Section 02300.
C. Provide tank with relief valve, shutoff valve, pressure regulator, pressure gauge, and removable protection cover.
Install piping, shutoff valve, and pressure gauge to underground piping.
D. Set tank regulator to outlet pressure as indicated on Construction Drawings.
E. Install vaporizer to under side of tank and secure to tank with aluminum tray and two stainless steel straps.
02555-4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
F. Install weatherproof control box for vaporizer 40- inches above ground surface. Install on 4 -inch x 4 -inch cedar
post, driven into ground 40 inches.
G. Install control wire from vaporizer to control box 20 inches below ground surface. Install service wiring 24 inches
below ground from control box to building.
END OF SECTION
02555 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec 11--- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Storm sewer drainage piping, fittings, and accessories.
2. Storm drainage structures.
1.2 Related Requirements
1. Section 02300 -- Earthwork: Excavation, trenching, backfill, and compaction.
2. Section 02370 -- Erosion and Sedimentation Control (Including SWPPP)
3. Section 02536 - Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers
4. Section 03300- Cast-In-Place Concrete: (See Architectural 1 Building Specifications)
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M252 - Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing, 3 to 10 Inch Diameter
2. AASHTO M294µ Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing, 12 to 60 Inch Diameter
3. AASHTO M198 - Joints for Circular Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight Gaskets
4. AASHTO H170 --- Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe
073 004
B. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
2. ASTM A 18 5 - Steel welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
3. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
4. ASTM A746 - Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
5. ASTM A760 - Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic- Coated For Sewers And Drains.
6. ASTM A796 - Structural Design Of Corrugated Steel Pipe, Pipe- Arches, And Arches For Storm And Sani-
tary Sewers And Other Buried Applications.
7. ASTM A798 - Factory -Made Corrugated Steel Pipe For Sewers And Other Applications.
8. ASTM A929 -- Steel Sheet, Metallic- Coated By The Hot -Dip Process For Corrugated Steel Pipe.
9. ASTM C76 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe
10. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
11. ASTM C206 - Finished Hydrated Lime
12. ASTM C443 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets
13. ASTM C564 -- Rubber Gasket for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
14. ASTM C969 -- Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer
Lines
15. ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and
Other Gravity -Flow Applications
16. ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
17. ASTM D3212 -- Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
18. ASTM F477 -- Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe
19. ASTM F949 -- Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior and Fittings
C. American Concrete Institute (AC1)
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings
D. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all supplements.
E. City Engineer's Association of Minnesota (CEAM) "Standard Utilities Specification ", May 16, 2000 Edition and
all supplements.
02630 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, and accessories. Provide shop drawings for precast
inlets, catch basins, and junction boxes.
B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified local requirements.
C. Project Record Documents:
1. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, and invert elevations.
2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate work with termination of storm sewer connection outside building including connection to municipal
storm sewer system.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP): ASTM C76, Class III unless noted otherwise on Drawings, installed with rubber
O -rings at joints.
1. Gaskets: Reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be Type R -4, and the gasket shall be circular in cross sec-
tion. Construct the joint in accordance with ASTM C361.
2. Flared End Sections: ASTM C76 or, for sections with toe wall, AASHTO H170.
13. High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE): AASHTO M252 Type S and M294 Type S, smooth interior /annular ex-
terior. Use only where specifically indicated on Drawings.
1. Pipe Joints and fittings shall conform to AASHTO M252 and M294. Maximum deflection of pipe joints
with ceramic tolerance rings shall be 3 %.
2. Acceptable manufacturers: Provide the following or approved equal:
a. ADS 65-WT by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.
b. Blueseal by Hancor, Inc.
C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: ASTM D3034, rated SDR 35, or ASTM F949 for Profile Pipe, continually
marked with manufacturer's name, pipe size, cell classification, SDR rating, and ASTM D3034 classification.
Only permitted when specifically indicated on Drawings.
1. Pipe joints: ASTM D3212 using restrained gasket conforming to ASTM F477.
D. Subdrains: Perforated, PVC or flexible corrugated plastic pipe as specified herein of the size indicated on the
drawings.
2.2 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
A. Manholes: Conform to Section 02536.
B. Grates and Frame: Provide in accordance with details shown on Drawings.
1. Provide heavy duty grates, with maximum slot width of 1-1/8"
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Neenah Foundry.
b. East Jordan Iron Works.
c. Bass & Hays Foundry.
C. Cast-In-Place concrete for drainage structures including manholes, inlets, catch basins, collars, support blocks,
headwalls and paved ditches shall conform to ACI 301.
1. Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days.
2. Reinforcement: ASTM A615, grade 40 or 60 deformed reinforcing bars, and ASTM A185 for wire fabric
02630 -2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
D. Cement Mortar used for paving inverts, filling lift holes, joints, patching and anchoring castings shall consist of
one part Portland cement, type 1, ASTM C150, 114 part hydrated lime, ASTM C206 and 2-1/2 parts clean, well -
graded sand and water free of suspended matter, alkali, and containing no industrial or domestic waste.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that trench cut and excavation is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as
indicated on Drawings.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over - excavation with bedding material.
B. Remove large stones or other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compac-
tion.
C. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker
needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same.
3.3 INSTALLATION - PIPE
A. The pipe shall be inspected for defects and cracks before being lowered into the trench, piece by piece. Any de-
fective, damaged or unsound pipe or any pipe that has had its grade disturbed after laying shall be taken up and re-
placed. Open ends shall be protected with a stopper to prevent earth or other material from entering the pipe dur-
ing construction. The interior of the pipe shall be free from dirt, excess water and other foreign materials as the
pipe laying progresses and left clean at the completion of the installation.
B. Excavate pipe trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02300.
C. Install pipe in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.
D. HDPE Pipe: Pipe shall be installed in accordance with pipe manufacturer's installation Guidelines for Culvert
Storm Drainage Applications and in accordance with ASTM D2321.
E. Installation shall commence at the lowest point for each segment of the route. RCP shall be laid with the groove
or bell end upstream. Riveted CSP shall be placed with the inside circumferential laps pointing downstream. Re-
pair damaged bituminous coating on CSP by applying bituminous material conforming to AASHTO M190.
F. Lay pipe to the required line and slope gradients with the necessary fittings, bends, manhole, risers and other ap-
purtenances placed at the required location as noted on Drawings.
G. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.
H. No pipe shall be laid in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for such work.
I. Joints
1. Joints shall be constructed as described herein and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions for watertight joints.
2. Make joints for concrete pipe by wiping the joints clean, applying the manufacturer's recommended lubri-
cant compound over the joint surface and then inserting the spigot end into the bell with sufficient force to
properly seat the pipes. Make joints for polyethylene pipe by the use of push on rubber gaskets.
3.4 INSTALLATION --- MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS, AND JUNCTION BOXES
02 63 0 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
A. Drainage structures shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on Drawings and in accordance with
Section 02536 as applicable.
B. Precast Sections:
1. Precast section with bases shall be installed in accordance with Section 02300 and 02536 or as shown on
drawings
2. Pipe openings shall be aligned to that of the pipe entering and leaving the manhole, etc. Pipe shall be prop-
erly aligned with connections to manholes, etc. as shown on the drawings.
C. Invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to a semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the ad-
jacent sewer section. Invert channels and structure bottoms shall be shaped with cement mortar. Changes in size
and grade of invert shall be made gradually and evenly. Changes in direction of the sewer entering branch or
branches shall have a true curve of as large a radius as the manhole will permit.
D. Frames and Covers:
1. Frames and covers shall be set to the proper elevation. The frames shall be firmly embedded in mortar ap-
proximately 1 inch thick and aligned to fit the top section of the structure.
2. Bricks set in mortar used to adjust the frame to finished grade shall be limited to no more than four courses.
3. Adjustment rings used to make adjustments in grade shall be made with the initial ring embedded in mortar
and the exterior of the rings parged with mortar not less than 1/2 inch thick. No adjustment made in this
manner shall exceed 8 inches.
E. Concrete cradles shall be constructed as shown on the drawings and as needed when crossing over and under
sewer pipe or utility lines. Concrete shall be 3000 psi mix with a minimum thickness of 6 inches.
3.5 SUBDRAINS
A. Subdrains shall be installed in accordance with the details and at the locations shown on the drawings
3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. General:
1. Storm sewer systems and culverts, upon completion or at such time as directed, shall be cleaned, inspected
and tested. The system or culvert shall have a true grade and line. Actual elevations shall be within 0.08
feet of the elevations given on the drawings. Any elevation change shall not alter the grade of the storm
sewer in such a way that it reduces the designed flow capacity.
2. After completion of the Work, or any part thereof, the job shall be tested to determine that it has been in-
stalled in accordance with the drawings and specifications. In general, the Work shall prove to be in good
condition, installed in accordance with the drawings and specifications and ready for use.
B. Cleaning and Testing: Visibly inspect and remove all debris and obstructions from storm pipe. Test for infiltra-
tion and exfiltration by hydrostatic testing per ASTM C969. Manholes and pipe shall conform to ASTM C969
leakage criteria,
C. The plumbing system shall be tested in accordance with Minnesota Rules, part 4715.2820. This shall include the
storm sewer system within 10 feet of the building and within 10 feet of buried water supply.
D. Alignment Test: After backfill has been placed and compacted to a depth not Tess than one foot above top of pipe,
a visual inspection shall be made by flashing a light between manholes. Any displacement or misalignment of in-
vert shall be corrected.
END OF SECTION
02630 -4
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 19, 2005
UniSpec 11— Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02715 - BASE COURSE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Aggregate base for asphaltic concrete and Portland cement concrete paving including sand/shell base and
hot -mix sand asphalt base.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 01458 - Testing Laboratory Services. Testing by Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory.
2. Section 02300 -- Earthwork: Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement subgrade.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Asphalt Institute
B. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all supplements
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. An Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL) selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction
testing of in-place base course for compliance with requirements for thickness, compaction, and density. Paving
base course tolerances shall be verified by the Contractor by rod and level readings on not more than 50 -foot
centers to be not more than 0.05 -feet above design elevation which will allow for paving thickness as shown on
Construction Drawings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
102104
A. Submit materials certificate to the independent testing laboratory that is signed by materials producer and
Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or exceed, requirements specified herein or on the Construction
Drawings.
B. Submit certification of base course materials and placement as specified in Parts 2 and 3 hereinafter.
1.5 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
A. Do not place aggregate when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, nor when air temperature is below
45 degrees F. Do not place aggregate when surface is wet or frozen. Do not place aggregate when weather
conditions are unfavorable otherwise.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASE COURSE MATERIAL
A. Aggregate Base Course: Material shall be sound crushed limestone material meeting the requirements of MnIDOT
Specification 3138 for Class 5 Base Aggregate 100 percent crushed quarry rock. Crushed rock from the Platteville
formation is not acceptable.
B. Base course shall be as shown on the drawings, or when not shown, shall be as specified herein.
02715-1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
C. Aggregate base material requirements from State or other local highway agency specifications may be use for
aggregate base course for roads, streets, or similar use pavements if the following conditions are met:
1. Percentage of material by weight passing the No. 200 sieve will not exceed 10.
2. Portion of the material passing the No. 40 sieve must have a liquid limit not greater than 25 and a plasticity
index not greater than 5.
D. Aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed slag, crushed gravel, angular
sand, or other approved material. Aggregate shall be free of lumps of clay, organic matter, and other objectionable
materials or coatings. The portion retained on the No. 4 sieve shall be known as coarse aggregate; that portion
passing the No. 4 sieve shall be known as fine aggregate.
1. Coarse aggregates shall be angular particles of uniform density.
2. Fine aggregates shall be angular particles of uniform density. Fine aggregate shall consist of screenings,
angular sand, crushed recycled concrete fines, or other finely divided mineral matter processed or naturally
combined with the coarse aggregate.
E. Gradation: The specified gradation requirements shall apply to the completed base course. The aggregates shall
have a maximum size of 2 inches and shall be continuously well graded within the following limits:
Sieve
Designation No. 1
1 inch 100
314 inch 90 -100
3/8 inch 50 -90
No. 4 35-70
No. 10 20 -55
No. 40 10-35
No. 200 3-10
GRADATION OF AGGREGATES
Percentage by Weight Passing Square -Mesh Sieve
NOTE: Aggregate shall be 100 percent crushed quarry rock. Crushed rock from the Platteville formation is not
acceptable
F. Hot -mix Sand Asphalt Bases: Asphalt Institute Type VI, VII, or VIII Mixes for Hot -mix Sand Asphalt Bases.
Hot -Mix base shall be used only under asphaltic concrete surfaces.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Contractor shall verify to the Owner in writing that the subgrade has been inspected, tested, and gradients and
elevations are correct, dry, and properly prepared in accordance with Section 02300. Just prior to the placement of
the base course, the subgrade will be proof rolled with a loaded dump truck. Areas that exhibit any rutting or
deflections greater than 3 /4 -inch shall be repaired prior to the placement of the pavements.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION
A. Perform base course construction in accordance with the applicable State standard specifications or as shown or
specified.
B. Perform base course construction in a manner that will drain the surface properly and prevent runoff from adjacent
areas from draining onto base course construction.
02715 -2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
C. Compact base material to not less than 100 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 698 unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
D. Construct to thickness of material indicated on Construction Drawings. The base shall be constructed in layers not
more than 3- inches in compacted thickness except that each layer compacted with approved types of special
compacting equipment may be increased to a maximum of 6- inches.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field testing specified below will be performed by the Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory at no cost to the
Contractor.
B. Field testing, frequency, and methods may vary as determined by and between the Owner and the Owner's Testing
Laboratory.
C. Just prior to the placement of the pavements, the base course will be proof rolled with a loaded dump truck. Areas
that exhibit any rutting or deflection greater than 1/4 inch shall be repaired prior to the placement of the pavements.
D. Field density tests for in-place materials will be performed in accordance with the following:
1. Nuclear Method: ASTM D 2922 (Method B- Direct Transmission)
2. Sand Cone Method: ASTM D 1556
3. Base material thickness: One test for each 20,000 sq. ft. of in- -place base material area.
4. Base material compaction: One test in each lift for each 20,000 sq. ft. of in -place base material area.
E. The independent testing laboratory will prepare reports that indicate test location, elevation data, and test results.
Owner and Contractor shall be provided with copies of the reports within 96 hours of the time the test was
performed. In the event that the test results show failure to meet any of the Specifications; Owner and Contractor
will be notified immediately by the independent testing laboratory.
F. The Contractor shall certify in writing to the Owner that base course placement is in accordance with specification
requirements prior to subsequent work thereon.
O. The Contractor shall pay for retesting due to failures at no additional expense to Owner. Contractor shall provide
free access to the site for testing activities.
END OF SECTION
02715-3
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
UniSpec II -- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02740 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Asphaltic concrete binder and surface course.
B. Related Sections
1 Section 02300
2. Section 02715
3. Section 02765
4. Section 02770
1.2 REFERENCES
- Earthwork
- Base Course
r- Pavement Markings
- Curbs and Sidewalks
A. The Asphalt Institute (AI)
1. MS 2 -- Mix Design Methods/ Asphalt Concrete/ Hot Mix Types
B. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all supplements.
040103
C. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM D 1559 - Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus
2. ASTM D 2950 - Density of Bituminous Concrete In Place by the Nuclear Method
3. ASTM D1188 -- Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Coated
Samples.
4. ASTM D2726 — Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non-- Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixture.
5. ASTM D 5444 - Mechanical Size Analysis of Extracted Aggregate.
D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M 17 - Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
2. AASHTO M 140 -- Emulsified Asphalt
3. AASHTO M P1-93 Performance Graded Asphalt
4. AASHTO T 209 -- Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Paving Mixtures
5. AASHTO T 245 -- Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus
6. AASHTO TP 53 - Asphalt Content of Hot Mix Asphalt by the Ignition Method
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. An independent testing laboratory (ITL) selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction test-
ing of in -place asphaltic concrete courses for compliance with requirements for thickness, compaction, and surface
smoothness.
B. Failing test results shall be faxed within 24 hours to Wal -Mart Construction Manager and Owner if other than
Wal -Mart.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Within 30 days prior to asphalt construction, submit actual design mix to Civil Engineering Consultant of Record
and independent testing laboratory for review and approval. Design mix submittal shall follow a format as indi-
cated in MnIDOT Specification 2360.3, Marshall Stability Method; and shall include type /name of mix, gradation
analysis, grade of asphalt cement used, Marshall Stability in pounds flow, effective asphalt content in percent, and
direct references Mn/DOT Specification Sections for each material. Design shall be for mixture listed in current
02740-1
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
edition of MnJDOT Specifications state highway department specifications. Mix designs over 3 years old will not
be accepted by the Owner. Submit certification that mix design conforms to specification requirements.
B Submit materials certificate to the ITL that is signed by materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materi-
als and mix design conform to requirements specified herein.
C. Submit certification of asphalt placement as required hereinafter.
D. The ITL shall submit all certificates furnished with the ITL Reports.
E. The Contractor may submit an option for an equivalent Superpave mix, which if accepted, will be provided at no
additional expense to the Owner.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations:
1. Apply prime and tack coats when ambient or base surface temperature is above 40 F, and when temperature
has been above 35 F for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet;' con-
tains excess moisture, during rain, or when frozen.
2. Construct asphaltic concrete paving when ambient temperature is above 40 F.
B. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize temporary
striping, flagmen, barricades, warning signs, and warning lights as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Aggregate: If specified aggregate is scarce, use locally available materials and gradations that meet MnIDOT
Specifications and exhibit satisfactory records of previous installations. The Aggregate gradations for the asphalt
mixes shall meet the requirements of MnIDOT Gradation Number 3 (MnIDOT Table 2350-1) for the wear course
and Gradation Number 2 for the base course.
B. Bituminous Material for Plant Mix Surfacing shall be (Performance Grade) PG 64-28.
C. Prime Coat: Medium curing cut-back asphalt or asphalt penetrating prime coat consisting of either MC -30 or
SS -1h.
D. Tack Coat: Bituminous material for tack coat shall be MC250-800 as per Mn/DOT Specification Section 3151.
E. Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with AASHTO M 117, if
recommended by MnIDOT Specifications.
F. Asphalt- Aggregate Mixture: Comply with MnIDOT Specification 2350, Type MV Wear and Non - wearing
Courses. Type MV shall have a minimum stability based on the 50-blow Marshall complying with ASTM D 1559
of 1350 pounds. The design mix shall be within sieve analysis and bitumen ranges specified in the MnIDOT
Specification. Recycled asphalt pavement shall not be used in the aggregate mixture for the wear course.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment necessary for the paving of asphaltic concrete shall be on the project prior to beginning paving opera-
tions.
B. Maintain equipment in satisfactory operating condition and correct breakdowns in manner that will not delay or be
detrimental to the schedule of paving operations.
02740-2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Proof roll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas in accordance with Section 02300 including
documentation and re -proof rolling as required. Paving work shall begin only after unsuitable areas have been
corrected and are ready to receive paving.
B. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface immediately before placing the bituminous base
course.
C, Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
D. Cover the surfaces of curbs, gutters, manholes and other structures on which the asphaltic concrete mixture will be
placed, with a thin, uniform coat of liquid asphalt. Where the asphaltic concrete mixture will be placed against the
vertical face of an existing pavement, clean the vertical face to remove foreign substances and apply a coating of
liquid asphalt at a rate of approximately 0.25 gallons per square yard.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. A bituminous prime coat will not be required on this project unless indicated on the plans.
13. Tack Coat:
1. Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphaltic concrete base courses or Portland cement
concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphaltic concrete or into asphaltic concrete pavement.
2. Apply tack coat to asphaltic concrete base course or sand asphalt base course. Apply emulsified asphalt
tack coat between each lift or layer of full depth asphaltic concrete and sand asphalt bases and on surface of
bases where asphaltic concrete paving will be constructed.
3. Apply tack coat in accordance with Mn DOT Specifications.
4. Apply at minimum rate of 0.05 gal per sq. yd of surface.
5. Allow drying until at proper condition to receive paving.
3.3 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Place asphaltic concrete mixture on completed compacted subgrade surface, spread, and strike off. All pavements
shall be placed in accordance with the maximum density method as described in Mn/DOT Specification 2360.6B.
B. Whenever possible, spread pavement by finishing machine; however, inaccessible or irregular areas may be placed
by hand methods. Spread hot mixture uniformly to required depth with hot shovels and rakes. After spreading,
carefully smooth hot mixture to remove segregated course aggregate and rake marks. Rakes and lutes used for
hand spreading shall be type designed for use on asphalt mixtures. Do not dump loads faster that they can be
properly spread. Workers shall not stand on, loose mixture while spreading.
C. Paving Machine Placement: Apply successive lifts of asphaltic concrete in transverse directions with surface
course placed parallel to flow of traffic. Place asphaltic paving in typical strips not less than 10' -0" wide. Asphal-
tic concrete pavement, including base and surface course, shall be placed in two or more equal lifts. Each lift shall
be from 1 to 3 inches thick.
D. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days and work in manner that will
provide continuous bond between adjoining work. Construction joints shall have same texture, density, and
smoothness as other sections of asphaltic concrete course. Clean contact surfaces of joints and apply tack coat.
3.4 ROLLING AND COMPACTION
A. After being spread, mixture shall be compacted by rolling as soon as it will bear the weight of rollers without un-
due displacement. Number, weight, types of rollers, and sequences of rolling operations shall be such that the re-
02740-3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
quired density and surface are consistently attained while the mixture is in workable condition_ A pneumatic roller
shall be used for either the breakdown or intermediate rolling.
B. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers.
C. Breakdown Rolling: Perform breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside
edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling with hot material.
D. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until
mixture has been thoroughly compacted as follows:
1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to AASHTO T 245 (D1556), but
not less than 94 percent nor greater than 100 percent.
E. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue
rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density.
F. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out such areas
and fill with fresh, hot asphaltic concrete. Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness.
G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. Erect
barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. Any masked or
marred finish surfaces shall be repaired or smoothed.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General
1. Place each asphaltic paving layer as continuous as possible to keep the number of joints to a minimum.
Create joints between old and new pavement, between successive days work, and where the mixture has
become cold (less than 140 degrees F). Make these joints in such a manner as to create a continuous bond
between the old and new pavement construction courses.
2. Offset joint of successive courses by at least 6 inches.
B. Transverse Joints: If placing of material is discontinued or if material in place becomes cold, make a joint running
perpendicular to the direction traveled by the paver. Before placement continues, trim the edge of the previously
placed pavement to a straight line perpendicular to the paver and cut back to expose an even vertical surface for
the full thickness of the course. When placement continues, position the paver on the transverse joint so that suffi-
cient hot mixture will be spread in order to create a joint after rolling that conforms to the required smoothness. If
the temperature of the previously placed pavement material drops below 140 degrees F before paving is resumed,
give the exposed vertical face a thin coat of liquid asphalt just before paving is continued.
C. Longitudinal Joints: Coat longitudinal joints that are not completed before the previously laid mixture has cooled
to a temperature below 140 degrees F, with liquid asphalt just before paving is continued.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control tests specified herein will be conducted by the Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory
(ITL) at no cost to the Contractor in accordance with Section 01458. The Contractor shall perform additional test-
ing as considered necessary by the Contractor for assurance of quality control. Retesting required as a result of
failed initial tests shall be at the Contractor's expense,
B. Field testing, frequency, and methods may vary as determined by and between the Owner and the Owner's Testing
Laboratory.
C. Asphaltic surface and base courses shall be randomly cored at minimum rate of 1 core per 20,000 sq. ft of paving,
but not less than 3 cores in light duty areas and 3 cores in heavy -duty areas shall be obtained. Asphaltic concrete
02740-4
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
pavement samples shall be tested for conformance with mix design. Cores shall be cut from areas representative
of project.
D. Coring holes shall be tack coated and immediately filled by the Contractor with full -depth asphaltic concrete.
E. Testing shall be performed on finished surface of each asphalt concrete coat-se for smoothness, using 10' -0"
straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to centerline of paved area. The following tolerances in 10 ft
shall not be exceeded:
Base Course Surface: 114 -inch
Wearing Course Surface: 1/8-inch
F. Thickness Test: Measure thickness of each core sample taken. The thickness of the course or the combined
courses shall meet or exceed the indicated thickness. Where the deficiency exists, remove the affected pavement
area and replace it with new pavement or, at discretion of Owner, correct deficient paving thickness with tack coat
and minimum 1 -in. overlay.
G. Field density test for in -place materials:
1. Density tests shall be conducted on each core sample taken in accordance with ASTM D 1188 or D 2726 as
applicable.
2. In -place density tests by nuclear method in accordance with ASTM D2950 shall also be taken as necessary
to assure the specified density is obtained. Nuclear density shall be correlated with ASTM D 1188 or D
2726.
3. AASHTO Test Method T 245
a. Average maximum density shall be 96 percent but not less than 94 percent not greater than 100 per-
cent.
H. Laboratory Air Void, Marshall Stability, and Flow: Mixture samples shall be taken at least four times for every
2000 tons or 8 hour day and compacted into specimens, using compactive blows (35, 50, or 75) equal to mix de-
sign per side with the Marshall hammer as described in AASHTO Test Method T 245 (ASTM D 1559). Tempera-
ture shall be equal to temperature at paving machine with reheating. After compaction, the laboratory air voids of
each specimen shall be determined, as well as the Marshall stability and flow.
1. Check surface areas as necessary to identify ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed
by Owner.
J. Asphalt Extraction and Aggregate Gradation: Asphalt extraction and gradation of extracted aggregate testing shall
be performed in accordance with AASHTO TP 53 and ASTM D 5444 respectively. At least two extraction and
two gradation tests shall be taken for each 2000 tons or each day pavement is placed.
K. Areas of deficient paving, including compaction, smoothness, thickness, and asphalt mixture, shall be delineated,
removed, and replaced in compliance with Specifications requirements unless corrected otherwise as directed and
approved by the Construction Manager.
L. The Contractor shall certify in writing that asphalt placement is in accordance with specification requirements.
END OF SECTION
02740-5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec II - Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 0275 1 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 Section Includes
1. Preparation and placement of Portland cement concrete parking areas.
2. Preparation and placement of Portland cement concrete roads and entrances.
1.3 Related Sections
1. Section 02300 - Earthwork: Excavation, backfiil, compaction for subgrades.
2. Section 02715 -- Base Course
3. Section 02765 - Pavement Markings
1.4 REFERENCS
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 3058 - Hot Weather Concreting
3. ACI 306R - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting
4. ACI 308 -- Standard Practice for Curing Concrete
040103
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
2. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel for Concrete Reinforcement
3. ASTM C 31 - Test Methods of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.
4. ASTM C33 -- Concrete Aggregates
5. ASTM C 39 - Test Method for Comprehensive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
6. ASTM C42 - Obtaining And Testing Drilled Cores And Sawed Beams Of Concrete
7. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete
8. ASTM C 138 -- Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravemetric) of Concrete.
9. ASTM C143 .. Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
10. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
11. ASTM C 172 - Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.
12. ASTM C231 - Air - Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method
13. ASTM C260 -- Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
14. ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
15. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
16. ASTM C1064 - Temperature Of Freshly Mixed Portland Concrete Cement
17. ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous)
18. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-
extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
19. ASTM D2628 -- Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements
C. Federal Specifications (FS)
1. FS HH-F-341 - Fillers, Expansion Joint: Bituminous (Asphalt & Tar)
D. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all Supplements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
02751 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
B. Check surface areas at intervals necessary to eliminate ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable paving as
directed by Owner.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit certified laboratory test data or manufacturer's certificates and data for the items listed below certifying
that materials are in conformance requirements specified herein. Submit to the Engineering Consultant of Record
and the Independent Testing Laboratory for review and approval and within 7 calendar clays after receipt of No-
tice-to- Proceed.
1. Portland cement concrete mix
2. Aggregate gradations
3. Preformed expansion joint filler
4. Field molded/poured sealant
5. Dowel bars
6. Expansion sleeves
7. Tie bars
8. Reinforcing steel bars
9. Welded wire fabric
10 Air entraining admixtures
11 Water-reducing and set-retarding admixtures (if used)
B. Submit certification that joint sealant has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In-
clude copy of written instructions.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities (and Wal -Mart
customers at expansion projects). Utilize temporary striping, flagmen, barricades, warning signs, and warning
lights as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of MnIDOT Specification 2461. The concrete mix shall conform to the
requirements of Concrete Mix No. 3A32 if the Curb is to be placed manually, or Mix No. 3A22 if the Curb is to be
placed by use of a slipform.
1. Design mix shall produce normal weight concrete consisting of Type I Portland cement (ASTM C150), ag-
gregate, water-reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture, and water to produce following:
a. Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction
Drawings.
b. Slump Range: 1"-3" for hand placed concrete, 0.5" to 2" for machine placed ( slipform) concrete
c. Air Entrainment: 5 to 7 percent
d. Maximum Water /Cement Ratio of 0.50 for Exposed Concrete and 0.45 for Concrete Exposed to De-
icers.
B. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement
and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects.
Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. Coat forms with nonstaining
type of coating that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete.
C. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold -drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A185. Furnish in flat sheets.
D. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A615, Grade 60.
E. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I
02751-2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
F. Joint Fillers: Resilient premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D994, D1751,
D2628; FS HH -F -341, Type II, Class A.
G. Joint Sealants: ASTM 0920, non - priming, pourable, self-leveling polyurethane.
1, Acceptable sealants include Sonneborn "SL 1 ", Sonneborn "SL2 ", Sonneborn "Sonomeric 1", Sonnebom
"Sonomeric 2 ", Mameco "Vulkem 245 ", or Woodmont Products "Chem- Caulk ".
H. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
I. Water: Clean and potable
J. Dowel Bars: ASTM A615, grade 60, and plain steel bars.
K. Air Entraining Mixture: ASTM C260, Sika AER by Sika Corporation or Air Mix by the Euclid Chemical Corpo-
ration.
L. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Hydrocide by Sonnebom of Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. or Polyseal 4 in 1
by Chem Masters Corporation.
M. Joint Backup Rods: CCEVA Rod 100 by E -Poxy Industrials, Inc., or Sealtight BACKER ROPE by W.R. Mead-
ows, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Proof oll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas in accordance with Section 02300 including
documentation and re-proof rolling as required. Paving work shall begin only after unsuitable areas have been cor-
rected and are ready to receive paving.
13. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface to produce firm, smooth surface immediately before
placing concrete.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Form Construction
1 Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured.
2. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuance of work and so that forms remain in place mini-
mum of 24 hours after concrete placement.
3. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances:
a. Top of forms not more than I/8 -inch in 10' -0"
b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than1 /4 -inch in 10' -0"
4. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from
concrete without damage.
B. Reinforcement: Fasten reinforcing bars or welded wire fabric (if required) accurately and securely in place with
suitable supports and ties. Remove from reinforcement all dirt, oil, loose mill scale, rust, and other substances that
will prevent proper bonding of the concrete to the reinforcement.
C. Concrete Placement
1. Concrete may be mixed and placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat is a
minimum of 35 degrees F and rising. Hot and cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI
3058 and 306R, respectively.
2. Do not place concrete until base material and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten base
material if required to provide uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Concrete shall not
be placed around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment.
02751 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
3. Place concrete using methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms
and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, rein-
forcement, or side forums. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint de-
vices_
4. Deposit and spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If inter-
rupted for more than 1/2 hour, place construction joint.
D. Joint Construction: Construct expansion, weakened -plane control (contraction), and construction joints straight
with face perpendicular to concrete surface. Construct transverse joints perpendicular to centerline, unless other-
wise detailed.
1. Weakened-Plane Control or Contraction Joints: Provide joints at spacing of 15' -0" on centers, maximum
each way. Construct control joints for depth equal to at least 114 of the concrete thickness, as follows:
a. Form tooled joints in fresh concrete by grooving top with recommended tool and finishing edge
with jointer.
b. Form sawed joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond - rimmed
blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise
damaged by cutting action.
2. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement op-
erations are stopped for period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion
joints. Construct joints in accordance with standard details.
3. Transverse Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints at maximum of 180' -0" on centers, maximum each
way unless otherwise shown on the Construction Drawings. Provide premolded joint filler for expansion
joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, sidewalks, and other fixed objects.
4. Butt Joints: For joints against existing pavement, place 16" long dowels eight inches into holes drilled into
center of existing slab. Epoxy dowels into holes with approved epoxy compound. Place dowels prior to
concrete placement for new concrete. Dowel spacing to be 24" on center unless otherwise shown on Con-
struction Drawings. Saw joint and fill with joint sealer.
E. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full -width and depth of joint, and not less than 112 -inch or more than 1-inch be--
low finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in 1 -piece lengths for full width being
placed, wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together.
F. Joint Sealants: Joints shall be sealed with approved exterior pavement joint sealants and shall be installed in ac-
cordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.3 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Adjust floating to com-
pact surface and produce uniform texture. After floating, test surface for trueness with 10' -0" straightedge. Dis-
tribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities and refloat repaired areas to provide continuous
smooth finish.
B. Work edges of slabs and formed joints with edging tool, rounding edge to 1/2-inch radius. Eliminate tool marks
on concrete surface. After completion of floating and troweling, when excess moisture or surface sheen has disap-
peared, complete surface finishing, as follows:
1. Inclined Slab Surfaces: Provide coarse, nonslip finish by scoring surface with stiff-bristled broom perpen-
dicular to flow of traffic so as to produce regular corrugations not over 1116 of an inch deep.
2. Paving: Provide coarse, nonslip finish by scoring surface with stiff-bristled broom perpendicular to flow of
traffic so as to produce regular corrugations not over 1/16 of an inch deep.
C. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and
point up minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by
Owner.
D. Protect and cure finished concrete paving using either membrane curing compound or moist - curing methods de-
scribed in "water- curing" section of ACI 308.
02751 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
3.4 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. The Contractor shall certify in writing that placement is in accordance with specification requirements.
B. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just prior to final
inspection.
C. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface
stains and spillage of materials.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control tests specified herein will be conducted by the Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory at no
cost to the Contractor in accordance with Section 01458. The Contractor shall perform additional testing as con-
sidered necessary by the Contractor for assurance of quality control. Retesting required as a result of failed initial
tests shall be at the Contractor's expense.
13. Field testing, frequency, and methods may vary as determined by and between the Owner and the Owner's Testing
Laboratory.
C. Review the Contractor's proposed materials and niix design for conformance with specifications.
D. Perform testing in accordance with ACI 301 and testing standards listed herein.
E. Strength Tests:
Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. Sample at regularly spaced intervals from
middle portion of the batch. Sampling time shall not exceed 15 minutes.
2. Mold and cure specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31.
A minimum of four concrete test cylinders shall be taken for every 100 cubic yards or less of each
class of concrete placed each day and not less than once for each 5000 square feet of paved area.
During the initial 24 hours (plus or minus 8 hours) after molding, the temperature immediately adja-
cent to the specimens shall be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F. Control loss of mois-
ture from the specimens by shielding from the direct rays of the sun and from radiant heating de-
vices.
Specimens transported prior to 48 hours after molding shall not be demolded, but shall continue ini-
tial curing at 60 to 80 degrees F until time for transporting.
Specimens transported after 48 hours age shall be demolded in 24 hours (plus or minus 8 hours).
Curing shall then be continued but in saturated limewater at 73.4 degrees (plus or minus 3 degrees
F) until the time of transporting.
e. Wet cure cylinders under controlled temperature until testing.
3. Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 39.
Date test cylinders and number consecutively. Give each cylinder of each set an identifying letter
(i.e. A, 13, C, D). Prepare a sketch of the building plan for each test set identifying location of
placed concrete.
Test one cylinder (A) at 7 days for information. If the compressive strength of the concrete sample
is equal to or above the 28 day specified strength, test another cylinder (B) at 7 days. The average
of the breaks shall constitute the compressive strength of the concrete sample.
Test two cylinders (B and C) at 28 days and the average of the breaks shall constitute the compres-
sive strength of the concrete sample.
Retain fourth cylinder (D) for further testing if needed, but do not retain cylinder more than 60 days.
4. Evaluation and Acceptance:
Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if the average of all sets of three consecu-
tive strength tests equal or exceed specified strength and no individual strength test (average of two
cylinders) results are below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
Complete concrete work will not be accepted unless requirements of ACI 301, have been met, in-
cluding dimensional tolerances, appearance, and strength of structure.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
02751-5
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
c. Where average strength of cylinders, as shown by tests is not satisfactory, Wal -Mart reserves the
right to require Contractor to provide improved curing conditions of temperature and moisture to se-
cure required strength. If average strength of laboratory control cylinders should fall so tow as to
cause portions of structure to be in question by Wal -Mart, follow core procedure set forth in ASTM
C42, If results of core test indicate, in opinion of Wal -Mart, that strength of structure is inadequate,
provide without additional cost to Wal-Mart, replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be
ordered by Wal -Mart. If core tests are so ordered and results of such tests disclose that strength of
structure is as required, cost of test will be paid by Wal -Mart.
F. Slump Test: Conduct slump test for each cylinder set taken in accordance with ASTM C 143. Make additional
slump tests for every other load from a stationary mixer or truck to test consistency. Sampling shall be in accor-
dance with ASTM C 172.
G. Air Content: Conduct air content test for each cylinder set for concrete exposed to freeze -thaw in accordance with
ASTM C 231, ASTM C 173, or ASTM C 138. Indicate test method on report. Make test at same time as slump
test.
H. Unit Weight: ASTM C 138.
I. Temperature Test: Conduct temperature test for each cylinder set taken in accordance with ASTM C 1064. Test
hourly when air temperature is 40 F and below or 80 F and above. Determine temperature of concrete sample and
ambient air for each strength test.
J. In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following information on concrete
compression reports:
1. Test cylinder number and letter.
2. Specific foundations or structures covered by this test.
3. Proportions of concrete mix or mix identification.
4. Maximum size coarse aggregate.
5. Specified compressive strength.
6. Tested compressive strength.
7. Slump, air- content (when applicable) and concrete temperature.
8. Concrete plastic unit weight.
9. Concrete Temperature.
10. Elapsed time from bathing at plant to discharge from delivery truck at project.
11. Date and time concrete was placed.
12. Ambient temperature, wind speed, and relative humidity during concrete placement.
13. Name of technician securing samples.
14. Curing conditions for concrete strength test specimens (field and laboratory).
15. Date strength specimens transported to laboratory.
16. Age of strength specimens when tested.
17. Type of fracture during test.
K. At the start of each day's mixing, report any significant deviations from approved mix design including tempera-
ture, moisture and condition of aggregate.
L. Certify each delivery ticket of concrete. Report type of concrete delivered, amount of water added and time at
which cement and aggregate were loaded into truck, and time at which concrete was discharged from truck
M. In Place Pavement Testing: The Owner's Independent Testing Laboratory will randomly core pavement at mini-
mum rate of 1 core per 20,000 sq. ft of pavement, with minimum of 3 cores from heavy -duty areas and 3 cores
from light duty areas. Cores will be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C 42. Core will be tested for
thickness and quality of aggregate distribution. Core holes shall be patched by the Contractor immediately with
Portland cement concrete and shall be finished to provide level surface as specified herein.
N. Additional Tests: Additional in -place tests shall be conducted as directed by the Wal -Mart Construction Manager
when specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structures.
02751 -6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
END OF SECTION
02751-7
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec 11 Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02765 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 Section Includes
1. Painting and marking of pavements, curbs, guard posts, and light pole bases.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation ( AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M248 - Ready -Mixed White and Yellow Traffic Paints
B. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM D4414 - Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notched Gauges.
C. Federal Specifications (FS)
1. FS A -A -2886 - Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based (supersedes FS TT -P -85 and FS TT--P -115, Type 1)
2. FS TT -P -1952 - Paint, Traffic And Airfield Marking, Waterborne
022704
D. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all Supplements.
E. Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize flagmen,
barricades, warning signs, and warning Tights as required.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
B. Use trained and experienced personnel in applying the products and operating the equipment required for properly
performed work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Paint shall be waterborne or solvent borne, colors as shown or specified herein. Pavement marking paints shall
comply with applicable state and local laws enacted to ensure compliance with Federal Clean Air Standards. Paint
materials shall conform to the restrictions of the local Air Pollution Control District.
B. Waterborne Paint: Paints shall conform to FS TT-P-1952,.
C. Solvent Borne Paint: Paint shall conform to FS A--A --2886 or AASHTO M248. Paint shall be non - bleeding,
quick - drying, and alkyd petroleum base paint suitable for traffic-bearing surface and be mixed in accordance with
manufacture's instructions before application for colors White, Yellow, Blue, and Red.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the work area and correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
02765 -1
WaI -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust.
B. Where existing pavement markings are indicated on Construction Drawings to be removed or would interfere with
adhesion of new paint, a motorized abrasive device shall be used to remove the markings. Equipment employed
shall not damage existing paving or create surfaces hazardous to vehicle or pedestrian traffic. Within public
rights -of -way, appropriate governing authority shall approve method of marking removal.
C. New pavement surfaces shall be allowed to cure for not Tess than 30 days before application of marking materials.
3.3 CLEANING EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. In general, markings shall not be placed over existing pavement marking patterns. Existing pavement markings,
which are in good condition but interfere or conflict with the newly applied marking patterns, shall be removed.
Deteriorated or obscured markings that are not misleading or confusing or do not interfere with the adhesion of the
new marking material do not require removal. Whenever grinding, scraping, sandblasting or other operations are
performed, the work shall be conducted in such a mariner that the finished pavement surface is not damaged or left
in a pattern that is misleading or confusing. When these operations are completed the pavement surface shall be
blown off with compressed air to remove residue and debris resulting from the cleaning work.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Apply two coats of paint at manufacturer's recommended rate, without addition of thinner, with maximum of 100
square feet per gallon or as required to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils and dry film thickness of
7 '/2 mils per coat. Paint shall be applied for a total dry film thickness of 15 mils. Apply with mechanical equip -
ment to produce uniform straight edges. At sidewalk curbs and crosswalks, use straightedge to ensure uniform,
clean, and straight stripe.
B. Install pavement markings according to manufacturer's recommended procedures for the specified material.
C. Following items shall be painted with colors noted below:
1. Pedestrian Crosswalks: White
2. Exterior Sidewalk Curbs, Light Pole Bases, and Guard posts: Yellow
3. Fire Lanes: Red or per local code
4. Lane Striping where separating traffic moving in opposite directions: Yellow
5. Lane Striping where separating traffic moving in the same direction: White
6. ADA Symbols: Blue or per local code
7. ADA parking space markings as shown on the drawings.
8. Parking Stall Striping: Yellow, unless otherwise noted on Construction Drawings
9. Associate Parking Area: White, unless otherwise noted on Construction Drawings
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection: After the paint has thoroughly dried, visually inspect the entire application and touch up as required to
provide clean, straight lines and surfaces throughout.
B. Testing: Testing of wet film thickness shall be performed a minimum of two times on each parking row (including
striped islands) and pedestrian cross walks, and a minimum of one test on each lane /alignment striping. At least
one test shall be performed after refilling paint striping machine, changing operators of striping machine, and
changing paint types, brands, etc. This shall be performed in addition to the testing stated above. These tests shall
be performed on each coat applied. Testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D4414.
3.6 CLEANING
02765-2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
A. Waste materials shall be removed at the end of each workday. Upon completion of the work, all containers and
debris shall be removed from the site. Paint spots upon adjacent surfaces shall be carefully removed by approved
procedures that will not damage the surfaces and the entire job left clean and acceptable.
END OF SECTION
02765 -3
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
UniSpec II — Civil Site Specifications)
SECTION 02770 - CURBS AND SIDEWALKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Portland cement concrete curbs, gutters, and sidewalks except sidewalks adjacent to building.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 -- Earthwork: Preparation of subgrades.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting
2. ACI 306R - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting
3. AC1 308 -- Standard Practice for Curing Concrete
011004
B. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM A185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
2. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet - -Steel for Concrete Reinforcement
3. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete
4. ASTM C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
5. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
6. ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous)
7. ASTM D1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot Poured, Elastic Type
8. ASTM D1751 - Performed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non -
extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
9. ASTM D2628 - Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements
C. Federal Specifications (FS)
1. FS HH-F-341 - Fillers, Expansion Joint: Bituminous (Asphalt & Tar)
D. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all Supplements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit materials certificate from materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or ex-
ceed requirements specified herein to the Engineering Consultant of Record and the Independent Testing Labora-
tory for review and approval and within 7 calendar days after receipt of Notice -to- Proceed, submit for approval,
certified laboratory test data or manufacturers certificates and data for the following items:
1. Portland cement concrete mix
2. Aggregate gradations
3. Preformed expansion joint filler
4. Field molded/poured sealant
5. Dowel bars
6. Expansion sleeves
7. Tie bars
8. Reinforcing steel bars
9. Welded wire fabric
10. Air entraining admixtures
11. Water - reducing and set - retarding admixtures (if used)
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
02770-1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
A. Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
13. Check surface areas at intervals necessary to eliminate ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable work as
directed by Owner.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize temporary
striping, flagmen, barricades, warning signs, and warning lights as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of MnIDOT Specification 2461. The concrete mix shall conform to the
requirements of Concrete Mix No. 3A32 if the Curb is to be placed manually, or Mix No. 3A22 if the Curb is to be
placed by use of a slipfor n.
1. Design mix shall produce normal weight concrete consisting of Type I Portland cement (ASTM C150), ag-
gregate, water - reducing admixture, air - entraining admixture, and water to produce following:
a. Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction
Drawings.
b. Slump Range: 1 " -3" for hand placed concrete, 0.5" to 2" for machine placed (slipform) concrete
c. Air Entrainment: 5 to 7 percent
d. Maximum Water /Cement Ratio of 0.50 or less for Exposed Concrete or 0.45 or less for Concrete
Exposed to De -Icers
B. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement
and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects.
Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. Forms shall be of depth
equal to depth of curbing or sidewalk, and so designed as to permit secure fastening together at tops. Coat forms
with nonstaining type of coating that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete.
C. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold -drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A 185. Furnish in flat sheets.
D. Reinforcing Steel: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
E. Portland Cement: Shall conform to ASTM C150, Type 1
F. Joint Fillers: Resilient premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D994, D1751,
D2628; FS HH -F -341, Type II, Class A or approved equal.
G. Joint Sealants: Conforming to ASTM D1190, non - priming, pourable, self - leveling polyurethane. Acceptable
sealants are Sonneborn "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant ", Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT 1 Sealant ", Sonneborn "So-
nomeric CT 2 Sealant ", Mameco "Vulken 245", or Woodmont Products "Chem-Caulk".
H. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
I, Water: Clean and potable
J. Dowel Bars: ASTM A615, grade 60, and plain steel bars.
K. Air Entraining Mixture: ASTM C260; Sika AER by Sika Corporation or Air Mix by the Euclid Chemical Corpo-
ration.
L. Curing Compound: ASTM C309; Hydrocide by Sonneborn of Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. or and Polyseal 4
in 1 by Chem Masters Corporation.
02770 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 --01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07120/05
M. Joint Backup Rods: CCEVA Rod 100 by E -Poxy Industrials, Inc., Sealtight BACKER ROPE by W.R. Meadows,
Inc. or approved equal.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Begin paving work only after unsuitable areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
B. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface to produce firm, smooth surface immediately before
placing concrete.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Form Construction
1. Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured.
2. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuance of work and so that forms remain in place mini-
mum of 24 hours after concrete placement.
3. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances:
a. Top of forms not more than 1/8-inch in 10' -0 ".
b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4-inch in 10' -0"
4. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from
concrete without damage.
B. Reinforcement: Fasten reinforcing bars or welded wire fabric (if required) accurately and securely in place with
suitable supports and ties. Remove from reinforcement all dirt, oil, loose mill scale, rust, and other substances that
will prevent proper bonding of the concrete to the reinforcement.
C. Concrete Placement
1. Concrete shall be mixed and placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat is a
minimum of 35 degrees F and rising. Hot and cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with AC1
305R and 306R, respectively.
2. Do not place concrete until base material and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten base
material if required to provide uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place con-
crete around manholes or other structures until set at required finish elevation and alignment.
3. Place concrete using methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms
and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, rein-
forcement, or side forms. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint de-
vices.
4. Deposit and spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If inter-
rupted for more than 1/2 hour, place construction joint. Automatic machine may be used for curb and gut-
ter placement. Machine placement shall be at required cross section, line, grade, finish, and jointing as
specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as
specified herein.
D. Joint Construction
1. Contraction Joints: Construct concrete curb or combination concrete curb and gutter, where specified on
Construction Drawings, in uniform sections of length specified on Construction Drawings. Form joints be-
tween sections either by steel templates, 1/8-inch in thickness, of length equal to width of curb and gutter,
and with depth which will penetrate at least 2- inches below surface of curb and gutter; or with 3/4-inch
thick preformed expansion joint filler cut to exact cross section of curb and gutter; or by sawing to depth of
at least 2-inches while concrete is between 4 and 24 hours old. If steel templates are used, they shall be left
in place until concrete has set enough to hold it's shape, but shall be removed while forms are still in place.
2. Longitudinal Construction Joints: Tie concrete curb or combination concrete curb and gutter, where speci-
fied on Construction Drawings, to concrete pavement with 112 -inch round deformed reinforcement bars of
length and spacing shown on Construction Drawings.
02770 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20105
3. Transverse Expansion Joints: Concrete curb, combination concrete curb and gutter, or concrete sidewalk
shall have filler cut to exact cross section of curb, gutter, or sidewalk. Joints shall be similar to type of ex-
pansion joint used in adjacent pavement.
E. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full - -width and depth of joint, and not less than 112 -inch or more than 1 -inch be-
low finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in 1-piece lengths for full width being
placed, wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together.
F. Joint Sealants: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.3 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Adjust floating to com-
pact surface and produce uniform texture. After floating, test surface for trueness with 10' -0" straightedge. Dis-
tribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide continuous
smooth finish.
B. Work edges of sidewalks, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with edging tool, rounding edge to 112 -
inch radius. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. After completion of floating and trowelling, when excess
moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows:
1. Curbs, gutters, and sidewalks: Broom finish by drawing fine -hair broom across surface perpendicular to
flow of traffic. Repeat operation as necessary to produce fine line texture.
C. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and
point up minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects as directed Owner.
D. Protect and cure finished concrete paving using acceptable moist - curing methods in accordance with "wa-
ter- curing" section of ACI 308.
3.4 BACKFILL
A. After concrete has set sufficiently, spaces on either side of concrete curb, combination concrete curb and gutter, or
concrete sidewalk shall be refilled to required elevation with suitable material compacted in accordance with Sec-
tion 02300.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just prior to final
inspection.
B. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface
stains and spillage of materials.
END OF SECTION
02770 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
UniSpec 11 ----- Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02812 — LAWN SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Underground, automatically controlled lawn and shrub bed irrigation system
2. Extended 2 -Year Maintenance Agreement.
13. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 — Earthwork. Trenching, backfill, and compaction for utilities.
2. Section 02510 - Water Distribution Systems
3. Section 02900 - Planting
1.2 REFERENCS
040103
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM D2239 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR -PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter
2. ASTM D2241 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR- Series)
3. ASTM D2564 - Solvent Cement for poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings
4. ASTM D2609 - Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe
5. ASTM D2855 - Making Solvent - Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
B. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA)
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC)
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents:
1. As -Built Drawings: Furnish two sets, noting exact locations of elements and changes to Construction
Drawings.
2. Operation Manual: Furnish two copies, bound in 1 inch diameter three ring binders, indexed and tabbed for
easy reference, and labeled on spine and cover. Manual shall include following:
a. Approved submittals as specified herein.
b. Installation instructions including mounting details for control valves.
c. Operating Instructions:
1) Winterization procedures
2) Recommended operation sequence, frequency, and length of operation cycle, as per relation-
ship to estimated absorption rate, evaporation rate, and anticipated flow.
d. Maintenance Instructions:
1) Manufacturers' product data, installation, and maintenance instructions.
2) Copies of completed warranty information. Contractor to complete and mail necessary war-
ranty registration information to manufacturer keeping copies for Owner.
B. Controller Chart: Prepare color coded chart, reduced in size, containing same plan information as As -Built draw-
ings, and laminated in plastic on both sides, with following specific information:
1. Note routing of control wires.
2. Identify valves as to size, station number shown on controller, and type of irrigation head (e.g. spray head,
turf head) on each valve.
1.4 Delineate each station's limits of coverage by color - coding, with each station having different color showing its
zone with zone number designation.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
02812 -1
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
A. Contractor Qualifications
1. Minimum of 3 consecutive years experience in area of project and having installed other jobs of similar
size and scope.
2. Provide minimum of 3 references and list of similar projects with owner's names, addresses, and telephone
numbers, when requested by Owner.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Visit site and become familiar with nature and location of work, existing conditions, and conditions that will exist
during installation.
B. Provide water meter for sprinkler system if required or shown on the Drawings.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Guarantee installation for 1 year from date of final acceptance for the following:
1. Defects in material, equipment, and workmanship.
2. Repair of damage to premises resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment, and workman-
ship to satisfaction of Owner.
B. Repairs, if required, shall be done promptly at no cost to Owner.
C. Parts Manufacturers' warranties shall be provided to Owner.
1.8 MAINTENANCE
A. Visit site once each month for first 6 months of operation following Final Acceptance. Provide on -site consulta-
tion with Owner's operating personnel. Allow up to 4 hours for each visit.
B. Maintenance Agreement:
1. Prior to beginning installation, execute bonded, written Extended 2 -Year Maintenance Agreement with
Owner for period of 2 years from date of Final Acceptance for the following:
a. Spring start -up of system in accordance with Section 02900.
b. Monthly checks of system during operating season.
c. Winterization of system in accordance with Section 02900.
2. Costs for additional work required for repair of items not covered by warranty (e.g. damage by others) shall
be negotiated between Owner and Contractor prior to initiation of any repairs.
3. Costs for Extended 2 -Year Maintenance Agreement are over and above Contract Sum, and shall not be in-
cluded in construction price. Payment for extended maintenance by Owner shall occur upon completion of
scheduled service and additional work, if any, as it occurs on monthly basis throughout duration of Ex-
tended 2 -Year Maintenance Agreement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers shall include:
1. Rain Bird Sales, Inc. - Turf Division
2. The Toro Company - Irrigation Division
3. L.R. Nelson Corporation - Turf Division
2.2 PIPE
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Pipe over 1 inch diameter shall conform to ASTM D2241, SDR 21, and Class 200.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Pipe 1 inch diameter and under shall conform to ASTM D2241, SDR 13.5, and Class
315.
02812 -2
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
C. Flexible Polyethylene (PE): Pipe shall conform to ASTM D2239, SDR 11.5, PE23, rated at 100 PSI, National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved. Subject to approval of Owner, PE shall be used for laterals in areas where
ground is subject to freezing for extended periods of time each year.
D. Joints:
1. Pipe sizes 2 1/2 inch or smaller shall have bell and socket joints.
E. Pipe sizes larger than 2 1/2 inch shall have snap connections with rubber gasket joints. Thrust blocking shall be
required in accordance with Section 02510.
F. Fittings:
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings: Fittings shall conform to ASTM D2241, Schedule 40, and Molded.
2. Flexible Polyethylene (PE) Lateral Line Fittings: Fittings shall conform to ASTM D2609, Type 1 PVC in-
sert fittings designed for used with this type of pipe. Pipe and fittings shall be joined with stainless steel
pinch clamps or worm gear clamps, including stainless steel screw.
G. Risers above finished grade shall be black in color or receive 2 coats of black exterior semi -gloss enamel paint if a
color other than black.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Sleeves: Sleeves for pipes passing beneath paving shall conform to ASTM D2241, Schedule 40. Minimum diame-
ter of 2 inch or 2 sizes larger than pipe scheduled to pass through them.
B. PVC Solvent Cement: Cement shall conform to ASTM D2564.
C. Swing Joint Connections: Connections between heads and laterals shall be thick wall, flexible, polyethylene pipe,
with fittings that have male barbs on one end and either male or female screw ends opposite. Glue fittings and fe-
male barb adapters are not allowed.
2.4 CUTOFF OR ISOLATION VALVES
A. 3 Inches or Smaller: Ball valves as manufactured by Red -White Valve Corporation, Carson, CA.
B. Larger than 3 inches: Cast iron and bronze mechanical joint valves, fusion bonded epoxy coated exterior and inte-
rior, Resilient Wedge Valve as manufactured by Clow Valve Co., Oskaloosa, IA.
C. Provide a valve key and cast iron cylindrical valve box with top with each valve_
2.5 QUICK COUPLER VALVES
A. Provide be one of following:
1. Rain Bird model 44NP Valve with model 33K Key
2. Toro 470 Series Valve and Coupler Key
3. Nelson Model 7643 Valve with Model 7640-Coupler Key and Model 8649 Locking Top Wrench.
B. Provide each valve with key having 3/4 inch male top pipe threads for hose connection.
2.6 ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Provide one of the following:
1. Rain Bird PEB Series electric remote control valves
2. Toro 252 Series plastic valves
3. Nelson Model 7900 Series plastic valves
B. Provide watertight connectors as Scotch Lock or Rain Bird Snap Tight connectors with sealant for wiring connec-
tions.
02812 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
2.7 MASTER VALVES
A. Master valves shall be electric control valve as specified herein.
B. Size of valve shall be same as diameter of main line pipe as noted on the drawings.
C. Provide watertight connectors as Scotch Lock or Rain Bird Snap Tight connectors with sealant for wiring connec-
tions.
2.8 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. Full or Part Circle Pop -Up Fixed Spray Sprinkler:
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Rain Bird 1800 Series nozzles with 1800 Series sprinklers having Pressure Regulating (PRS) and
Seal -A -Matic (SAM) features.
b. Toro 570 Series plastic nozzles with 570C Series sprinklers having Pressure Compensating Devices
(PCD) and optional check valve unit.
c. Nelson 6400 Series with Anti-Drain Valves (ADV) with Pressure Compensating Screens (PCS).
2, Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, pop -up heights shall be:
a. Turf - 4 inches
b. Shrub and groundcover beds - 12 inches
B. Full or Part Circle Pop -up Gear Driven Rotor Sprinkler.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Rain Bird Turf Bird Rotor Pop -up Sprinkler Series, R -50C Commercial Series, R-70 Series, with
Seal-A-Matic (SAM) check valve.
b. Toro Super 700 Sprinklers Series S700C Commercial, with check valve.
c. Nelson Pro 6000 and 6500 Series Gear Drives with Anti -Drain Valves (ADV).
2.9 VALVE BOX
A. Valve boxes shall be manufactured by Ametek, Plymouth Products Division, Sheboygan WI. No irrigation valve
box shall be placed in pavement areas unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
1. When used with single valve, provide Economy Turf Box with green colored snap fit cover labeled "Valve
Box ".
2. When used with 2 or more valves, provide Jumbo Box with 20 inch x 14 inch cover opening with cover la-
beled "Control Valve ".
2.10 AUTOMATIC LOW POINT DRAIN VALVES
A. Automatic drain valves shall be Rain Bird Model Number 16A, FDV, or equal by acceptable manufacturers speci-
fied above,
2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER
A. Controller shall have wall mount, weatherproof, lockable cabinet with internal transformer. Acceptable products
include:
1. Rain Bird RC -4C, RC -7C, RC- 1260C.
2. Toro Vision II Plus Series Controller
3. Nelson 8900 Series Controller
2.12 CONTROL WIRE
A. Number 14 -size minimum copper wire, U. L. approved for underground direct burial.
1. Colored wire shall have same color- coding as shown on controller.
2. Provide single wire from controller to each valve.
3. Provide common neutral from controller to each valve.
028 12 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
2.13 BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
A. Comply with requirements and codes of local governing authority regarding backflow prevention.
B. Provide the necessary materials, insulation/draining capabilities, and insulated fiberglass enclosure, dark green in
color.
C. Backflow preventors shall be type suitable for use in high hazard cross connection to potable water system as
manufactured by Watts Regulator Company, Lawrence, Ma.
1. Reduced pressure backflow preventors shall be No. 909 series Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Pre-
ventor.
2. Double check valve assembly backflow preventors shall be No. 709 series Double Check Valve Assembly.
3. In absence of local codes or requirements, provide double check assembly backflow preventor installed in
strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
2.14 RAINFALL SENSOR
A. Provide rainfall sensor to cancel operation of controller during substantial rainfall. Acceptable products include:
1. Mini -Click Rain Sensor manufactured by Glen -- Hilton
2. Equivalent as manufactured by Rain Bird, Toro, or Nelson.
2.15 METER
A. Meter box shall conform to requirements of local utility company.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Pressure/Flow Test: Conduct tests at the irrigation water tap or meter location and provide written results to
Owner including the following information:
1. Static pressure in psi
2. Residual pressure in psi
3. Flowingpm
B. Prior to installation, receive approval fi om General Contractor to proceed with construction.
C. Contractor shall field verify all aboveground and underground utilities prior to start of work.
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Trenching and Backfilling:
1. Trenching and backfilling shall conform to Section 02300.
2. Excavate trench to proper depth as shown or specified.
3. Minimum trench width shall be 3 1/2 inches.
4. Overexcavate trenches deeper than required in soils containing rock or other hard material that might dam-
age pipe and backfill to proper depth with selected fine earth or sand.
5. Backfill and hand tamp overexcavation prior to installing piping.
6. Keep trenches free of obstructions and debris that would damage pipe.
7. Sprinkler piping shall not be installed in same trench as heating duct, electric ducts, storm and sanitary
sewer lines, water and gas mains.
B. Do not cut sidewalks, paved areas, or curb and gutter when trenching for piping unless otherwise noted on the
Drawings.
1. Provide sleeves as specified in Part 2 above under paving prior to installation of paving.
2. Auger, bore, or tunnel under existing paving without disturbing pavement. Damaged pavement shall be
removed and replaced in accordance with Section 02740 or 02751.
02812 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No, 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Minimum cover from top of piping to finished grade shall be provided as follows:
1. Lawn and planting areas:
a. Mains and Control Valves: 18 inches
b. Laterals: 12 inches
2. Drives or parking areas: 24 inches
B. Clearances: Maintain 3 inch minimum horizontal clearance between parallel lines in same trench or vertical
clearance between lines crossing at angles.
C. Special Requirements - PVC and PE pipe:
1. Snake pipe in trench at least 1 foot per 100 feet of pipe to allow for thermal expansion.
2. Pipe laterals shall be laid to drain to low point drains located at lowest elevations of each zone.
D. Rest full length of pipe section on bed of trench, excavating recesses to accommodate joints. Do not lay pipe on
unstable material or blocking, or when in opinion of Owner conditions are unsuitable.
E. Threaded Plastic Pipe Jointing:
1 Do not use solvent cement on threaded joints.
2. wrap joints with Teflon tape or use virgin Teflon lubricant.
F. Bell and Socket Plastic Pipe Jointing: Cement joints in accordance with ASTM D2855.
3.4 SLEEVING
A. Provide sleeves for both piping and control wiring where either passes under paved surfaces.
1. Depths of sleeves shall be same as that required for piping at each location or condition.
2. Extend sleeves 12 inches beyond paving at each end.
3. Install permanent benchmark at top of curbs for reference to sleeve locations.
3.5 AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES
A. Provide automatic low point drains on all zones. Provide two valves at lowest points of each zone, with each drain
installed above a 12 inch x 12 inch x 12 inch deep area of coarse gravel.
3.6 VALVES
A. Do not locate beneath paved surfaces.
B. Install plumb to within 1116 inch.
C. Locate within valve box with 6 inch deep layer of coarse gravel beneath bottom of valve.
D. Top of quick coupler valves shall be 6 inches to top of valve box. Top of gravel layer shall be 3 inches below top
of valve.
E. Master Valve (if required on the Drawings):
1. Locate immediately behind backftow preventor.
2. Valve shall be energized by master valve circuit on automatic controller.
3.7 SPRINKLERS
A. Install plumb to within 1/16 inch with top collar, not nozzle, flush with finish grade.
B. Provide swing joint with each sprinkler except where entire head is raised above grade and/or where rigid riser
piping is required.
02812 -6
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
C. Heads adjacent to paving and curb: Locate between 6 and 12 inches from edge of paving or back of curb to pre-
vent car overhang to conflict with a fully extended sprinkler.
3.8 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL WIRE
A. Conform to the National Electrical Code (NEC) and local electrical codes.
B. Provide electrical connection to system as designated on the Drawings and as specified herein.
C. Wire Placement:
1. Do not run control and power supply wiring in same conduit.
2. Provide continuous runs of wire between controller and valves. Splices shall be made with one of follow-
ing:
a. Watertight below ground electrical junction boxes.
b. Water -tight connectors, such as utilized for valves, and located within valve box for ease of locating.
c. The location of electrical splices shall be shown on the As -Built drawings.
3. Bury control wire beside pipe in same trench. Bundle and tape together at not more than 10 ft intervals.
D. Expansion Loops: Construct by wrapping wire around 1/2 inch diameter pipe to create coil. A 3 foot section of
wire shall be used to create 12 inch coil with 6 foot section being used to create 24 inch coil.
1. Provide 12 inch coils at each wire splice, not including valves, and at each change of wire direction.
2. Provide 24 inch coils at each control valve and where each valve enters conduit for automatic controller.
3.9 BACKFILLING
A. Sand or fine - grained soils shall be used for initial backfill to sufficient depth to prevent damage to pipe from rocks
or other debris during compaction of subsequent backfill.
B. Fill trench to within 3 inches of finish grade with excavated soil and compact in accordance with Section 02300.
C. Fill top 3 inches with existing topsoil in planting or turf areas and wheel roll until compaction of backfill is same
as surrounding soil.
D. Grade backfilled trench uniform with surrounding grades.
3.10 BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
A. Comply with local codes for installation of backflow preventor. In absence of local codes, install in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide combination of drains and quick coupler valves to accommodate winterization of entire system by forced
air. Submit materials and methods to Owner for consideration and receive approval prior to installation of work.
3.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER
A. Location and installation shall be as shown on the Drawings and approved by Owner prior to installation.
B. Provide rigid conduits for both power supply and control wiring.
1. Control wire conduit shall extend to 18 inches below grade.
2. Secure conduit to wall with anchors and screws.
C. Provide electrical grounding for controller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection and Adjustments: Following installation, make final adjustments to lawn irrigation system prior to
Owner's final inspection.
02812 -7
WaI -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
1. Flush system completely, with nozzles and screens removed, to extract debris.
2. Verify sprinkler operation and alignment for direction of throw. Correct as necessary.
3. Check pop -up spray nozzling for proper arc of spray with no overthrow onto pavement. Adjust nozzles as
necessary for proper throw.
4. Insure uniform distribution exists.
5. Insure proper sprinkler head operational after landscaping and/or sod installation.
13. Demonstration: Following final adjustment, operate entire installation to demonstrate complete and successful op-
eration of equipment.
END OF SECTION
02812 -8
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec 11--- Civil Site Specifications 051905
SECTION 02830 - SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Segmental retaining wall (SRW) units, soil reinforcement, and appurtenances.
13. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 -- Earthwork
2. Section 02630 -- Storm Drainage
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM C 140 - Sampling And Testing Concrete Masonry Units And Related Units
2. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
3. ASTM C 1262 - Evaluating The Freeze -Thaw Durability Of Manufactured Concrete Masonry Units And
Related Concrete Units
4. ASTM C 1372 - Dry-Cast Segmental Retaining Wall Units
5. ASTM D 422 - Particle -Size Analysis Of Soils
6. ASTM D 698 -- Laboratory Compaction Characteristics Of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 Ft-Lbf/Ft
3(600 Kn --MJM 3))
7. ASTM D 2166 - Unconfined Compressive Strength Of Cohesive Soil
8. ASTM D 2949 - 3.25 -in. Outside diameter polyvinyl chloride) (pvc) plastic drain, waste, and vent pipe
and fittings
9. ASTM D 2922 - Density Of Soil And Soil- Aggregate In Place By Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
10. ASTM D 3080 - Direct Shear Test Of Soils Under Consolidated Drained Conditions
11. D 4318 - Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, And Plasticity Index Of Soils
12. ASTM G 51 - Measuring Ph Of Soil For Use In Corrosion Testing
13. ASTM G 57 - Field Measurement Of Soil Resistivity Using The Wenner Four - Electrode Method
B. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA)
1. NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls
2. NCMA SRWU -2 - Shear Strength between Segmental Concrete units
C. American Association of Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO)
1. AASHTO - Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Soil Reinforcement: Structural geogrid or steel strips formed by a regular network of integrally connected tensile
elements with apertures of sufficient size to allow interlocking with surrounding soil, rock, or earth and function
primarily as structural reinforcement.
1. Geosynthetic (extensible) Soil Reinforcement: Polymer product specifically manufactured as soil rein-
forcement element that meets requirements of this specification.
2. Steel (inextensible) Soil Reinforcements: Steel strips, wires, or bars specially configured and coated for soil
reinforcement applications.
B. Segmental Concrete Facing Unit: A modular concrete facing unit machine -made from Portland cement, water,
and mineral aggregates.
02830 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
C. Cap Unit: A modular concrete cap unit machine -made.
D. Unit Fill: Free draining "open" aggregate fill which is within and between the segmental concrete facing units
E. Drainage Fill: Free draining "open" aggregate fill extending a minimum of 12" behind the units.
F. Reinforced Backfill: Compacted soil which is within the reinforced soil volume as outlined on Construction
Drawings.
G. Foundation Soil: Compacted import or in-situ soil beneath entire wall.
H. Retained Soil: Compacted import or in -situ soil behind reinforced zone of retaining wall.
1. Leveling Pad: Level compacted gravel or unreinforced concrete footing upon which first course of segmental
concrete facing units are placed.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Compliance: Submit manufacturer's certification to the Civil Engineering Consultant of Record and
the Owner prior to start of work stating that the following meet requirements of this specification.
1. Soil reinforcement
2. Reinforced backfill materials
3. Drainage materials
B. Samples: Submit samples to Civil Engineering Consultant of SRW units showing finish and color prior to deliv-
ery of materials as required on Construction Drawings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: SRW system installer shall have a minimum of 100,000 square feet of documentable experience
installing SRW systems over eight feet in height on minimum of five projects over the previous two years. Pro-
vide to the Wal -Mart Construction Manager at the pre - construction conference, a project list with current refer-
ences and telephone numbers for the proposed SRW Installer substantiating the required experience.
13. Pre-Construction Meeting: A pre - construction meeting shall be conducted by the General Contractor prior to be-
ginning construction on segmental retaining walls. Owner's Construction Manager shall be notified of the date,
time, and location of the meeting. Mandatory attendees include the General Contractor, the wall design engineer
of record, the project geotechnical engineer, the Contractor's testing agency, Owner's independent testing labora-
tory, and representatives of all sub - contractors involved with the foundation preparation, erection, and backfrlling
of the SRW. Meeting topics shall include, but are not limited to contractor qualifications as stated above; sched-
ule and phasing of wall construction; coordination with other on -site construction activities; responsibilities of par-
ties; and sources, quality, and acceptance of materials
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Segmental Concrete Facing Units:
1. Check the materials upon delivery to assure the specified type, grade, color and texture of units have been
received.
2. Prevent excessive mud, wet concrete, epoxies, and like materials which may affix themselves from coming
in contact with the materials.
3. Protect the materials from damage.
B. Soil Reinforcement:
1. Check the soil reinforcement upon delivery to assure the proper grade and type of material been received.
Provide a product certification with each shipment.
2. Store soil reinforcement material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
02530 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
C. Drainage Materials:
1. Store plastic pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to prevent deleterious materials
from becoming affixed or deterioration from sun exposure.
2. Store drainage aggregate to prevent contamination with other materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SEGMENTAL CONCRETE FACING UNITS
A. Manufacturers: Provide SRW system based on the following manufactured system.
1. Anchor Wall Systems
B. Color and finish shall be as shown in the Drawings.
C. Facing units shall meet the following structural requirements:
1. SRW Shear Capacity: Concrete units shall have a demonstrated shear capacity to withstand laterally ap-
plied shear loads as defined in the design calculations. Shear capacity shall be demonstrated through
full-scale testing of SRW facing system according to NCMA SRWU -2 test method. Shear capacity
shall be defined both with and without the soil reinforcement present at the interface.
2. Units shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C1372.
3. Concrete wall units including cap units shall have minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 4,000 psi on
the net area and have a maximum absorption rate of 6 percent.
4. Cementitious materials used in manufacture of units shall be Type I, Type II or Type III Portland cement in
accordance with ASTM C150.
5. In areas where repeated freezing and thawing under saturated conditions occur, freeze -thaw durability shall
be demonstrated by testing per ASTM C1262. Testing shall be conducted for a minimum 100 cycles,
and weight loss shall not exceed one percent.
6. Other Constituents: Air entraining agents, coloring pigments, integral water repellents, finely ground silica
and other constituents shall be previously established as suitable for use in retaining wall units or shall
be shown by test or experience not to be detrimental to the durability of segmental concrete facing
units or to any material used in masonry construction.
7. Dimensional tolerances for exterior molded units shall be in accordance with ASTM C1372. SRW con-
crete facing unit molded dimensions shall not differ more than + 1/8 inch from the manufacturer's pub-
lished dimensions, except for height which shall be ± 1/16 inch Maximum differential shall be no
more than 1/8 inch in height from front to back of unit.
8. SRW units shall provide minimum effective in -place weight equivalent to 100 pcf. Fill placed within di-
mensions of units may be considered as integral to the effective unit weight. This in- -place weight
shall be determined by testing and used for all design calculations.
9. Units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the
unit or significantly impair the strength or permanence of the construction.
2.2 BASE LEVELING PAD MATERIAL
A. Base leveling pad material shall be crushed dense aggregate base material or lean non - reinforced 2,000 psi con-
crete.
2.3 UNIT FILL
A. Unit fill shall be free - draining crushed stone or crushed gravel conforming to SRW manufacturer's recommenda-
tions.
2.4 SOIL REINFORCEMENT
A. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement:
1. Properties: The geosynthetic soil reinforcement shall possess minimum strength and durability required by
design as determined by product specific testing as defined in the NCMA Design Manual for Segmen-
02830 -3
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
tat Retaining Walls (Section 3.5), including provisions for minimum partial safety factors. Design
submittal shall indicate the index tensile strength for each reinforcement type to be used in construc-
tion.
2. Geogrid:
a. Stratagrid by Strata Systems, Inc.
b. Nicolon Mirafi
c. Tensar (UX/MSE Series Geogrids Only)
B. Steel Soil Reinforcement:
1. Steel soil reinforcement shall possess minimum strength and durability at end of design life of structure in
accordance with AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges including provisions for cor-
rosion and manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Steel (inextensible) soil reinforcement shall be provided by the following manufacturers:
a. Reinforced Earth Company.
2.5 DRAINAGE MATERIALS
A. Drainage collection pipe shall be perforated/slotted PVC pipe or perforated corrugated polyethlyene (PE) pipe as
specified in Section 02630 or perforated clay pipe, ASTM C 700, Standard- and Extra - Strength classes, unglazed,
socket- and - spigot ends, for gasketed joints.
B. The pipe shall be covered with a knitted or non -woven geotextile sock specifically designed to function as a filter.
C. Drainage aggregate shall be free - draining material, relative to the surrounding soil conforming to the SRW manu-
facturer's recommendations in order to prevent build -up of hydrostatic pressure.
D. Drainage Geotextile:
1. Geotex 401 by Synthetic Industries, Chattanooga, TN 37416, (423)553 -2772
http : //wvww.frxsoil.conz'index.php ?sub =p4 _nonwoven
2. C -60NW by CONTECH Construction Products Inc., Middletown, OH. 45044 (800) 338-1122
http://www.contech-cpi.com/products/productGroups.asp?id-6
3. 150EX by Linq Industrial Fabrics, Inc., Summerville, SC 29483, (843) 873-5800.
ht eohome.html
E. Drainage Composite:
1. J -DRain 400 Dimple Core Drainage Composite by JDR Enterprises, Inc., Alpharetta, GA, (800) 843-7569.
2. Mirafi G 100N Drainage Composite by Mirafi Construction Products, Pendergrass, GA, (888) 795 -0808
3. Battle Drain I by Linq Industrial Fabrics, Inc., Summerville, SC. (800) 543-9966.
2.6 REINFORCED WALL BACKFILL
A. Reinforced soil shall possess the following characteristics:
1. Less than 35% passing the No. 200 sieve per ASTM D 422 with a maximum size of 314 inches (4 inch
maximum for steel reinforced systems)
2. A liquid limit < 40 and a plasticity index < 10 per ASTM D 4318
3. An effective angle of internal friction > 30° per ASTM D 2166 or D 3080 at the compaction standard. Use
of an effective friction angle greater than 30 degrees for design shall be verified by appropriate testing
submitted to and approved by the owner's engineer prior to construction.
4. Less than 5% organic material
B. Backfill reinforced with geosynthetic shall have a pH in the range of 3 to 9 per ASTM G 51.
C. Backfill reinforced with steel reinforcement shall have a pH in the range of 5 to 10 per ASTM G 51, minimum re-
sistivity of 3000 ohm-cm at 100% saturation per ASTM G 57 and free of sulfates > 200 ppm or chlorides > 100
ppm. If the resistivity is 5000 ohm -cm, the chloride and sulphate requirements are waived. Subject to approval,
the owner's engineer may allow slightly wider ranges of pH for higher resistivities.
02830 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
2.7 RETAINED BACKFILL OR COMMON BACKFILL
A. Soil placed behind the reinforced backfill shall be satisfactory fill material as specified in Section 02300.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Comply with federal, state and local requirements for execution of the work, including local building codes and
current OSHA excavation regulations. Provide excavation support as required to maintain stability, of the area dur-
ing excavation and wall construction and to protect existing structures, utilities, landscape features, or property or
improvements.
B. Prior to grading or excavation of the site, confirm the location of the retaining walls and all underground features,
including utility locations within the area of construction. Ensure surrounding structures are protected from effects
of wall excavation.
C. Coordinate installation of underground utilities and other improvements with wall installation.
D. Control surface water drainage and prevent inundation of the retaining wall area during construction.
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on the Construction Drawings. Take precautions to minimize over -
excavation. Over - excavation shall be backfilled with approved compacted material
B. Inspect excavation prior to placement of leveling pad material.
C. In areas where soft, disturbed or otherwise unsuitable soils are encountered within the zone of the wall loading in
the excavations, such unsuitable soils shall be over-excavated to the depths and extents required and replaced with
select material and compacted per the contract documents.
D. Fill over - excavated areas in front of wall face with approved compacted material before wall construction reaches
4 feet in height.
E. In areas where a retaining wall or portion of a retaining wall is to be installed into cut, the required excavation
shall extend horizontally to the extent of the reinforced zone and vertically to the elevation of the top of the level-
ing pad. The retained zone shall be bench cut in order to permit controlled placement of retained backfill.
3.3 LEVELING PAD CONSTRUCTION
A. Place leveling pad as shown on the Construction Drawings with 6 inches of crushed dense aggregate base or 8
inches of lean concrete. The leveling pad shall extend laterally a minimum distance of 6 inches from the toe and
heel of the lower -most SRW Unit in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Foundation soil shall be proofrolled and the top 12 inches compacted to minimum 95 % Standard Proctor Maxi-
mum Dry Density (ASTM D 698) and tested prior to placement of leveling pad materials.
C. Compact granular leveling pad material to provide a level hard surface on which to place the f rst course of units.
Compact with mechanical plate compactors to minimum 95 % of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (ASTM
D 698).
3.4 SRW UNIT INSTALLATION
A. Place first course of SRW units on the leveling pad. Level units side -to -side, front -to -rear and aligned with adja-
cent units.
02830 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
B. Ensure units are in full contact with base.
C. Place the front of the units side -by -side without gaps between the fronts of adjacent units. Layout of curves and
corners shall be in accordance with SRW manufacturer's installation guidelines.
D. Install mechanical fascia connections per SRW manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Place and compact unit drainage fill within, between, and behind units. Place and compact infill soil behind drain-
age fill. Mechanical vibrating plate compactors shall not be used on top of the units. Compact fill between units
and the three -foot zone behind the units by running hand - operated compaction equipment just behind units. Corn-
pact to minimum 80 % Relative Density (ASTM D 2949).
F. Place core drainage fill in the previous course of units prior to stacking of subsequent segmental retaining wall
units.
G. Clean excess debris from top of units.
H. Repeat procedure to the extent of wall height.
3.5 SOIL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION
A. Soil reinforcement shall be oriented with the highest strength axis perpendicular to the wall alignment. Verify ori-
entation (Roll direction) of geosynthetic reinforcement.
B. Install soil reinforcement to wall height, horizontal location, and extent as shown on the Drawings.
C. Lay the soil reinforcement horizontally on compacted backfill. Pull geogrid taut and connect to concrete SRW
units according to connection detail shown on the Drawings or as recommended by manufacturer prior to backfill
placement on geosynthetic reinforcement.
D. Soil reinforcements shall be continuous throughout their embedment lengths. Spliced connections between shorter
pieces will not be allowed.
E. Do not operate tracked construction equipment directly upon soil reinforcement. Provide a minimum fill thickness
of 6 inches prior to operation of tracked equipment over soil reinforcement. Keep tracked vehicle turning to
minimum to prevent tracks from displacing the fill and damaging soil reinforcement.
F. Rubber-tired equipment may pass over soil reinforcement at low speeds, less than 10 mph, if permitted by the
manufacturer. Avoid sudden braking and sharp turning.
G. Changes to soil reinforcement layout, including, but not limited to, length, soil reinforcement type (strength), or
elevation, may be made subject to approval of the Engineer.
3.6 REINFORCED BACKFILL PLACEMENT
A. Place reinforced backfill, spread and compact in such a manner that will not develop slack in the soil reinforce-
ment in accordance with Manufacturers recommendations.
B. Place and compact reinforced backfill in lifts not to exceed 8 inches in compacted thickness.
C. Compact reinforced backfill to a minimum of 95 % Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (ASTM D 698) at a
moisture content from 2 % below to 2 % above optimum
D. Compact reinforced backfill in all areas to the lines and grades shown on the Construction Drawings including all
sloped areas above walls.
02830 -6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
E. At the end of each day's operation, slope the last lift of reinforced backfill away from the wall facing to rapidly di-
rect runoff away from the wall face. Do not allow surface runoff from adjacent areas to enter the wall construction
site.
3.7 RETAINED BACKFILL PLACEMENT
A. Retained back.fill shall be placed in maximum 8 inch thick compacted lifts and compacted to minimum 95 % Stan-
dard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (ASTM D 698).
3.8 DRAINAGE SYSTEM
A. Drainage Collection Pipe:
1. Install the drainage collection pipe according to line, grades and sections shown on the Drawings.
13. Drainage Aggregate:
1. Install drainage aggregate to line, grades, and sections shown on the Drawings.
2. When blanket drain is installed, non -woven geotextile shall be installed prior to aggregate placement in ac-
cordance with the Drawings.
C. Drainage Composite:
1. Install drainage composite as shown on the Drawings.
2. Wrap upper ends of drainage composite with approved geotextile fabric.
3.9 SRW CAP INSTALLATION
A. Place SRW Cap units per manufacturer's recommendations. Backfill and compact to finished grade.
B. Incorporate surface water drainage control (swale) into finished grading at top of wall, as shown on the Drawings.
C. Attach cap units to wall units with construction epoxy. Apply epoxy to bottom surface of cap unit and install on
clean units below. Follow epoxy manufacturer's directions to ensure permanent bond.
3.10 CONSTRUCTION
A. SRW Tolerances: Installation of SRW face location shall be within all the following tolerances:
1. Vertical control from plan: + 1.25 inches over a 10 ft. distance.
2. Horizontal location control from plan:
a. Straight lines: ± 1.25 inches over a 10 ft. distance.
b. Straight & radius corner locations: + 1.0 ft.
c. Curves and serpentine radius: ± 2.0 ft.
3. Rotation of the wall face during construction:
a. Maximum 2.0 degrees from established wall plan batter.
b. Maximum, ± 10.0 % from total established horizontal setback.
4. Bulging: ± 1.25 inches over a 10.0 ft. distance.
B. Mechanical vibrating plate compactors shall not be used on top of the units. Compact fill between units and the
backfill zone behind the units by running hand - operated compaction equipment just behind units. Perform com-
paction to manufacturers recommendations.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent laboratories, to provide
quality control and testing services during construction. The Owner may engage a testing and inspection agency
for quality assurance, but this does not relieve the General Contractor from providing the specified construction
quality control and testing.
02830 -7
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
B. Testing and inspection services shall be performed by trained and experienced technicians currently qualified for
the work to be performed.
C. The testing agency shall submit written reports of inspections to the Contractor on weekly basis. Such reports
shall include description of work performed, deficiencies noted in construction, and corrective action taken to re-
solve such deficiencies. Owner shall be notified directly by the Contractor's testing agency of deficiencies noted
by testing agency and provided with a summary and schedule for corrective action. Written reports will also in-
clude location, type, and results of all tests taken on the Project.
D. The Contractor shall provide a certification to the Owner stating that the completed SRW has been installed in ac-
cordance with the contract documents.
E. Segmental Retaining Wall Units:
1. Compressive strength test specimens shall conform to the saw -cut coupon provisions of Section 5.2.4 of
ASTM C140 with the following exceptions:
a. Coupon shall have a minimum thickness of 1-1/2 inches.
b. Coupon shall not be oven dried before testing.
2. The compressive strength shall be considered the average of three or more test coupons.
3. Run compressive strength testing for every 7,500 square feet of installed wall facing material or fraction
thereof. The testing shall be performed immediately upon receipt from laboratory.
F. Soil and Backfill Testing: Unless otherwise directed by the Owner or required by this technical scope of work,
type and minimum frequency of testing for soils- related portions of construction shall be as follows.
I. Field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 2922:
a. Subgrade Soils: One test for every 2,500 square feet per lift of material
b. Base Leveling Pad: One test for every 100 lineal feet
c. Reinforced Backfill: One test for every 2,500 square feet per lift. Every other lift shall be tested.
2. Laboratory moisture - density relationships, ASTM D 698: One test for every compacted material type.
3. Gradation Analysis, ASTM D 422:
a. Unit Fill: One test for every 500 cubic yards of material
b. Reinforced Backfill: One test for every 500 cubic yards of material or when material type changes.
END OF SECTION
02830 -8
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec 11— Civil Site Specifications 040103
SECTION 02890 - TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Traffic control signs.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Standard for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C94 -- Ready Mix Concrete
B. US Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration
1. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices ( MUTCD).
C. Mn/DOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all Supplements.
D. Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SIGNS: Conform to the following and MUTCD classification is shown in parentheses:
A. "STOP" Signs: 30-inches x 30-inches, Octagon, white legend and border on red background (R1-1)
B. "YIELD" Signs: 36- inches x 36- inches x 36- inches, Triangle, red legend and border band with white interior (R1-
2)
C. "SPEED LIMIT 15MPH" Signs: 24- inches x 30- inches, black legend and border on white background (R2 -1)
D. "NO RIGHT TURN" (or "NO LEFT TURN ") Signs: 24- inches x 24- inches, black legend and border, red circle
and bar, and white background (R3-1 and R3-2)
E. "RIGHT TURN ONLY" (or "LEFT TURN ONLY ") Signs: 30- inches x 36-inches, black legend and border on
white background (R3 -5)
F. "DO NOT ENTER" Signs: 30- inches x 30- inches, white legend, bar, and background and red circle (R5 -1)
G. "NO TRUCKS" Signs: 24- inches x 24- inches, black truck symbol, red circle and bar, on white background (R5 -2)
H. "ACCESSIBLE PARKING SYMBOL" Signs: 12- inches x 18-inches, white on blue (R7-8a), green legend and
border, white symbol on blue box, and white background (R7 -8)
1. "PED RING" Signs: 30- inches x 30- inches, black legend and border on yellow background (W11 -2)
J. Miscellaneous Signs: See Construction Drawings
2.2 POSTS
02890-1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
A. "U" channel galvanized steel posts with galvanized sign - mounting hardware for each sign. Posts shall have a
weight of 2- pounds per lineal foot.
2.3 CONCRETE
A. Mix concrete and deliver in accordance with ASTM C94.
B. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water - reducing admix-
ture, air -- entraining admixture, and water to produce following:
1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction Draw-
ings.
2. Slump Range: 1 to 3- inches at time of placement
3. Air Entrainment: 5 to 8 percent
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Contractor shall field verify underground utilities prior to sign installation. Primary utilities of concern of shallow
depths are lawn sprinkler systems, electric, telephone, fiber optic, cable and gas.
B. Cost related to repair of damaged surface and subsurface facilities shall be paid for by the Contractor at no addi-
tional expense to the Owner.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install posts in 18 inch diameter x 24 inch deep concrete foundations. Set posts vertical and plumb with bottom of
sign at minimum 7'--0" above finish grade unless otherwise indicated on the Construction Drawings. Mount signs
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
02890 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota Revision Date: July 1, 2005
UniSpec 11— Civil Site Specifications
SECTION 02900 -- PLANTING
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 Section Includes
1. Preparation and excavation of planting beds,
2. Planting of trees, shrubs, sod, seed, and associated materials.
1.3 Related Sections
1. Section 02300 - Earthwork
3. Section 02370 — Erosion and Sedimentation Control
2. Section 02812 -- Lawn Sprinkler System
1.4 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1. ANSI Z60.1 - American Standard for Nursery Stock
13. American Sod Producer Association (ASPA)
C. American Nursery and Landscape Association (ANLA)
D. Erosion Control Technology Council (ECTC)
1. Standard Specification for Rolled Erosion Control Products.
E. MnIDOT "Standard Specifications for Construction ", 2000 Edition and all supplements.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering or purchasing materials, provide samples upon request.
B. Submit certification tags from trees, shrubs, sod, and seed verifying type and purity.
101404
C. Unless otherwise authorized by Owner, notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of anticipated delivery date of
plant materials. Legible copy of invoice, showing kinds and sizes of materials included for each shipment, shall be
furnished to Owner.
D. Inform Owner of date when planting shall commence.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Condition of new plant materials is responsibility of Contractor and shall be approved by Owner. Owner reserves
right to inspect and reject plants at any time and place.
B. Measure plants when branches are in their normal position.
C. Trees and shrubs shall meet requirements for spread, height, or container size stated in The Drawings.
1. Measurements shall be taken from ground level to average height of shrub and not to longest branch.
2. Height and spread dimensions specified herein refer to main body of trees measured from crown of roots to
tip of top branch.
D. Caliper measurements shall be taken at point on tree trunk 6 inches above natural ground line for trees up to 4
inches in caliper, and at point 12 inches above natural ground line for trees exceeding 4 inches in caliper.
02900 -1
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
E. If range of sizes is given, no plant shall be less than minimum size, and at least 50 percent of plants shall be as
large as upper half of range specified.
F. Measurements specified are minimum size acceptable and, where pruning is required, are measurements after
pruning.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Work shall be performed only during weather conditions favorable to landscape construction and to health and
welfare of plants. Owner shall determine suitability of such weather conditions.
1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Provide Owner with 3 written proposals prior to possession date for landscape maintenance from experienced local
nursery businesses capable of performing work specified herein. Accepted proposal and maintenance contract will
be for period of 2 years and renewable in 1 -year increments. Maintenance will begin immediately after final ac-
ceptance of landscaping by Owner. During the first year warranty period, the Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring that the maintenance contract is being followed. Proposals shall be submitted for work as specified in
paragraph "Maintenance After Construction" in Part 3 hereinafter.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Plant material (trees and shrubs) shall conform to requirements of ANSI Z60.1 of rules and grading upgraded to
meet the following:
1. Plants shall be of selected specimen quality, exceptionally heavy, symmetrical, tightly knit, so trained or
favored in their development and appearance as to be superior in form, number of branches, compactness
and symmetry. Plants shall have normal habit or sound, healthy, vigorous plants with well developed root
system.
2. Plants shall be free of disease, insect pests, eggs, or larvae.
3. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery.
4. Trees with abrasion of bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, or fresh cuts of limbs over 1 1/4 -inch, which have
not completely calloused, shall be rejected.
5. Plants shall be typical of their species or variety and shall have normal habit of growth and be legibly
tagged with proper name. Plants shall have been grown under climatic conditions similar to those of site or
have been acclimated to such condition for at least 2 years.
6. Root system of each plant shall be well -- provided with fibrous roots. Parts shall be sound, healthy, vigor-
ous, well- branched, and densely foliated when in leaf.
7. Plants designated ball and burlap shall be moved with root systems as solid units with balls of earth firmly
wrapped with burlap and comply with the following:
a. Diameter and depth of balls of earth shall be sufficient to encompass fibrous root feeding systems
necessary for healthy development of plant.
b. No plant shall be accepted when ball of earth surrounding its roots has been badly cracked or broken
preparatory to or during process of planting. Balls shall remain intact during all operations.
c. Plants that cannot be planted at once shall be heeled -in by setting in ground and covering balls with
soil or mulch and then watering.
d. Hemp burlap and twine is preferable to treated. If treated burlap is used, twine shall be cut from
around trunk and burlap shall be removed.
8. Trunk of each tree shall be single trunk growing from single unmutilated crown of roots. No part of trunk
shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of same variety.
9. Thickness of each shrub shall correspond to trade classification "No.1 ". Single- stemmed or thin plants
shall not be accepted. Side branches shall be generous, well- twigged, and plant as whole well- branched to
ground. Plants shall be in moist condition, free from dead wood, bruises, or other root or branch injuries.
2.2 LAWN SEED
02900 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
A. Lawn seed mixture shall be fresh, clean new crop seed. Furnish to Owner dealers guaranteed statement of compo-
sition of mixture and percentage of purity and germination of each variety.
B. Seed Mixture: For temporary seeding, provide quick growing grasses such as winter wheat, rye, oats and regreen
in accordance with MnIDOT Specification Section 2573 and Section 3876. Permanent seeding shall conform to
Mn/DOT Specification No. 3 876 with use of Mix No. 60B — Low Maintenance Turf. Provide seed of grass spe-
cies and varieties, proportions by weight and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percent-
age of weed seed. Seed mixtures vary by region and season and shall comply with Mn/DOT and Local Soil Con-
servation Service Standards for lawn turf.
2.3 MULCH
A. Temporary mulches in accordance with MnIDOT Specification Section 2573.3B2.
B. Permanent mulch shall conform to MnIDOT Specification 3882, Type 1.
2.4 SOD
A. Sod shall be ASPA certified, species suitable as lawn turf for the region. Sod shall be strongly rooted, weed, dis-
ease, pest free and uniform in thickness.
2.5 TOPSOIL
A. Natural, friable, fertile, fine loamy soil possessing characteristics of representative topsoil in the vicinity that pro-
duces heavy growth. Topsoil shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 7.4 percent, free from subsoil, objectionable weeds,
litter, sods, stiff clay, stones larger than 1 -inch in diameter, stumps, roots, trash, toxic substances, or any other ma-
terial which may be harmful to plant growth or hinder planting operations. Top soil shall contain a minimum of
two percent organic material.
B. Verify amount stockpiled if any, and supply additional as needed from naturally well -- drained sites where topsoil
occurs at least 4 inches deep. Do not obtain topsoil from bogs or marshes.
2.6 FERTILIZER
A. Deliver fertilizer, mixed as specified, in original unopened standard size bags showing weight, analysis and name
of manufacturer. Containers shall bear manufacturer's guaranteed statement of analysis, or manufacturer's certifi-
cate of compliance covering analysis shall be furnished to Owner. Store fertilizer in such manner that it shall be
kept dry.
B. Base percentages of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash on laboratory test recommendations as approved by Owner.
For bidding assume 10 percent nitrogen, 6 percent phosphorus, and 4 percent potash by weight. At least 50 per -
cent of total nitrogen shall contain no less than 3 percent water-insoluble nitrogen. At least 60 percent of nitrogen
content shall be derived from super-phosphate containing not less than 18 percent phosphoric acid or bone meal
containing 25 -- 30 percent phosphoric acid and 2 - 3 percent nitrogen. Potash shall be derived from muriate of
potash containing 55 - 60 percent potash.
2.7 PEAT MOSS
A. Peat moss shall be Michigan peat moss or approved equal in color and consistency.
B. Peat moss shall be moss peat, finely shredded to pass 1/2-inch mesh and shall be no less than 90 percent organic
material by weight, with ash content by ignition of no more than 10 percent.
C. Material shall contain 35 - 66 percent moisture by weight, but shall have water - holding capacity of 150 - 200 per-
cent.
D. Material shall have pH value of 4 to 5.
02900 -3
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
E. Material may be imported supplied in bales or domestic furnished in bulk. If furnished in bulk, material and its
source shall be acceptable to Owner.
2.8 SHREDDED HARDWOOD BARK MULCH
A. Mulch shall be double processed and of sufficient character as not to be easily displaced by wind or water runoff.
2.9 STAKING MATERIAL
A. Stakes shall be 8-ft steel tee posts. Three stakes shall be used for each tree.
13. Wire used for tree staking shall be pliable No. 12 galvanized soft steel wire.
C. Hose shall be 2 -ply fibred - bearing rubber garden hose, not less than 1/2-inch inside diameter, black or green, and
of suitable length.
2.10 WATER
A. Potable water shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish hose and other watering equipment.
2.11 WEED MAT
A. Weed mat shall be 4.1 oz., woven polypropylene, needle- punched fabric weed barrier.
2.12 EDGING
A. Steel edging shall be 118 -inch x 4 -inch interlocking steel edge, staked with metal stakes sufficiently to hold in
place.
B. Plastic edging shall be Black Diamond as manufactured by Valley View Specialties Company, Crestwood Illinois,
or approved equal.
2.13 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET
A. Erosion control blankets shall be the type and material composition as applicable in accordance with the ECTC
Standard Specification for Rolled Erosion Control Products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. If project completion date prohibits in- season planting, prepare for out-of-season seeding or sodding so that lawns
shall be completed and ready for acceptance at time of project completion.
B. Locations containing unsuitable subsoil shall be treated by one or more of the following:
1. Where unsuitability is deemed by Owner to be due to excessive compaction caused by heavy equipment
and where natural subsoil is other than AASHTO classification of A6 or A7, loosen such areas with spikes,
discing, or other means to loosen soil to condition acceptable to Owner. Loosen soil to minimum depth of
12 inches with additional loosening as required to obtain adequate drainage. Contractor may introduce peat
moss, sand, or organic matter into the subsoil to obtain adequate drainage. Such remedial measures shall
be considered as incidental, without additional cost to Owner.
2. Where unsuitability is deemed by Owner to be due to presence of boards, mortar, concrete, or other con-
struction materials in sub -grade and where natural subsoil is other than AASHTO classification of A6 or
A7, remove debris and objectionable material. Such remedial measures shall be considered as incidental,
without additional cost to Owner.
3. Where unsuitability is deemed by Owner to be because natural subsoil falls into AASHTO classification of
A6 or A7 and contains moisture in excess of 30 percent, then installation of sub - drainage system or other
02900 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
3.2 PROTECTION
means described elsewhere in Specifications shall be used. Where such conditions have not been known or
revealed prior to planting time and they have not been recognized in preparation of The Drawings and
Specifications, then Owner shall issue pricing order to install proper remedial measures.
C. Perform planting operations at steady rate of work unless weather conditions make it impossible to work. No plant
material shall be planted in frozen ground.
D. Disk, drag, harrow, or hand rake subgrade to depth of 4 inches and removed stones larger than 1-1/2 inches to pro-
vide bond for topsoil. Topsoil, which must be transported across finished sidewalks, shall be delivered in such
manner that no damage will be done to sidewalks.
E. Do not place topsoil until subgrade has been approved in accordance with Section 02300. Before placing topsoil,
rake subsoil surface clear of stones, debris, and roots. Compact topsoil to form layer with minimum depth of 4
inches in lawn areas and 12 inches in shrub beds. Place topsoil so that after final settlement there will be positive
drainage conforming to elevations shown on the Drawings.
F. Tree, Shrub and Ground Cover Preparation
1. Dig bare - rooted shrubs with adequate fibrous roots. Cover roots with uniformly thick coating of mud by
being puddled immediately after they are dug, or packed in moist straw or moss.
2. Dig ball and burlap plants with firm natural balls of earth of diameter and depth to include fibrous roots.
3. Protect roots or balls of plants at all times from sun and drying winds.
4. Ball and burlap plants which cannot be planted immediately upon delivery shall be set on ground and pro-
tected with soil, wet moss, or other acceptable material. Heel -in bare rooted plants that cannot be planted
immediately upon delivery. All shall be kept moist.
5. Open and separate bundles of plants before roots are covered. Prevent air pockets among roots. During
planting operations, cover bare roots with canvas, hay, or other suitable material. Plants shall not be bound
with wire or rope which will result in damage to bark or branches.
O. Seed Bed Preparation
1. Grade areas to finish grades, filling as needed or removing surplus dirt. Float areas to smooth, uniform
grade as indicated on the Drawings. Lawn areas shall slope to drain.
2. Where no grades are shown, areas shall have smooth and continual grade between existing or fixed con-
trols, such as walks, curbs, catch basin, steps, or building, and elevations shown on The Drawings. Roil,
scarify, rake, and level as necessary to obtain true, even lawn surfaces. Finish grades shall meet approval
of Owner before grass seed is sown.
3. Loosen soil to depth of 6 inches in lawn areas by approved method of scarification and grade to remove
ridges and depressions. Remove stones or foreign matter over 2 inches in diameter from top 2 inches of
soil. Float lawn areas to finish grades.
4. Seed beds shall be permitted to settle or shall be firmed by rolling before seeding begins.
H. Sod Bed Preparation: Grade areas to finish grade, filling as needed or removing surplus dirt, stones, debris, etc.
and floating areas to smooth, uniform grade as indicated on The Drawings. Lawn areas shall be graded to drain.
Fertilizer Application: Apply fertilizer in two applications and water immediately following each application.
The first application shall be one week prior to seeding /sodding at the rate of 25 pounds per 1000 square feet and
barrowed into the top two inches of topsoil. The second application shall be at the rate of 10 pounds per 1000
square feet immediately following the second mowing.
A. Before commencing work, trees and shrubs that are to be saved shall be protected from damage by placement of
fencing flagged for visibility or some other suitable protective procedure approved by Owner.
B. Trucks or other equipment shall not be driven or parked within drip line of any tree unless tree overspreads paved
area.
02900 -5
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
C. Use precautionary measures when performing work around trees, sidewalks, pavements, utilities, and other fea-
tures either existing or previously installed.
D. Adjust depth of earthwork and topsoil when working immediately adjacent to aforementioned features in order to
prevent disturbing tree roots, undermining sidewalks and pavements, and damage in general to other features ei-
ther existing or previously installed.
E. Cover plants transported to project in open vehicles with tarpaulins or other suitable covers securely fastened to
body of vehicle to prevent injury to plants. Closed vehicles shall be adequately ventilated to prevent overheating of
plants. Evidence of inadequate protection following digging, carelessness while in transit, or improper handling or
storage shall be cause for rejection. Plants shall be kept moist, fresh, and protected. Such protection shall encom-
pass entire period during which plants are in transit, being handled, or are in temporary storage.
F. Plants shall not be delivered to the site more than seven days prior to planting. Plants not planted within 48 hours
of delivery shall be healed in (covered with sawdust, soil or mulch), and the containers or balls protected from
wind and temperature and kept moist until planting.
F. Where excavating, fill, or grading is required within drip line of trees that are to remain, work shall be performed
as follows:
1. Trenching: When trenching occurs around trees to remain, tree roots shall not be cut but trench shall be
tunneled under or around roots by careful hand digging without injury to roots.
2. Raising Grades:
a. Where fill not exceeding 16 inches is required, clean, washed gravel graded from 1 inch to 2 inches
in size shall be placed directly around tree trunk. Extend gravel out from trunk on all sides mini-
mum of 18 inches and finish approximately 2 inches above finished grade at tree. Install gravel be-
fore any earth fill is placed. New earth fill shall not be left in contact with trunks of trees requiring
fill.
b. Where fill exceeding 16 inches is required, construct dry -laid tree well around trunk of tree. Tree
well shall extend out from trunk on all sides minimum of 3 feet and to 3 inches above finish grade.
Place coarse - graded rock directly around tree well extending out to drip line of tree. Place clean,
washed gravel graded from 1 inch to 2 inches in size directly over coarse rock to depth of 3 inches.
Place approved backfill material directly over washed gravel to desired finish grade.
3. Lowering Grades: Existing trees in areas where new finish grade is to be lowered shall have regrading
work done by hand to elevation indicated on The Drawings. Roots as required shall be cut cleanly 3 inches
below finished grade and scars covered with tree paint.
4. Trees marked for preservation that are more than 6 inches above proposed grades shall stand on broad
rounded mounds and graded smoothy into lower level. Trees located more than 16 inches above proposed
grades shall have dry -laid stone wall or other retaining structure as detailed on The Drawings constructed
minimum of 5 feet from trunk. Exposed or broken roots shall be cut clean and covered with topsoil.
3.3 TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING
A. Plants too large for 2 persons to lift in and out of holes shall be placed with sling. Do not rock trees in holes to
raise.
B. If rock or other underground obstruction is encountered, Owner may require plant pits to be relocated, pits
enlarged, or plants deleted from project.
C. Make adjustments in locations as directed. In event that pits or areas for planting are prepared and backfilled with
topsoil to grade prior to commencement of lawn operations, they shall be so marked that when planting proceeds,
they can be readily located. In case underground obstructions such as ledges or utilities are encountered, change
location under direction of Owner without charge.
D. Holes for trees shall be at least 2 feet greater in diameter than spread of root system and at least 6 inches deeper
than root ball. Holes for shrubs and vines shall be at least 12 inches greater in diameter than spread of root system
and at least 2 feet deep.
02900 -6
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
E. During backfilling of tree holes and shrub beds with topsoil, manure, ground limestone (if soil tests indicate it is
needed), and commercial fertilizer at rate of 3 pounds for trees up to 3 inches in caliper, 1 pound per inch caliper
for larger trees, 6 ounces for small shrubs and 8 ounces for each shrub 4 feet or over shall be added as progress of
work permits. Omit ground limestone and manure in case of acid soil plants. Manure, limestone, and fertilizer
shall be thoroughly mixed with topsoil in planting operation. Manure shall not come in immediate contact with
roots.
F. Plants shall be planted in center of holes and at same depth as they had previously grown. Backfill topsoil in lay-
ers of not more than 8 inches and each layer watered sufficiently to settle before next layer is placed. Tamp loam
under edges of balled plants. Use enough topsoil to bring surfaces to finish grade when settled.
1. Provide saucer around each plant as shown on The Drawings.
2. Soak plants with water twice within first 24 hours after time of planting. Apply water with low pressure so
as to soak in thoroughly without dislodging topsoil.
3.4 MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATIONS
A. Shredded Hardwood Bark Mulch
1. Use 4 inches of shredded hardwood bark mulch or approved equal as top dressing in planting beds. Mulch
single trees or shrubs to outside edge of saucer.
2. Place weed mat under planting areas that will not to be seeded and in other locations as shown on the
Drawings. Cover weed mat with 4 inches of shredded hardwood bark mulch and secure in place with soil
staples.
B. Use peat moss for planting soil mixture only and not be used as mulch, except on ground cover.
C. Peg sodded slopes greater than 3 :1 to hold in place.
D. Areas to be covered with erosion control blankets shall be properly prepared, fertilized, and seeded before blanket
is applied. When blanket is unrolled, netting shall be on top and fibers in contact with soil. In ditches, apply blan-
ket in direction of flow of water. On slopes, apply blankets vertically on slope. Overlap ends and sides 6 inches
and staple to manufacturer's recommendations.
3.5 SEEDING
A. Do not perform seeding in windy conditions.
B. Seeding shall be dispersed in 2 directions at right angles to each other.
C. Seed lawn areas by sowing evenly with approved mechanical seeder at rate of minimum of 3 pounds per 1,000
square feet. Culti- packer or approved similar equipment may be used to cover seed and to form seedbed in 1 op-
eration. In areas inaccessible to culti- packer, lightly rake seeded ground with flexible rakes and roll with water
ballast roller. After rolling, seeded areas shall be lightly mulched with wheat straw.
D. Surface layer of soil for seeded areas shall be kept moist during germination period. Water seeded areas twice first
week to minimum depth of 6 inches with fine spray and once per week thereafter as necessary to supplement natu-
ral rain to equivalent of 6 inches depth.
3.6 SODDING
A. A 1'--6" wide strip shall be sodded along sidewalks, roadways, and parking areas to prevent washing and erosion.
B. Cut and lay sod on same day. Only healthy vigorous growing sod shall be laid.
C. Lay sod across slope and tightly together to result in solid coverage free of gaps.
D. Roll or firmly but lightly tamp new sod with suitable wooden or metal tamper sufficiently to set or press sod into
underlying soil.
02900-7
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
E. After sodding has been completed, clean up and thoroughly water newly-sodded areas.
3.7 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting. Plants shall be watered, mulched, weeded, pruned, sprayed, fertil-
ized, cultivated, and otherwise maintained and protected until acceptance. Settled plants shall be reset to proper
grade and position, planting saucer restored, and dead material removed and replaced_ Tighten and repair stakes
and wires. Correct defective work as soon as possible after it becomes apparent and weather and season permit.
B. Maintain lawns for at least 30 days after sodding and 60 days after seeding, or as long as is necessary to establish
uniform stand of the specified grasses, or until substantial completion of project, or until acceptance of lawns,
whichever is later.
C. In event that lawn operations are completed too late in Fall for adequate germination and/or growth, maintenance
shall continue into following growing season or until uniform stand of specified grasses has been established.
D. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil and adjust watering schedule established by irriga-
tion system installer to fit conditions.
E. After grass growth has started, areas that fail to show uniform stand of grass for any reason whatsoever shall be re-
seeded in accordance with The Drawings and as specified herein. Such areas shall be reseeded repeatedly until ar-
eas are covered with satisfactory growth of grass at no additional cost to Owner. Topsoil conditioning or removal
and replacement shall be performed if required to facilitate establishment of grass at no cost to Owner.
F. Watering shall be done in such manner and as frequently as is deemed necessary by Owner to assure continued
growth of healthy grass. Water areas of site in such a manner as to prevent erosion due to excessive quantities ap-
plied over small areas and to avoid damage to finished surface due to watering equipment.
G. Water for execution and maintenance shall be provided by Contractor at no expense to Owner. Contractor shall
furnish portable tanks, pumps, hose, pipe, connections, nozzles, and any other equipment required to transport wa-
ter from available outlets and apply it to seeded areas in approved manner.
H. Initiate mowing of seeded areas when grass has attained height of 3 inches. Maintain grass height at 2 1/2 to 3
inches at subsequent cuttings depending on time of year. Not more than 1/3 of grass leaf shall be removed at any
cutting and cutting shall not occur more than 10 days apart.
1. Heavy cuttings shall be removed to prevent destruction of underlying turf. If weeds or other undesirable vegeta-
tion threaten to smother planted species, such vegetation shall be mowed or, in case of rank growths, shall be up-
rooted, raked and removed from area by methods approved by Owner.
J. Protect seeded area from pedestrian or vehicular trespassing while grass is germinating. Provide fences, signs,
barriers, or other necessary temporary protective devices. Repair damage resulting from trespass, erosion, wash-
out, settlement, or other causes.
K. Remove fences, signs, barriers, or other temporary protective devices after final acceptance.
L. If substantial number of plants are diseased, distressed, or dead at time of inspection, acceptance will not be
granted and Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of plants shall be extended until replacements are made.
M. Replacements shall be plants of same variety and size specified on The Drawings. Furnish and plant as specified
herein. Cost shall be borne by Contractor. Replacements resulting from removal, Toss, or damage due to occu-
pancy of project in any part, vandalism, physical damage by animals, vehicles, etc., and losses due to curtailment
of water by local authorities will be approved and paid for by Owner.
N. Remove and replace dead, defective and/or rejected plants as required before final acceptance. Replacement of
plant materials that may be necessary shall be at expense of Contractor.
02900 -8
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
O. Grassed areas damaged during process of work shall be responsibility of Contractor, who shall restore disturbed
areas to condition satisfactory to Owner. This may include filling to grade, fertilizing, seeding, and mulching.
P. Guarantee plants for period of 2 years after inspection and acceptance.
Q.
At end of Establishment Period, inspection shall be made again. Remove from site any plant that is dead or unsat-
isfactory to Owner. Replace plants during normal planting season.
R. All landscaping planted within the City's right of way including, but not limited to, trees, bushes, shrubs, grass and
sod shall be warranted by the Contractor to be alive, of good quality, and disease free for twelve (12) months from
the time of planting. Any replacements shall be warranted for twelve (12) months from the time of planting.
3.8 MAINTENANCE AFTER CONSTRUCTION
A. Maintenance after construction shall be commenced upon completion of a Maintenance Agreement based on pro-
posal submitted by the Contractor specified in Part 1 above. The Maintenance Agreement and the maintenance
work shall conform to the following requirements.
B. General Landscaping
1. Landscape maintenance shall include necessary watering, cultivation, weeding, pruning, wound dressing,
disease and insect pest control, protective spraying, labor for replacement of dead plant material, straighten-
ing plants which lean or sag, adjustments of plants which settle or are planted too low, mowing, replace-
ment of mulch that has been displaced, repairing and reshaping of saucers, and reseeding or replanting of
those areas affected. Remove rubbish, waste, tools, and equipment used at end of each workday. Other
procedures consistent with good horticultural practice necessary to ensure vigorous, healthy growth of plant
material are also part of Maintenance Contract.
2. During first year of Maintenance Contract, replacement of plant material shall be responsibility of Contrac-
tor with exceptions as listed herein.
3. Landscape maintenance contractor shall purchase and maintain Contractor's general Liability insurance in
amount of $1,000,000 for protection from Contractor's operations under Maintenance Contract. Certifica-
tion of such insurance shall be filed with Owner prior to commencement of work.
C. Watering
1. The Owner's irrigation system shall be used by landscape maintenance contractor for watering. Failure of
system does not relieve landscape maintenance contractor's responsibility of maintaining desired level of
moisture necessary to maintain vigorous, healthy growth.
2. Water shall be applied in quantities sufficient to penetrate soil to minimum depth of 8- inches in shrub beds
and 6-- inches in turf areas at rate that will prevent saturation of soil.
3. On -site water will be furnished by Owner. Contractor shall furnish hose and other watering equipment.
D. Weeding: Landscape maintenance contractor shall keep areas free from weeds and undesirable grasses by ap-
proved methods and materials .
E. Disease and insect pest control: Inspect plant material at least once each month to locate any disease or insect pest
infestations. Upon discovery of infestation, nature or species of infestation shall be identified. Control in accor-
dance with industry standards shall be immediately implemented.
F. Fertilizing: Landscape maintenance contractor shall fertilize on regularly scheduled program to fit requirements of
plant material to maintain vigorous, healthy growth. Spilled or excess fertilizer shall be swept and properly dis-
posed. Flushing into storm sewer is prohibited.
G. Pruning and repair: Amount of pruning shall be limited to minimum necessary to remove dead or injured
branches, to compensate for loss of roots as result of transplanting operations, and to maintain safety in traveled
areas. Pruning shall not change the natural habit or attractive, balanced shape of plant. Cuts shall be made flush,
leaving no stubs.
02900-9
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1 861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
H. Mowing: Mow grass areas at regular intervals to keep grass height from exceeding 3- inches. Mow in such man-
ner as to prevent clippings from blowing onto paved areas and sidewalks. Cleanup after mowing shall include
sweeping or blowing to clear mowing debris.
I. Clean up: During course of maintenance, excess and waste materials shall be continuously and promptly removed
at end of each workday.
J. Maintenance report and schedule of activities: Landscape maintenance contractor shall provide schedule and re-
port to Owner that details planned maintenance activities including names of any subcontractors.
K. General Irrigation:
1. After extended 2 -Year Maintenance Agreement has expired, landscape maintenance contractor shall main-
tain irrigation system in good operating condition through monthly inspections of system components and
make repairs as necessary. This includes checking and verifying operation in each zone, alignment of
heads, rain sensors, controller, and checking leaks.
2. Landscape maintenance contractor shall make every effort to conserve water by adjusting programming to
allow for weather changes and growth seasons. Irrigation should be conducted between 2:00 a.m. and 6:00
a.m. unless requested by Owner.
L. Winterization:
1. When cold weather approaches and chance for freezing conditions exist, the irrigation system shall be
drained after each use.
2. Winterization procedure shall include the following:
a. Shut water off at main gate valve
b. Open manual drain valves
c. Blow out each section twice with compressed air
d. Set controller to cycle through each section minimum time available, once each day through winter
months.
e. If backflow preventor is installed with unions, remove and store out of weather.
M. Spring Start -up: Spring start-up procedure shall include the following:
1. Reinstall backflow prevention
2. Close manual drain valves
3. Slowly turn water on
4. Check for leaks and proper alignment of heads
5. Repair and adjust system as required for proper operation
N. Component Replacement: If replacement of component parts becomes necessary after normal use and after origi-
nal warranty has expired, Owner is responsible for expense of replacements, provided there has been no mishan-
dling of these items on part of landscape maintenance contractor.
O. Termination Of Maintenance Contract:
1. If Owner fails to make payment for period of 90 days without written clarification, landscape maintenance
contractor may, upon 12 additional days written notice to Owner, terminate contract and recover from
Owner payment for work executed and for proven loss sustained upon materials, equipment, or tools, in-
cluding reasonable profit and damages applicable to Maintenance Contract.
2. If landscape maintenance contractor defaults, persistently fails, or neglects to carry out work in accordance
with Maintenance Contract, Owner, after 12 days written notice to landscape maintenance contractor and
without prejudice to any other remedy Owner may have, may make good such deficiencies, including com-
pensation for additional services made necessary, and deduct cost from payment due landscape mainte-
nance contractor or Owner may terminate Maintenance Contract.
END OF SECTION
02900 -10
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07120/05
UniSpec 11— Civil Site Specifications) 072503
SECTION 16525 - SITE LIGHTING (400 W)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior luminaires, 400 Watt pulse start cutoff system utilizing sag glass (flat glass convertible) 28 ft
mounting for site lighting.
2. Luminaire accessories including lens, poles, and controls.
3. Installation by Contractor of Owner furnished items.
4. Installation and furnishing by Contractor of underground conduit, wiring, concrete foundation, ground rod,
system bonding.
B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section:
1. Wal-Mart will furnish lighting poles, anchor bolts, luminaires, lamps, and touch -up paint for installation by
Contractor.
C. Related Sections
1. Section 02300 - Trenching, backfill, and compaction for utilities
2. Division 3 - Concrete
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
1. AASHTO C -HSLTS - Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.
13. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1. ANSI C78.379 - Electric Lamps - Incandescent and High-Intensity-Discharge Reflector Lamps - Classifica-
tion of Beam Patterns.
2. ANSI C82.4 -- Ballasts for High- Intensity- Discharge and Low- Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply
Type).
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
D. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) of North America
1. IES RP -8 - Recommended Practice for Roadway Lighting.
2. IES RP -20 - Recommend Practice for Parking Facilities.
3. IES LM -36 - Method for Testing Floodlights Using Discharge Lamps.
4. IES Lighting Handbook
E. ASTM International (ASTM)
1. ASTM A 36 - Structural Steel
2. ASTM A 307 -- Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength
3. ASTM A 595 -- Steel Tubes, Low-Carbon, Tapered for Structural Use
F. AWS or CWB - Structural Welding
G. Steel Structure Painting Council (SSPC)
1. SSPC SP3 — Power Tool Cleaning
2. SSPC SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning
3. SSPC SP 10 --- Near -White Blast Cleaning
16525 -1
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota - 07/20/05
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Owner may request standard production model luminaire samples for inspection and to order such tests as Owner
deems necessary to insure compliance with this Section and to reject those luminaires failing such tests, or those
luminaires with improper or inadequate Tight distribution. Owner shall be sole judge regarding acceptability of op-
tical system performance.
B. Owner may take field measurements to confirm lighting levels. If Tight levels do not meet specification, the lumi-
naire manufacturer shall provide additional luminaires to achieve specified light levels. The cost for additional
luminaires and poles, if required, including material and labor to install the same, shall be the responsibility of the
luminaire manufacturer. Additionally, the luminaire manufacturer shall reimburse Owner for additional energy
costs as a result of the additional luminaires.
C. Owner may request independent testing of site luminaires, installed at least 6 months prior to the bid date, to verify
luminaire performance. Luminaires shall be identical to bid luminaire, which shall comply with the specifications.
1.4 SITE LIGHTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. General:
1. Cutoff luminaires shall meet the I.E.S. defined "cutoff' classification requirements.
2. Full- cutoff luminaires shall meet the I.E.S. defined "full- cutoff' classification requirements.
3. Cutoff luminaires shall be field convertible to flat - glass, vertical lamp full- cutoff luminaires using only a
screwdriver.
4. See Paragraph " Luminaire Optical Assembly" hereinafter for specific optical type descriptions.
B. Typical Standard Spacing Four Pole Analysis Grids - Vertical Lamp Area Lighting
1. The optical system shall be capable of maintaining a minimum of 2.0 horizontal footcandles measured at
grade for paved walking and driving surfaces based on a two - luminaire mounting configuration, mounted
back to back, with vertical lamp optics, which produce a symmetric (square) distribution pattern, at a
mounting height of 28 feet within a 4 pole grid with pole spacing of 124 feet fixed X 124 feet.
2. Point -by -point photometric performance test grids shall be based on the following criteria:
a. Maintenance Factor: 0.75
b. Mounting Height: 28 feet based on fixture type
c. Grid: 1"= 10' (points on 5' centers) - all points between 4 poles ( 1,521 points). (Including point at
grid midpoint)
d. Vertical Lamp Lumens: 44,000 lumens minimum initial
3. Analysis Grid Results: (calculations by Lumen -Point software)
a. 3.2 Footcandle Average
b. 2.0 Footcandle Minimum
c. 7.0 Footcandle Maximum
d. 3.5 Maximum -to- Minimum Uniformity
e. 1.6 Average -to- Minimum Uniformity
C. Typical Standard Spacing Four Pole Analysis Grids - Flat Glass Vertical Lamp Area Lighting
1. The optical system specified herein shall be capable of maintaining a minimum of 1.0 horizontal footcan-
dies at grade for paved walking and driving surfaces based on a two - luminaire mounting configuration,
mounted back to back, with vertical lamp optics and flat glass lenses, which produce a symmetric (square)
distribution pattern, at a mounting height of 28 feet within a 4 pole spacing of 124 feet fixed X 110 feet.
All point -by -point photometric performance test grids shall be based on the following criteria:
a. Maintenance Factor: 0.75
b. Mounting Height: 28 feet based on fixture type
c. Grid: 1"= 10' (points on 5' centers) - all points between 4 poles ( 1,521 points). (Including point at
grid midpoint)
d. Vertical Lamp Lumens: 44,000 lumens minimum initial
2. Analysis Grid Results: (calculations by Lumen -Point software)
a. 3.6 Footcandle Average
16525 -2
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20105
b. 1.2 Footcandle Minimum
c. 10.2 Footcandle Maximum
d. 8.5 Maximum -to- Minimum Uniformity
e. 3.0 Average -to- Minimum Uniformity
D. Overall Parking Standard Spacing Layout Analysis - Vertical Lamp Luminaire Assemblies: The site lighting lay-
out shall be capable of maintaining a minimum of 1.0 horizontal footcandle measured at grade for all paved walk-
ing and driving surfaces. The site lighting layout shall produce an overall Maximum -to- Minimum uniformity ra-
tio of not greater than 10-to-1 and an Average-to-Minimum uniformity ratio of not greater than 3-to-1 in accor-
dance with I.E.S. visual comfort and lighting safety recommendations. Site lighting uniformity shall not include
facade lighting and/or building security lighting.
E. Vertical Lamp With Houseside Shield: The optical system shall be capable, when equipped with an optional ex-
ternal shield, of maintaining a minimum of 1.0 horizontal footcandle measured at grade for paved walking and
driving surfaces, and capable of restricting light to less than 0.1 horizontal footcandles beyond one mounting
height behind the curbline, measured at grade, based on a two - luminaire mounting configuration. Perimeter lumi-
naires shall have vertical lamp optics only which produce an asymmetrical distribution pattern and shall offer an
optional external "house side shield" to restrict spill light behind the luminaire. Luminaires shall be at a mounting
height of 28 feet and include 4 mounting locations with a pole spacing of 80 feet. Contribution from typical area
lighting shall not be closer than 124 feet from the curbline and must and be in accordance to the above area light-
ing specifications.
1.5 BUILDING FACADE FLOODLIGHTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. General: Flood luminaires shall meet the I.E.S. defined " Type 3 X 4 " (3 inch horizontal x 4 inch vertical) classi-
fication requirements..
1.6 SUBMITTALS
16525 -3
B. Typical Facade Analysis Grid:
1. The optical system shall be capable of maintaining an average of 5.0 vertical footcandles measured at ves-
tibule facade perpendicular to front drive lane. Calculations based on a twin luminaire mounting configura-
tion with 3H X 4V I.E.S. defined optics at a mounting height of 30 feet from four consecutive pole loca-
tions spaced 124 feet apart. Luminaires shall be set back 65 feet from analysis plane. Provide a maximum
of 2 luminaires per pole unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
2. Point-by-point photometric performance test grids shall be based on the following criteria:
a. Maintenance Factor: 0.75
b. Mounting Height: 20 feet
c. Grid: 1 "= 10' (points on 5' centers) - all points between 2 poles (no less than 190 points).
d. Lamp Lumens: Identical to the main lot lamp
3. Analysis Grid Results
a. 5.0 Footcandle Average
b. 3.1 Footcandle Minimum
c. 8.4 Footcandle Maximum
r
d. 2.7 Maximum -to- Minimum Uniformity
e. 1.6 Average -to- Minimum Uniformity
4. An appropriate lamp tilt factor shall be considered (if applicable) for flood luminaires installed with the
lamp's arc tube off the 0 degree vertical plane. Floodlights shall use a vertical orientation pulse start lamp.
C. Facade Illumination Uniformity Standard: The lighting layout shall produce an average -to- minimum uniformity
ratio of 2.0 -to -1 or less to provide smooth brightness the length and height of the building facade and equal legibil-
ity of any sign on facade.
A. Submit the following for approval when required by the Owner:
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
B. Performance Reports:
1. Computer generated photometric analysis of proposed lighted area layout indicating site lighting system
performance by point horizontal footcandle readings at grade and compliance with spacing analysis re-
quirements herein. Analysis points shall not be greater than 25 feet on center.
2. Computer generated photometric analysis of proposed lighted area typical sections which indicates area
lighting and building security lighting system performance by point horizontal footcandle readings at grade
and compliance with spacing analysis requirements herein. Analysis points shall not be greater than 5 feet
on center.
3. A cutoff luminaire performance photometric report with laboratory name, report number, date, luminaire
catalog number, luminaire and lamp specifications. Report shall contain I.E.S. Cutoff and Roadway Type
classifications, candlepower tabulations, zonal lumen summary, and iso footcandle diagram.
4. The Underwriters Laboratory listing and file number for the specific luminaires to be used.
C. Calculations: Pole manufacturer's AASHTO calculations indicating that poles and anchor bolts are capable of
supporting the pole and luminaire systems.
D. Data Sheets: Catalog specification sheets proving complete conformance to specifications.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide a written seven year on -site replacement material and labor warranty on pole and fixture finish, and mate-
rial and workmanship. On -site replacement includes transportation, removal, and installation of new products.
Finish warranty shall include warranty against failure or substantial deterioration such as blistering, cracking, peel -
ing, chalking, or fading.
B. Provide a written two year on-site replacement material and labor warranty for defective or failed 400 watt pulse
start metal halide Tamps. Lamps shall be burned in the vertical position.
C. Provide a written five year on -site replacement material and labor warranty on all capacitors, ignitors, and ballasts.
D. Warranty period shall begin on date of possession. Provide Wal -Mart with appropriate signed warranty certifi-
cates. Certificates shall be received by Wal -Mart Construction Purchasing Department prior to final payment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 POLES
A. Pole Design: Pole shaft, base plate, and anchor bolts, shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO "Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals ". Loading shall be
based on the appropriate isotach wind velocity of 120 mph times a 1.3 gust factor with the effective projected area
(E.P.A.) and weight of three vertical bum luminaires of the specified wattage. The design stresses shall include
the additional stresses resulting from eccentricity caused by deflections of all design loads, including deflections
caused by eccentricity of these loads in accordance with paragraph 1.3.3 (A) (2) of the above reference AASHTO
standard.
1. Unless otherwise indicated in the specific store construction design documents, poles which meet the above
standard and are being utilized for up to 2 perimeter luminaires equipped with external house side shields
are permitted provided the pole is capable of loading based on isotach wind velocity of 90 mph times a 1.3
gust factor with the effective projected area (EPA) and weight of two perimeter luminaires equipped with
external house side shields, as calculated in accordance with the above reference AASHTO standard.
B. Pole Shaft: The standard pole shall be one piece, 25' -0 "long, round, and shall have a constant linear taper. The
pole shaft shall be manufactured with a single ply minimum wall thickness of 11 -gauge (.1196 "). Circumferential
welded splices, or two piece telescoping sections shall not be permitted. The pole shaft shall be made of high
strength steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A595 Grade -A with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of
55,000 psi after fabrication. The pole shall have a seamless appearing, visually pleasing uniform weld. A nominal
4 inch x 6.5 inch hand hole frame shall be welded into the pole at 1.5 feet from it's base and shall be provided with
16525 -4
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
a cover. The pole shall be drilled properly to accept the maximum number of specified luminaires. All unused pre -
drilled holes shall be plugged weathertight.
1. The security camera pole as supplied shall be modified, one piece 38'-9" long, cut down to 25' -0 ", remov-
ing the top (narrow) end, manufactured with a single ply minimum wall thickness of 7 -gauge (0.180 "),
round, and shall have a constant linear taper and otherwise meeting the requirements for the standard pole.
a. A standard hand hole (Security Camera hand hole) shall be installed 18' -0" from the base, on the
same orientation as the lower hand hole. Provide a junction box mounting plate 5" wide x 9" high
constructed out of 1 1 - -gauge material capable of being bolted to the Security Camera hand hole. The
junction box mounting plate shall have a minimum opening of 3.5" x 3.5" centered on the security
camera hand hole, to attach the security camera conduit to the back of the security camera junction
box.
C. Pole Base Plates: The base plate shall be of steel conforming to ASTM A36. Base plate shall be integrally welded
to the pole shaft utilizing a telescopic weld. The base plate shall be slotted to accommodate a plus or minus 1 /2
inch variation in the nominal bolt circle. Base plates shall have a 12.5" bolt circle (for consistency) for all pole de-
signs.
2.2 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. The anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM F1554, Grade -55, having a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi. The
bolts shall have an "L" bend on one end and shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al23 for a minimum
of 8 in. on the threaded end. Four anchor bolts shall be provided per pole. Each anchor bolt shall be furnished
with two hex nuts and two flat washers galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. The strength of the nuts shall
equal or exceed the proof load of the anchor bolts. Anchor bolts shall be 1.25 in. of dia, 42 in. long, with a 6 in.
hook (for consistency) for all pole designs. Each pole shall be provided with an aluminum base cover powder
coated to match the finish of the pole.
2.3 WELDING
A. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS or CWB "Structural Welding ". Welding shall be performed by robotic
welding process or welders formally trained and certified in accordance with AWS or CWB specifications.
2.4 COATING
A. Surface Preparation: The exterior steel surface shall be blast - cleaned to SSPC -SP6 or "near white" to SSPC -SP 10
requirements. The inside steel surface shall be cleaned to SSPC -SP3 requirements a minimum of 2 feet at the base
end of the pole.
B. Exterior Coating: Exterior surfaces shall be coated with a Triglycidyl Isocyanurate (TGIC) or "super durable"
Polyester Powder to a minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. The coating shall be electrostatically applied and
cured in a gas -fired convection oven by heating the steel substrate to a minimum of 350 degrees Fahrenheit and a
maximum of 400 degrees Fahrenheit.
C. Interior Coating: A minimum of 2 feet at the base end of the pole shaft shall be blast cleaned and powder coated
with a minimum of 2 mils of exterior coating applied per specifications. A minimum of 6 feet at the base end of
the pole shall be coated with a hydrocarbon resin coating formulated for application over untreated surfaces.
D. Field Touch -up: A matching Acrylic Enamel or Polyurethane touch -up kit shall be included to repair minor finish
damage in the pole's coating.
E. Wrapping Materials: Prior to shipment, all poles shall be completely wrapped as per the pole manufacturers rec-
ommended method. The Owner's Site Lighting Vendor will be responsible for the arrival of poles on site in an
undamaged condition. Cutting instruments (i.e. knives) shall not be used as a means of removing packaging mate-
rial.
2.5 MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS
16525 -5
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
A. Raw materials and manufacturing process to form, shape, cut, or weld materials, shall be produced in North Amer-
ica to be considered of domestic origin. They shall be of the ASTM type as called forth in this specification. Mill
certifications shall be supplied by the manufacturer verifying conformance to these specifications.
2.6 LUMINAIRES
A. Site Lighting Cutoff Luminaires
1. Luminaires shall be fabricated from one -piece die -cast aluminum or from formed and welded aluminum
housing assembled to form weather and bug -proof unit.
2. Injected silicone used as a weatherproofing seal shall not be directly exposed to sunlight and shall not be
the sole means to prevent water intrusion.
3. Exposed surfaces shall have an electrostatically applied thermally cured polyester powder finish, black in
color.
4. Sag lens of vertical lamp units shall be constructed of a one piece, impact resistant, clear tempered glass.
Sag lens frame shall be mitered, extruded, anodized aluminum with stainless steel spring loaded latches and
hinge pins or securing screws. Flat Tens frame shall be mitered, extruded, anodized aluminum with stainless
steel hinge and latch pins. Lens frame assemblies and housing shall be sealed by memory retentive silicon
rubber gasketing to exclude moisture, dust, insects and pollutants. Screwdriver only access shall be pro-
vided for both optic chamber and ballast.
5. Luminaires shall be electrically tested before shipment from factory.
6. Luminaires shall have lamp installed or packaged in optical chamber upon shipment from factory.
7. Luminaire arm bolts shall be 304 stainless steel or zinc plated steel.
8. Luminaire arm shall have either an internal extruded bolt alignment channel with an integral hand hole and
cover for the field wiring connections or cast as an integral part of the luminaire assembly with electrical
connection from the pole top.
9. Luminaires shall bear the UL label for wet location.
B. Luminaire Optical Assembly - Area Lighting Cutoff Luminaires:
1. One universal "outdoor cutoff luminaire" housing shall be capable of containing the following general op-
tical systems without modification and each optical system shall be field interchangeable and rotatable in
90 degree increments with only a screwdriver.
a. Type III — Forward throw asymmetrical distribution (Vertical Lamp)
b. Type V Square (Vertical Lamp) - Optics that produce a symmetrical (quadrilateral) square light dis-
tribution pattern about the luminaire across and along axis.
2. Optical type III is used to effectively cover odd - shaped and perimeter areas. Optical assemblies that pro-
duce round light distribution patterns are not acceptable. Wal -Mart Engineering shall be the sole judge re-
garding acceptability of optical system performance.
a. See section Paragraph "Site Lighting System Performance" above for specific optical type perform-
ance.
2.7 BALLAST AND BALLAST HOUSING
A. Premium type ballast that will provide power for only one metal halide lamp, capable of reliable lamp starting at
temperatures as low as -20 degrees F and shall have minimum power factor of 90 percent, Super CWA pulse start
type ± 10 percent lamp power regulation with ± 10 percent variation from 480 volt, single phase, input voltage.
Assembly shall be easily accessible and removable with quick disconnects to reflector.
2.8 AREA LIGHTING LAMPS
A. 400 watt; 44,000 initial lumen; 20,000 hour; clear ED39 pulse start metal halide (vertical base-up) lamp.
2.9 LIGHT POLE BASE JUNCTION BOX
A. The junction box shall be Carlon part number E1212C24 with E 12 12DIV field installable divider. Construction
shall be PVC and maintain a UL listing and CSA certification. The assembly shall carry a rating of NEMA 4X. In
16525 -6
Wal-Mart Expansion Store No. 1861-01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05
the case of damage a replacement cover can be acquired through Carlon, Part number E1212L24. Refer to the
manufacturer literature for installation and techniques.
2.10 LIGHT POLE JUNCTION BOX
A. The junction box shall be a NEMA 4, Hoffman part number A- 843DSC or equal.
2.11 PAVED AREA PULL BOX
A. Paved area pull box size shall be 17" x 30" x 28" "Quazite" PG1730BA28 box with PG 173 OHHOO lid, or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION (BY CONTRACTOR)
A. The Contractor shall install lighting poles, anchor bolts, luminaries, lamps, and apply touch-up paint
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install the site lighting electrical system in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
C. The Contractor shall provide a ground rod and required bonding at each concrete pole foundation in accordance
with the details shown on the Drawings.
D. The Contractor shall provide the concrete foundations in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Performance Testing: The Contractor shall conduct parking lot lighting test at least 30 days prior to Substantial
Completion date, Test shall consist of continuous operation of luminaires and lamps for time period of 100 hours.
Witness and certify continuous operation and time duration of test. At end of testing period, immediately request
warranty parts and replace defective components at least 3 days prior to Substantial Completion date.
END OF SECTION
16525-7
Wal -Mart Expansion Store No. 1861 -01, Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 07/20/05